JP7277937B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

In a gaming machine, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses a case in which symbols are changed when a game ball enters a first start hole, and a case where a symbol changes when a game ball enters a second start hole. It states that it may be done.

JP 2019-155132 A

However, in the gaming machine as described in the above-mentioned patent document, there is room for further improvement in the presentation of the game in terms of enhancing the interest of the game.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of enhancing the interest of a game.

The present invention, which achieves the above object, is implemented as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. The game control means is more advantageous for the player than the first mode (for example, low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, low-probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable with the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving game state), and the game ball to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start port 122) Based on the determination information (for example, random number value) acquired by winning a prize, it is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game), and the determination information that the determination has not been performed A predetermined number can be stored as a pending memory, and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) displays a pending image corresponding to the pending memory stored in the game control means (for example, an image display unit 114), and can execute a change effect (for example, a change effect of the hold image 52 in FIG. 62 (2)) that changes the display mode of the hold image (for example, the hold image 52), and the second In the 2 mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state), the second start port (eg, the second start port) than when the game ball wins the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) 122), the change effect (for example, the change effect of the reserved image 52 in FIG. 62 (2)) is more likely to be executed, and the plurality of symbols are changed according to the result of the determination. It is possible to execute a variable production that is displayed after the first start opening in the second mode, and it is possible to execute a movable production (for example, a role production) that moves the production means (for example, a movable accessory 115). In the variable production based on the winning to, the movable production can be executed, and the first When the variable effect based on the winning to the first starting port in the mode is executed, there are more types of the movable effect that can be executed, and the effect means includes an operation that can be operated by the player. means (for example, a production button 161), and can execute a vibration production for vibrating the operation means during execution of the variable production, and the vibration production includes vibrating the operation means during execution of the variable production. a first vibration effect of vibrating the operating means according to an operation; and a second vibration effect of vibrating the operating means without operating the operating means during execution of the variable effect, The case where the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the first mode is executed rather than the case where the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the 2 mode is executed The second game machine is characterized in that there are more types of vibrations of the vibrating effects that can be executed .

It should be noted that the above-mentioned reference numerals in this column are given for illustrative purposes when describing the present invention, and the present invention is not restricted by these reference numerals.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

1 is a schematic front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment; FIG. (a) is an enlarged view showing an example of a display device arranged at the lower left of the game board, (b) is a partial plan view of the pachinko game machine, and (c) is arranged at the lower left of the game board. FIG. 10 is an enlarged view showing an example of a sub-information display. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the control unit of the pachinko game machine of this embodiment. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of an image/sound control unit and a lamp control unit according to the embodiment; It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure of the game control part of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows operation|movement of the basic process by a game control part. It is a flow chart showing the operation of the power-off processing by the game control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the main control processing of a game control part. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a starting opening switch process. 4 is a flow chart showing the contents of gate switch processing. It is a flow chart which shows the contents of special design processing. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a jackpot determination process. It is a flow chart which shows the contents of fluctuation pattern selection processing. It is a flow chart which shows the contents of processing during suspension. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a customer waiting setting process. It is a flow chart showing the contents of normal design processing. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a special winning opening process. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a game state setting process. It is a flowchart which shows the content of an electric tulip process. It is a diagram showing a configuration example of the random number used in the present embodiment, (a) is a diagram showing a configuration example of the jackpot random number, (b) is a diagram showing a configuration example of the jackpot pattern random number, (c) is a diagram showing a configuration example of a reach random number, and (d) is a diagram showing a configuration example of a winning random number. It is a figure which shows the example of a setting of a variation pattern and a table used in variation pattern selection processing. It is a figure which shows the example of a setting of a variation pattern and a table used in variation pattern selection processing. It is a figure which shows the example of a setting of a variation pattern and a table used in variation pattern selection processing. It is a block diagram for explaining a configuration example of the RAM of the game control unit, (a) is a block diagram showing the configuration of the storage area, (b) is a block diagram showing the configuration of each storage unit shown in (a) is. It is a block diagram for explaining a configuration example of the RAM of the effect control unit, (a) is a block diagram showing the configuration of a reserved storage area, (b) is a block showing the configuration of each storage unit shown in (a) It is a diagram. It is a flowchart which shows the content of a prior determination process. It is a flow chart which shows operation of a production control part, (a) is a figure showing main processing, and (b) is a figure showing interruption processing. 4 is a flowchart showing the contents of command reception processing; 28. It is a flowchart which shows the content of the prior determination production|presentation selection process of FIG. 28, and the production|presentation selection process. FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing the contents of the jackpot effect selection process of FIG. 28. FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing the contents of the ending effect selection process of FIG. 28; FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing the contents of a customer waiting command reception process of FIG. 28; FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the content of production|presentation button processing. It is a figure which shows the display information of the information display device in each game area. It is a figure which shows the main process of an integrated control part. It is a figure which shows the accessory initial process of a lamp|ramp control part. It is a figure which shows the origin return processing of a lamp control part. It is a figure which shows the initial operation process of a lamp control part. (a) is a diagram showing an example of a board role initial motion pattern determination table, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of a frame role initial motion pattern determination table. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example in which various drive sources are initially operated while settings are being changed; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources during preparation for RWM clear; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources during setting confirmation; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example of initial operation of various driving sources after setting change; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources after RWM clear; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources after confirmation of settings; This is a variation performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is a big hit. This is a variable performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first starting port in the low probability time-saving no-game state is a small hit or a loss. This is a variable performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port in the high probability time-saving game state is a big win. This is a variation performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port in the high probability time-saving game state is a small hit or a loss. This is a variable performance pattern table used when a game ball wins the first start hole in a high-probability time-saving game state. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. It is a figure which shows one mode of the production|presentation which a production|presentation control part performs using an image display part. (A), (B), (C), and (D) are explanatory diagrams of the execution time of each variable effect. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation. It is a figure which shows the modification of the production|presentation in the example of variation|variation production|presentation.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
[Basic configuration of game machine]
FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a pachinko gaming machine 100 according to this embodiment.
A pachinko gaming machine 100 as an example of the gaming machine shown in FIG. 1 is configured to pay out prize balls when a game ball hit by a player's instruction operation wins. This pachinko game machine 100 comprises a game board 110 on which game balls are launched, and a frame member 150 surrounding the game board 110.例文帳に追加The game board 110 is detachably attached to the frame member 150 .

The game board 110 has a game area 111 for playing a game with game balls, a rail member 112 forming a passage for the game balls shot from below to rise to an upper position of the game area 111, and a game board 110. A guide member 113 for guiding game balls is provided on the right side of the area 111 .
In the present embodiment, an image display section 114 for displaying various images for presentation is arranged at a position of the game area 111 that is easily visible to the player. The image display unit 114 has a display screen such as a liquid crystal display, and displays decorative symbols for notifying the player of the lottery result of a special symbol lottery (symbol variation result), for example, as the game progresses by the player. Or, a performance image by the appearance of a character or an item is displayed.
In addition, the front surface of the game board 110 is provided with three movable accessories 115 and a board lamp 116 used for various effects. The three movable accessories 115 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction on the upper side of the image display section 114 . When the three movable accessories 115 are individually described, the movable accessory 115 arranged on the left side is referred to as "left movable accessory 115A". Also, the movable accessory 115 arranged in the center is called a "middle movable accessory 115B". Also, the movable accessory 115 arranged on the right side is referred to as "right movable accessory 115C". Also, when the three movable accessories 115 are not particularly distinguished, they are simply referred to as the movable accessories 115 . The movable accessory 115 performs various effects by operating on the game board 110 . Moreover, the board lamp 116 performs various effects by emitting light.

The game area 111 is provided with game pegs, windmills and the like (not shown) for changing the direction in which the game ball falls. Also, in the game area 111, various accessories related to prize winning and lottery are arranged at predetermined positions. In addition, the game area 111 is provided with a discharge port 117 for discharging out of the game area 111 those game balls that have hit the game area 111 but have not entered the winning opening. The pachinko gaming machine 100 is provided with an out ball detection switch (SW) 227 (see FIG. 3 described later) for detecting an out ball consisting of game balls flowing into the discharge port 117 .

In this embodiment, as various accessories related to winning and lottery, when a game ball wins, a special symbol lottery (jackpot lottery) starts 121 and 2nd start port 122, and when a game ball passes through, normal A starting gate (hereinafter simply referred to as a gate) 124 for starting a symbol lottery (opening/closing lottery) is arranged on the game board 110 . In FIG. 1, the gates 124 are provided on the left and right sides of the game area 111, respectively, the left gate 124 is described as 124L, and the right gate 124 is described as 124R. Further, the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 referred to herein refer to a prize winning port that triggers the operation of one predetermined special symbol display device. Specifically, the first start port 121 and the second start port 122 are provided with switches (first start port switch 211 and second start port switch 212, which will be described later) that detect the passage of game balls at the time of winning. It is When the game ball enters the first start port 121 or the second start port 122, the switch detects the passage of the game ball, which triggers the activation of the special symbol display.

The second starting port 122 is provided with an electric tulip (opening/closing member) 123 as a normal electric accessory, in which a pair of tulip-shaped blades are opened and closed by an electric solenoid and lighted. In the electric tulip 123, when the blades are closed, it is difficult for the game ball to enter the second start port 122, but when the blades are opened, the entrance of the second start port 122 expands and the game ball enters the second start port 122. Designed for easy access. When the electric tulip 123 wins the normal pattern lottery, the wings open for a specified time (for example, 0.15 seconds to 1.8 seconds) and for a specified number of times (for example, 1 time to 3 times) while lighting or blinking.

A pachinko game machine 100 has, as game states, a low-probability state with a low winning probability and a high-probability state with a higher winning probability than the low-probability state, based on the winning probability of a jackpot lottery. Here, the high-probability state is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability state. Then, the state is controlled to either the low probability state or the high probability state based on a predetermined condition.
In addition, the pachinko game machine 100 has two game states: an electric sapo state in which there are few chances of winning the second starting port 122, and an electric sapo state in which there are more chances to win a prize in the second starting port 122 than in the no electric sapo state. have. Then, for example, under a predetermined condition such as triggered by the number of lotteries of a big hit or a special symbol lottery, it is controlled to either the state of no power supply or the power supply state. The electric sapo state is, for example, shortening the normal symbol fluctuation time, extending the opening time of the electric tulip 123, or increasing the winning probability of the normal symbol lottery. It is a game state controlled by combination.
In addition, the pachinko game machine 100 has, as game states, a time-saving no state with a long special symbol variation time and a time-saving state with a shorter special symbol variation time than the no time-saving state. Here, the time-saving state is a state more advantageous to the player than the time-saving non-state.
In addition, in this Embodiment, an electric support state and a time saving state shall be controlled simultaneously. Further, in the following description, the electric sapo state and time saving state are simply referred to as the time saving state, and the electric sapo no state and no time saving state are simply referred to as no time saving state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, as other accessories related to winning and lottery, there is a large winning opening 125 as a special electric accessory that is opened according to the result of the special symbol lottery, and a lottery is performed even if the game ball wins. A normal prize winning port 126 is provided on the game board 110.例文帳に追加A special winning opening door 125</b>D for opening and closing the special winning opening 125 is provided in the special winning opening 125 . In the following description, the opening/closing state and opening/closing operation of the big winning opening door 125D may be referred to as the opening/closing state and opening/closing operation of the big winning opening 125 for convenience.
In the present embodiment, a display 130 for displaying the lottery results and the number of pending games is arranged at the lower left position of the game board 110 .

By the way, in the pachinko gaming machine 100 shown in FIG. 1 , the second starting opening provided with the electric tulip 123 and the big winning opening 125 are arranged in the right area of the game area 111 . Therefore, in the pachinko game machine 100 of the present embodiment, when trying to win the second start opening 122 or the big winning opening 125, the game ball is made to flow down to the area on the right side of the game area 111. .

In addition, on the back side of the game board 110, there are a game control board for determining the winning of special symbols, etc., an effect control board for comprehensively controlling effects, an image control board for controlling effects by images and sounds, various lamps and Various substrates (not shown) such as a lamp control substrate for controlling the performance by the movable accessory 115 are attached. A switching power supply (not shown) that converts the supplied 24V AC power into DC power and outputs the DC power to various substrates is arranged on the rear surface of the game board 110 .

When the player touches the handle 151 and rotates the lever 152 clockwise, the frame member 150 shoots game balls at predetermined time intervals (for example, 100 balls per minute) with a hitting force corresponding to the operation angle. Equipped with a launcher (not shown) that fires electrically. In addition, the frame member 150 includes a supply device (not shown) that sequentially supplies game balls to the shooting device one by one at a timing interlocked with the operation of the lever 152 by the player, and a game ball that the supply device supplies to the shooting device. and a plate 153 for temporarily storing. To this plate 153, balls to be paid out by a payout unit are put out, for example.
In this embodiment, the plate 153 is integrated with the upper and lower plates. A configuration example is also conceivable in which the handle 151 of the launcher emits light under predetermined conditions.

The frame member 150 also includes a stop button 154 for temporarily stopping the shooting of game balls even when the player is touching the handle 151 of the shooting device, and a game ball accumulated in the tray 153. and an eject button 155 for dropping it into a box (not shown) and ejecting it.
The frame member 150 also includes a speaker 156 and a frame lamp 157 for announcing the game state and situation of the pachinko gaming machine 100 and performing various effects. The speaker 156 performs various productions using music, voice, and sound effects. The frame lamp 157 is composed of a luminous body such as an LED, and performs various effects with light, such as a pattern of lighting and blinking, a difference in emission color, and the like. As for the frame lamp 157, a configuration example is conceivable in which it is possible to perform an effect of changing the irradiation direction of light.
The frame member 150 also has a transparent plate (not shown) for separating the game board 110 from the player.

FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the pachinko gaming machine 100 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 2(a) is an enlarged view showing an example of the display 130 arranged at the lower left of the game board 110. FIG. 2B is a partial plan view of the pachinko gaming machine 100, and FIG. 2C is an enlarged view showing an example of the sub-information display 80 arranged at the lower left of the game board.
The display device 130 of the pachinko game machine 100, as shown in FIG. A second special symbol display 222 that operates correspondingly and a normal symbol display 223 that operates corresponding to the passage of the gate 124 are provided. The first special symbol display device 221 variably displays the special symbols based on the winning of the first starting port 121, and then stops the display to display the lottery result. The second special symbol display device 222 variably displays the special symbols based on the winning of the second starting port 122, and then stops the display to display the lottery result. The first special symbol display device 221 and the second special symbol display device 222 perform a cycle variation (cycle display) multiple times with a change in display mode as one cycle (= 256 ms), and stop when the special symbol variation time elapses. indicate.
The normal symbol display device 223 variably displays the normal symbols based on the passage of the game ball through the gate 124, and then stops the display to display the lottery result. In this embodiment, the first special symbol display device 221 and the second special symbol display device 222 are each composed of a display device in which LEDs are arranged, and the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is displayed depending on the lighting mode. Similarly, the normal symbol display device 223 is also composed of a display device in which LEDs are arranged, and the lottery result of the normal symbol lottery is displayed according to the lighting mode thereof.

In addition, the display device 130 includes a first special symbol reservation display device 218 that operates in response to the suspension on the first special symbol display device 221, and a second special symbol display device 218 that operates in response to the suspension on the second special symbol display device 222. A 2 special design reservation display 219 and a normal design reservation display 220 which operates corresponding to the reservation by the normal design display 223 are provided. In this embodiment, the first special symbol reservation display device 218, the second special symbol reservation display device 219 and the normal symbol reservation display device 220 are each composed of a display device in which LEDs are arranged, and the number of reservations is determined by the lighting mode. Is displayed.

Here, the hold will be explained. When the game ball enters the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 during the variable display operation of the special symbols (while the variable display for one prize is being performed), the special symbols are changing. Secondly, it is not possible to start the variable display operation of the special symbols based on the subsequent prize winning. Therefore, subsequent winnings are stored up to a specified number (for example, 4), and the right to start the special symbols for the winning game ball is not retained until the variable display operation for the first winning game ball is completed. Reserved.
It should be noted that the same processing as that for the special symbols is performed for the normal symbols. The fact that such a reservation is made and the number of reservations (unchanged number) are displayed on the first special symbol reservation display 218, the second special design reservation display 219 and the normal design reservation display 220.

Furthermore, the indicator 130 has a status indicator 224 that displays the status of the pachinko gaming machine 100 . In this embodiment, the status indicator 224 is composed of a display device in which three LEDs are arranged. One of the three LEDs lights to notify whether the state of the pachinko game machine 100 is a high probability state in which the winning probability of the special symbol lottery is high. In addition, the other one is for notifying by lighting whether or not the state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is a time-saving state with a short special symbol variation time. Still another one is to notify by lighting whether or not the player is in an advantageous state by hitting to the right (by changing the hitting force of the game ball).

In addition, the indicator 130 has a round number indicator 225 for displaying the number of rounds when the big winning opening 125 is activated in the big win game performed according to the lottery result of the special symbol lottery. Incidentally, the jackpot game will be described later. The round number indicator 225 is composed of a display device in which LEDs are arranged, and the number of operation rounds of the big winning opening 125 in the jackpot game is displayed according to the lighting mode thereof.

The indicator 130 also includes a status confirmation indicator 226 . The status confirmation display 226 is composed of one LED and is for indicating that a setting change mode or a setting confirmation mode, which will be described later, is set. Lighting of the LED is started, and the LED is turned off when the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode ends. Since the state confirmation display 226 is provided on the front (surface) of the game machine in this way, it is possible to easily confirm whether or not the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set. . The installation position of the status confirmation display 226 may be the front (surface) of the pachinko gaming machine 100, and may be installed in other places.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the same display mode (lighting display) is displayed regardless of whether the mode is set to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode. can be displayed if possible. For example, the state confirmation display 226 may be illuminated in the setting change mode, and the state confirmation display 226 may be blinked in the setting confirmation mode, or vice versa.

In addition, in this embodiment, the state confirmation display 226 is provided as a dedicated display for indicating that the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set, but it may also be used as another display. For example, in the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode, the first special symbol display device 221, the second special symbol display device 222, the first special symbol reservation display device 218, the second special symbol reservation display device 219, the round number display device 225, status indicators 224, etc. are off, so one or more LEDs of these indicators may be illuminated.

The frame member 150 of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is provided with an input device for the player to make an input for the performance. As shown in FIG. 2(b), in the present embodiment, as an example of an input device, an effect button 161, an effect key 162 adjacent to the effect button 161 and composed of a plurality of keys arranged in a substantially cross shape, are arranged on the frame member 150 . In the illustrated example, consider a case where an effect for accepting an operation of selecting one image from among a plurality of images is performed. In this case, for example, the player operates a production key 162 consisting of four keys arranged in a cross to designate one of a plurality of images displayed on the image display section 114 and press the production button 161. By operating it, it is possible to perform an effect such as selecting the instructed image. As for the form of the input device, in addition to the production button 161 and production key 162 shown in the drawings, various input forms such as levers and handles can be adopted according to the contents of production.

In addition, the pachinko gaming machine 100 of this embodiment has a sub-first fluctuation display 81, a sub-second fluctuation display 82, a sub-first suspension display 83, and a sub-second suspension display 84 inside the game area 111. , a sub-normal pattern fluctuation display 85, a sub-normal pattern holding display 86, and a sub-right-handed display 87.
The sub-information display 80 is basically composed of an LED, and is dynamically lit. It should be noted that the sub-information display 80 is not provided with a display such as the status confirmation display 226 that indicates that the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set.

The first sub-variation display 81 is for displaying (notifying) whether or not the first special symbol is being variably displayed, and the second sub-variation display 82 is for variably displaying the second special symbol. It is for displaying (announcing) whether or not it is inside, and each is configured by one LED. Then, when the variable display of the corresponding special symbol is started, the LED flashes at a predetermined cycle (1 second) (0.5 seconds on → 0.5 seconds off), and when the corresponding special symbol is stopped and displayed, it lights up. do. In other words, the first sub-variation display 81 and the second sub-variation display 82 repeatedly perform cycle display in which one flashing is one cycle (=1 second), and when the corresponding special symbol is stopped and displayed, Light.

It should be noted that the first sub-variation display 81 and the second sub-variation display 82 may be used to notify the result of the special symbol jackpot determination. In this case, it is preferable that the LED is turned on in the case of a big win, and the LED is turned off in the case of a loss.

The sub-first pending display 83 is for displaying the number of first pending information (first pending number) described later, and the second sub-holding display 84 is for displaying the number of second pending information ( second pending number), each consisting of two LEDs. Then, when the number of reservations is "0", the left and right LEDs are turned off, when the number of reservations is "1", the left LED is turned on and the right LED is turned off, and when the number of reservations is "2" The left and right LEDs light up, the left LED blinks and the right LED blinks when the number of reservations is "3", and the left and right LEDs blink when the number of reservations is "4".

The sub normal figure fluctuation display 85 is for displaying (notifying) the result of the winning lottery, and is composed of one LED. Then, when the variable display of normal symbols is started, the LED blinks (variable display) at predetermined intervals. Then, when the normal symbols are stop-displayed, the mode indicating the result of the winning lottery (lighting up in the case of winning, light-out in the case of losing) is stop-displayed.

In addition, in the sub-normal pattern fluctuation display device 85, so that only whether or not the normal pattern is being displayed fluctuating can be grasped, it blinks during the normal pattern fluctuation display, and when it is stopped, it lights up or turns off. may

The sub-normal pattern reservation display 86 is for displaying the number of normal pattern reservation memories (normal pattern reservation number), and is composed of two LEDs. Then, the left and right LEDs are turned off when the number of normal figure reservations is "0", and when the number of normal figure reservations is "1", the LED on the left side lights up and the LED on the right side goes out, and the number of normal figure reservations is When the number is "2", the LED on the left side blinks and the LED on the right side lights up.

The sub-right-handed display 87 is for prompting the player to shoot a game ball toward the right side area of the game area 111 (so-called right-handed hitting), and is composed of one LED. Then, the LED lights during the jackpot state (special game) and the time-saving game state, and the LED turns off during the other game states.

[Configuration of control unit]
Next, a control unit that performs operation control and signal processing in the pachinko gaming machine 100 will be described.
FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the internal configuration of the control unit of the pachinko game machine of this embodiment.
FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of an image/sound control section and a lamp control section according to the present embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 3, the control unit includes, as main control means, a game control section 200 for determining whether a special symbol is won or the like. In addition, as a sub-control means, it is provided with an effect control unit 300 that controls the effect in general, and a payout control unit 330 that performs payout control of the payout balls.

[Structure and function of the game control part]
The game control unit 200 includes a CPU 201 that performs arithmetic processing when determining winning of special symbols, a ROM 202 that stores programs executed by the CPU 201, various data, etc., and a working memory for the CPU 201. and a RAM 203 .

The game control unit 200 controls the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 in either a high probability state or a low probability state, or in either a no time saving state or a time saving state. As a result, the gaming state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is a high probability state and time saving state high probability time saving game state, a low probability state and time saving state low probability time saving game state, a high probability state and no time saving state high It becomes one of the low probability time saving non-gaming state, the low probability state and the low probability time saving non-gaming state which is the non-working time saving state. And the game control part 200 switches a high probability state and a low probability state based on a predetermined condition, and switches a time saving no state and a time saving state. In addition, the game control unit 200, in the time saving state, controls such as making the winning probability of the normal symbol lottery higher than in the time saving state, shortening the normal symbol fluctuation time, extending the opening time of the electric tulip 123, etc. I do.

The game control unit 200 performs a special symbol lottery when a game ball has entered the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 . Then, a special game such as a jackpot game is performed according to the determination result of the special symbol lottery. In the special game, the game control unit 200 performs a predetermined number of rounds to maintain an open state until the large winning opening 125, which is a special electric accessory, satisfies a predetermined condition (for example, the passage of 29.5 seconds or the winning of 10 game balls). control to repeat only Then, the game control section 200 controls the opening/closing operation interval when the big winning opening 125 is opened.

In addition, the game control unit 200 performs a normal symbol lottery triggered by the passage of the game ball through the gate 124 . Then, the operation of the electric tulip is controlled according to the determination result of the normal symbol lottery.
In addition, the game control unit 200 is controlled by the suspension caused by the game ball entering the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 during the special symbol variation, and the game ball passing through the gate 124 during the normal symbol variation. Set the hold that occurs due to
In addition, the game control unit 200, the determination result of the special symbol lottery and the normal symbol lottery, the change information of the high probability state and the low probability state, the change information of the time saving no state and the time saving state, the setting information of the reservation, etc. accompanying the game control Information is sent to the effect control unit 300 by a command to be described later.

Furthermore, the game control unit 200, when the game ball wins the first start port 121, the second start port 122, the large winning prize port 125 and the normal winning prize port 126, one game ball hit according to the place where the game ball has won The payout controller 330 is instructed to pay out a predetermined number of prize balls. For example, when a game ball enters the first start hole 121, three prize balls are awarded, when a game ball enters the second start hole 122, four prize balls are awarded, and when a game ball enters the big prize opening 125, thirteen prizes are awarded. When a game ball wins in a ball or a normal winning hole 126, an instruction command (command) is sent to a payout control unit 330 so as to pay out 10 prize balls respectively. Even if it is detected that the game ball has passed through the gate 124, the payout control unit 330 is not instructed to pay out the prize balls associated therewith.
When the payout control unit 330 pays out the prize balls according to the instruction of the game control unit 200, the game control unit 200 acquires information on the number of paid out prize balls from the payout control unit 330. Thereby, the number of awarded balls is managed.

The game control unit 200 includes, as detection means, a first start opening detection unit (first start opening switch (SW)) 211 for detecting the winning of a game ball to the first start opening 121, as shown in FIG. , the second start opening detection unit (second start opening switch (SW)) 212 that detects the winning of the game ball to the second start opening 122, the electric tulip opening and closing unit 213 that opens and closes the electric tulip 123, and the gate 124 A gate detection unit (gate switch (SW)) 214 for detecting passage of a game ball is connected.
Furthermore, the game control unit 200 includes a large winning opening detection unit (large winning opening switch (SW)) 215 for detecting the winning of a game ball into the large winning opening 125, and a large winning opening door 125D of the large winning opening 125. A large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216 that is set to a closed state and a projecting inclined open state, and a normal winning opening detection unit (normal winning opening switch (SW)) 217 that detects the winning of a game ball into the normal winning opening 126. , are connected.

In addition, the game control unit 200 includes a first special symbol holding display 218 that displays the unvaried holding number of prizes won in the first start port 121 during the variation of the special symbols, and a second special symbol during the variation of the special symbols. A second special symbol reservation display 219 for displaying the unvaried reserved number of winning prizes in the starting port 122, and a normal symbol reservation display for displaying the unvaried reserved number passed through the gate 124 during the fluctuation of the normal symbols. 220 and are connected.
Furthermore, the game control unit 200 includes a first special symbol display device 221 that displays the fluctuation display of special symbols and the result of the special symbol lottery performed by winning a game ball to the first start port 121, and a second start port. A second special symbol display 222 for displaying the variable display of special symbols and the result of the special symbol lottery performed by the winning of the game ball to 122, and the normal symbol display for displaying the variable display of the normal symbols and the result of the normal symbol lottery. A device 223 and a state display device 224 for displaying the state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 are connected.

Detection signals detected by the first start switch 211 , the second start switch 212 , the gate switch 214 , the big win switch 215 and the normal win switch 217 are sent to the game controller 200 . In addition, the control signal from the game control unit 200 is the electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, the large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216, the first special symbol reservation display device 218, the second special symbol reservation display device 219, and the normal design reservation display device 220. , the first special symbol indicator 221, the second special symbol indicator 222, the normal symbol indicator 223 and the state indicator 224. Thereby, the game control unit 200 performs various controls related to the above-described number of awarded balls to be paid out.

In addition, on the surface side of the game control board, a signal for clearing the stored contents of the RAM 203 of the game control unit 200 or updating the set value (the probability of being determined as a big hit), which is the stage of the degree of advantage of the game, is input. A RAM clear switch 228 for clearing a RAM, a setting key switch 229 for inputting a signal for shifting to a setting change mode or a setting confirmation mode, which will be described later, by operating a setting key, and performance information and settings for grasping the actual performance of the gaming machine. An information display 230 for displaying values, other electronic components, etc. are mounted.

The information display 230 is composed of four 7-segment displays (230a to 230d, see FIG. 41 to be described later) arranged in the horizontal direction. The two 7-segment displays 230a and 230b from the left constitute an identification segment for displaying identification information indicating the type (data type) of the performance information, and the two 7-segment displays 230c and 230d from the right constitute setting. A numeric segment is configured to display numeric information indicating numeric values of values and performance information (see FIG. 40). Note that static lighting is performed when setting values are displayed, and dynamic lighting is performed when performance information is displayed.

Further, the game control unit 200 is connected with a board external information terminal board 350 for transmitting various information to a host computer (not shown) installed in the hall. Then, the game control unit 200 transmits information about the number of paid out prize balls and information indicating the state of the game control unit 200 acquired from the payout control unit 330 to the host computer via the board external information terminal board 350. do.

[Configuration and function of payout control unit]
The payout control unit 330 includes a CPU 331 that performs arithmetic processing when controlling the payout of balls, a ROM 332 that stores programs executed by the CPU 331 and various data, and a RAM 333 that is used as a working memory for the CPU 331. and has.
Then, the payout control section 330 controls the payout of the payout balls based on the command sent from the game control section 200 .
Specifically, the payout control unit 330 acquires a command to pay out a predetermined number of prize balls from the game control unit 200 according to the location (first start port 121, etc.) where the game ball has won. Then, the payout drive unit 334 is controlled so as to pay out the number of prize balls specified by the command. The payout drive unit 334 here is configured by a drive motor for sending out game balls from a game ball storage unit.

The payout control unit 330 also includes a payout ball detection unit 335 for detecting the number of prize balls actually paid out from the game ball storage unit by the payout drive unit 334, and a game ball storage unit (not shown). A ball presence detection unit 336 for detecting whether or not the balls are stored, and a tray 153 for holding game balls used when a player plays a game and paid-out prize balls are in a full tank state. The full-tank detector 337 is connected. The payout control unit 330 receives the detection signals detected by the payout ball detection unit 335, the ball presence detection unit 336, and the full tank detection unit 337, and performs predetermined processing according to these detection signals.
Further, the payout control unit 330 is connected with a frame external information terminal board 340 for transmitting various kinds of information to a host computer installed in the hall. The payout control unit 330 provides, for example, information on the number of prize balls instructed to be paid out to the payout drive unit 334, information on the number of prize balls actually paid out detected by the payout ball detection unit 335, and the like. is transmitted to the host computer via the frame external information terminal board 340 . In addition, similar information is transmitted to the game control unit 200 as well.

[Configuration and functions of production control unit]
The effect control unit 300 includes a CPU 301 that performs arithmetic processing when controlling the effect, a ROM 302 that stores programs executed by the CPU 301 and various data, a RAM 303 that is used as a working memory for the CPU 301, and a date and time and a real-time clock (RTC) 304 that measures the
The effect control unit 300 sets the content of effect based on the result of determination as to whether or not the winning in the special symbol lottery sent from the game control unit 200 and the variation pattern, for example. At that time, an operation input from the user using the effect button 161 or the effect key 162 may be received, and the effect contents corresponding to the operation input may be set. In this case, for example, a signal (operation signal) corresponding to an operation is received from a controller (not shown) such as the production button 161, and the operation content identified by this operation signal is reflected in the setting of production.
Further, when the game is interrupted for a predetermined period, the effect control unit 300 instructs setting of a screen display for customer waiting as one of the effects.
Furthermore, the effect control unit 300 sets the content of effect based on the change information of the high probability state and the low probability state and the change information of the no time saving state and the time saving state received from the game control unit 200 .
In addition, effect control section 300 sends a command instructing execution of the set effect content to image/sound control section 310 and lamp control section 320 .

Further, the production control unit 300 is connected to an image/sound control unit 310 that controls production using images and sounds, and a lamp control unit 320 that controls production using various lamps and movable accessories 115. It is

[Structure and function of image/sound control unit]
As shown in FIG. 4, the image/sound control unit 310 stores a CPU 311 that performs arithmetic processing when controlling the image and sound representing the content of the effect, and a program that is executed by the CPU 311, various data, and the like. A ROM 312 , a RAM 313 used as a work memory for the CPU 311 , a VDP (Video Display Processor) 314 , a CGROM 315 , and an SNDROM 316 are provided.

The image/sound control unit 310 controls the image displayed on the image display unit 114 and the sound output from the speaker 156 based on the command sent from the effect control unit 300 .
Specifically, the CGROM 315 stores pattern images and background images to be displayed during the game on the image display unit 114, decorative patterns for notifying the player of the lottery result, characters and characters for displaying the advance notice effect to the player. Image data such as items are stored. The SNDROM 316 also stores various audio data such as music, voice, and effect sounds such as jingles to be output from the speaker 156 in synchronization with the image data or independently of the image data.
CPU311, based on the pending number command or the variable effect start command sent from the effect control unit 300, analyzes the animation pattern, creates a display list that summarizes commands related to drawing, and transmits the display list to the VDP314. conduct.

Based on the display list received from the CPU 311, the VDP 314 reads image data and sound data stored in the CGROM 315 and SNDROM 316, respectively. Furthermore, the VDP 314 uses the read image data to perform background image display, pattern image display, pattern image variation, drawing processing for character/item display, etc., and audio processing using the read sound data. . Then, the VDP 314 controls screen display on the image display unit 114 based on the rendered image data. Also, the VDP 314 controls the sound output from the speaker 156 based on the sound-processed sound data.
In this embodiment, the VDP 314 is configured to perform audio processing in addition to drawing processing, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a processor dedicated to audio processing may be provided separately.

[Structure and function of lamp controller]
The lamp control unit 320 stores a CPU 321 that performs arithmetic processing when controlling the light emission of the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157 and the operation of the movable accessory 115, and the programs and various data that are executed by the CPU 321. A ROM 322 and a RAM 323 used as a work memory for the CPU 321 are provided.
Then, the lamp control section 320 controls the lighting/blinking of the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157, the emission color, etc. based on the command sent from the effect control section 300 . Also, it controls the operation of the movable accessory 115 .

Specifically, the ROM 322 of the lamp control unit 320 stores lighting/blinking pattern data and emission color pattern data (emission pattern data) are stored. The CPU 321 selects and reads out the light emission pattern data stored in the ROM 322 corresponding to the command sent from the effect control section 300 . Then, the lamp control unit 320 controls the light emission of the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157 based on the read light emission pattern data.
Further, the ROM 322 of the lamp control unit 320 stores operation pattern data of the movable accessory 115 corresponding to the content of the effect set by the effect control unit 300 . The CPU 321 controls the motion of the movable accessory 115 based on the read motion pattern data.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the game control unit 200, the effect control unit 300, the image/sound control unit 310, the lamp control unit 320, and the payout control unit 330 are each provided on the rear surface of the game board 110. A game control board as a sub-board, an effect control board as a sub-board, an image control board, a lamp control board, and a payout control board are individually configured.
In addition, in the configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4, the effect button 161 and the effect key 162 are connected to the effect control unit 300 and controlled by the effect control unit 300, but are not limited to this. The effect button 161 and the effect key 162 may be connected to the lamp control section 320 and controlled by the lamp control section 320 .

[Functional configuration of game control unit]
Next, the functional configuration of the game control section 200 will be described.
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the game control section 200. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, the game control unit 200 includes a random number acquisition unit 231, a normal symbol determination unit 232, a special symbol variation control unit 233, and a special symbol determination unit 234 as functional units that execute various lottery processes. , and a normal symbol variation control unit 236.
In addition, the game control section 200 includes a variation pattern selection section 235 as a functional section that executes processing associated with special symbol variation.
Furthermore, the game control unit 200 includes a large winning opening operation control unit 237, an electric tulip operation control unit 238, and a prize ball processing unit 239 as functional units that perform operation control of various accessories and data processing related to prize balls. , an output control unit 240 , and a random number control unit 241 .

The random number acquisition unit 231 acquires a random number value used for the special symbol lottery and a random number value used for the normal symbol lottery. In the case of the random number used for the special symbol lottery, specifically, on the condition that the game ball has won the first start port 121 or the second start port 122, for each type of random number, a numerical value within a predetermined range One numerical value (random value) is selected (acquired) from among them. The acquired random number value is used for determination by the special symbol determination unit 234 . Although details will be described later, the random numbers used in the special symbol lottery include a jackpot random number indicating whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot, a pattern random number indicating the type of jackpot, a variation pattern random number, a reach random number, and the like.
In addition, in the case of the random number used in the normal symbol lottery, specifically, one number (random number) is selected (obtained) from a predetermined range of numbers on the condition that the game ball has passed through the gate 124. ) is done. The acquired random number value is used for determination by the normal symbol determination unit 232 . In addition, as the random numbers used in the normal symbol lottery, in addition to the winning random number indicating whether or not winning, the symbol random number indicating the type of winning, the variation pattern random number, etc. may be set.
The special symbol variation control section 233 controls the variation of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 221 or the second special symbol display device 222 according to the lottery result when the special symbol lottery is performed.

The special symbol determination unit 234 uses a random number table as shown in FIG. type”, and “whether it is a small win or not when the big win is not won”. That is, the random number acquisition unit 231 acquires a random number value related to the special symbol triggered by the detection of the passage of the game ball by the first start port switch 211 or the second start port switch 212, which is the detection means, and determines the special symbol. The unit 234 determines whether or not to play a special game (jackpot game, etc.) advantageous to the player based on the obtained random number value. It should be noted that the aforementioned lottery for the special symbol (big hit lottery) refers to processing in the random number acquisition unit 231 and the special symbol determination unit 234 .

Here, the "jackpot" is classified into a plurality of types according to the game state that occurs after the jackpot game ends. Specifically, the type of jackpot is determined by a combination of no time-saving state or time-saving state, and a high-probability state or a low-probability state. That is, as the type of jackpot based on the gaming state that occurs after the end of the jackpot game, after the end of the jackpot game, a jackpot that becomes a high probability time saving game state (hereinafter referred to as a high probability time saving game state jackpot), a low probability time saving game state A jackpot (hereinafter referred to as a low-probability time-saving game state jackpot), a high-probability time-saving no-game state jackpot (hereinafter, a high-probability time-saving no-game state jackpot), a low probability time-saving no-game state jackpot (hereinafter, low There can be a jackpot in a probability time-saving non-playing state). These jackpots are associated with individual special symbols, respectively, and the type of jackpot is determined according to the type of special symbols won in the special symbol lottery.

Also, the "jackpot" may be divided into a big win in which the jackpot game time is long and a large amount of game balls can be expected to be paid out, and a jackpot game in which the jackpot game time is short and almost no game balls can be expected to be paid out. The former is called "long hit" and the latter is called "short hit". For example, in the "long win", a round is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, 15 times) until the open state of the big prize opening 125 satisfies a predetermined condition (for example, 29.5 seconds have elapsed or 10 game balls have won a prize). be In addition, in the "short hit", a round in which the big winning opening 125 is opened for a certain period of time (for example, 0.9 seconds) is repeated a predetermined number of times (for example, twice).

In addition, the "small win" when the big win is not won is a small win game in which the big winning port 125 is opened for a certain period of time (for example, 0.9 seconds) for a predetermined number of times (for example, twice). done. When the small prize is won, the game state before winning the small prize is continued even after the small prize is finished. That is, when the game state at the time of winning the small hit is the high probability time saving game state, the high probability time saving game state is continued even after the small win game ends, and the game state does not shift. Similarly, when the game state at the time of winning the small win is the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the low-probability time-saving no-game state is continued even after the small-win game ends, and the game state does not shift.
In addition, "minor win" is a kind of "lose", and none of the above game states that are advantageous to the player are set.

The variation pattern selection section 235 selects a variation pattern (variation time) of special symbols to be displayed on the first special symbol display device 221 and the second special symbol display device 222 . Specifically, the variation pattern selection unit 235 is a variation pattern (for example, 13.5 seconds or more ), the variation pattern is determined based on the determination result of whether or not. Then, based on the variation pattern selected by the variation pattern selection unit 235, the special symbol variation control unit 233 controls the variation of the special symbol. Details of the operation of the variation pattern selection section 235 and the special symbol variation control section 233 will be described later.
Here, "ready-to-win" is an effect for making the player expect a big win in decorative symbols, which will be described later.

The normal symbol determination unit 232 determines whether or not the lottery result of the normal symbol is "whether or not" using a random number table as shown in FIG. That is, the normal symbol determination unit 232 determines, based on the random number value for the normal symbol lottery acquired by the random number acquisition unit 231, whether or not the auxiliary game of opening and closing the electric tulip 123 is to be performed. Also, when a plurality of types of wins are set in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol determination unit 232 determines the "win type" when the determination result is a win. The normal symbol lottery is a process performed by the random number acquisition unit 231 and the normal symbol determination unit 232 .
The normal symbol variation control section 236 controls the normal symbol variation by the normal symbol display device 223 according to the lottery result when the normal symbol lottery is performed.
The electric tulip operation control unit 238 opens the electric tulip 123 only for a specified time and a specified number of times when the normal symbol determination unit 232 determines “hit” in the normal symbol lottery, and the game ball enters the second start port 122. A state in which it is easy to win a prize is generated. Further, when it is determined that the tulip is "off", such an open state of the electric tulip 123 is not generated. The operation pattern of the electric tulip 123 will be described later, but there are, for example, an operation pattern that opens once with an opening time of 0.15 seconds and an operation pattern that opens three times with an opening time of 1.80 seconds.

When the special symbol determination unit 234 determines "big win" in the special symbol lottery, the big winning opening operation control unit 237 performs a big winning opening with an operation pattern specified based on the type of the big winning as a big winning game. 125 to control the opening operation. In addition, when the special symbol determination unit 234 determines "small hit" in the special symbol lottery, the big winning opening operation control unit 237 opens the big winning opening 125 for a specified time and specified number of times as a small winning game. .
The prize ball processing unit 239 sets commands for managing the number of prizes awarded to various accessories related to prizes and lotteries, and for controlling the payout of prize balls according to the prizes won.
The output control section 240 controls the output of control commands from the game control section 200 to the effect control section 300 and the payout control section 330 .
The random number control unit 241 updates various random values acquired by the random number acquisition unit 231 at predetermined timings.

[Basic operation of game machine]
Next, the basic operation of the pachinko gaming machine 100 will be described.
When the power is turned on, the game control unit 200 of the pachinko game machine 100 performs initialization and initial setting of various devices as basic processing at startup. After performing the basic processing, the game control section 200 repeatedly executes the main control processing, which is a series of processing relating to the progress of the game. Moreover, when shutting off the power, the game control unit 200 executes a series of power shut-off processes.

FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing the operation of basic processing by the game control unit 200. As shown in FIG.
When the power of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is turned on, the game control unit 200 first permits access to the RAM 203 (see FIG. 3) (step (hereinafter, step is described as "S") 601). Then, the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the RAM clear switch for clearing the RAM 203 is ON (S602).
When the RAM clear switch is OFF (No in S602), next, the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the backup flag regarding the operation at the time of power shutdown is ON (S603).
When the backup flag is ON (Yes in S603), next, the game control unit 200 determines whether the checksum created at the time of power shutdown is normal (S604).
If the checksum is normal (Yes in S604), then the game control unit 200 executes return processing (S605). In this return process, the game control unit 200 sets the sub-control means such as the effect control unit 300 when returning from the power-off state. Specifically, the game control unit 200 controls the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 when the power is cut off (whether the jackpot game is in progress, either the high probability state or the low probability state, the time saving state and the time saving non-state). (either) is output to the effect control unit 300 to set the sub-control means so as to reflect. Also, in this return process, the game control unit 200 turns off the backup flag.

On the other hand, if the RAM clear switch is ON (Yes at S602), the backup flag is OFF (No at S603), or the checksum is abnormal (No at S604), then the game control unit 200 is initialized. As processing, the stored contents of the RAM 203 are cleared (S606), and the work area of the RAM 203 is set (S607). Then, the game control unit 200 outputs a command for setting (initializing) the sub-control means to the effect control unit 300, and sets the sub-board (sub-control means) (S608). Setting the sub-board includes clearing the RAM 303, RAM 313, and RAM 323 mounted on each sub-board.

After the return process (see S605) ends, or after the setting of the sub board (see S608) ends, the game control unit 200 sets various counters and timers used for game control (S609). Then, the game control unit 200 allows interrupts (S610), disables interrupts (S611), designs random number control processing (S612), initial value random number update processing (S613), and determines whether or not the power shutdown flag is ON. (S614) is repeatedly executed as a loop process.
Here, interrupt permission (S610) and interrupt prohibition (S611) are provided to enable execution of interrupt processing during execution of this loop processing (S610 to S614). In this embodiment, the main control process in the game control is executed by this interrupt process. Details of the main control process will be described later.
In the symbol random number control process (S612), the game control unit 200 updates the variation pattern random number used in the special symbol lottery.
In the initial value random number update process (S613), the game control unit 200 updates the initial values of various random numbers used in game control.
In the determination of the power cutoff flag, if the power cutoff flag is OFF (No in S614), the power of the pachinko game machine 100 is not cut off, the game control unit 200, loop processing (S610 ~ S614) and main control by interrupt Execute the process repeatedly. On the other hand, if the power cutoff flag is ON (Yes in S614), the game control unit 200 starts processing for cutting off the power of the pachinko gaming machine 100 (power cutoff processing).

FIG. 7 is a flow chart showing the operation of the power-off processing by the game control unit 200. As shown in FIG.
In the power-off processing, the game control unit 200 first clears the setting of the output port for performing various outputs (S701). Next, the game control unit 200 creates a checksum and stores it in the RAM 203 (S702). Next, the game control unit 200 turns ON the backup flag (S703), prohibits access to the RAM 203 (S704), and shifts to an infinite loop.

[Main control processing of game machine]
Next, the main control processing of the pachinko gaming machine 100 will be described.
In the main control process, the game control unit 200 controls the game in the pachinko game machine 100, instructs the effect control unit 300, which is a sub-control means, to control the effect, and issues a prize ball to the payout control unit 330. to control the payout of

FIG. 8 is a flow chart showing the main control process of the game control section 200. As shown in FIG.
The main control process consists of a series of processes in game control, and is repeatedly executed at predetermined intervals (for example, 4 milliseconds). In this embodiment, the game control unit 200 generates an interrupt at predetermined intervals, and when the interrupt is permitted (see S610) in the loop processing shown in FIG. 6, the main control as the interrupt processing Execute the process. As shown in FIG. 8, in the main control process, a random number update process, a switch process, a symbol process, an electric accessory process, a winning ball process, and an output process are sequentially executed (S801 to S806).

In the random number update process (S801), the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the random number control unit 241, and updates the values of various random numbers used in game control by the game control unit 200. The details of setting the random number and updating the random value will be described later.

As the switch process (S802), a starting port switch process and a gate switch process are performed.
In the starter switch process, the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the random number acquisition unit 231, monitors the states of the first starter switch 211 and the second starter switch 212 in FIG. When it becomes, the processing for the special symbol lottery is executed. In addition, although it will be described in detail later, when the preliminary determination process is performed in the first start opening switch 211 and the second start opening switch 212, each function (subroutine) of the special symbol determination unit 234 and the variation pattern selection unit 235 is called, Execute processing for prior determination.
In the gate switch process, the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the random number acquisition unit 231, monitors the state of the gate switch 214 in FIG. Execute the process.
Details of these switch processes will be described later.

As the symbol processing (S803), special symbol processing and normal symbol processing are performed.
In the special symbol processing, the game control unit 200 calls each function (subroutine) of the special symbol variation control unit 233, the special symbol determination unit 234, and the variation pattern selection unit 235, and executes the special symbol variation and the processing accompanying this symbol variation. do.
In the normal design process, the game control section 200 calls the functions (subroutines) of the normal design determination section 232 and the normal design fluctuation control section 236, and executes the normal design fluctuation and the process associated with this design fluctuation.
Detailed contents of these symbol processing will be described later.

As the electric accessory processing (S804), the big winning opening processing and the electric tulip processing are performed.
In the big winning opening process, the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the big winning opening operation control unit 237, and controls the opening operation of the big winning opening 125, which is a special electric accessory, based on a predetermined condition.
In the electric tulip process, the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the electric tulip operation control unit 238, and controls the opening operation of the electric tulip 123 which is a normal electric accessory based on predetermined conditions.
The detailed contents of these electric accessory processes will be described later.

In the prize ball processing (S805), the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the prize ball processing unit 239, and sets a command for controlling the number of winning balls and the payout of prize balls according to the winning prize.

In the output process (S806), the game control unit 200 calls the function (subroutine) of the output control unit 240, outputs a command for effect control to the effect control unit 300, and outputs a command for payout control to the payout control unit 330. Output. The effect control command is generated in each process from S802 to S804 and stored (set) in a control command storage area provided in the RAM 203 . The payout control command is generated in the process of S<b>805 and stored (set) in a control command storage area provided in the RAM 203 . A storage area is set in the RAM 203 for each type of control command.

The output control unit 240 checks the control command storage areas of the RAM 203 in order, and if control commands are stored in the individual storage areas (that is, control commands are generated in the processing of S802 to S805). ), the control command is read out and output to the output destination (effect control unit 300 or payout control unit 330).

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, output processing is performed at the end of a series of main control processing. That is, the commands generated in each process of S802 to S805 by each function as the first processing means are stored in the corresponding storage area of the RAM 203 in each process. After these processes, the output control unit 240 as a second processing means collectively outputs the commands generated in each process accumulated in the storage area of the RAM 203 . In other words, in the present embodiment, when the main control process is executed for one cycle, the commands generated during the execution of the one cycle are output after the final command generation during the execution of the one cycle.

[Modification of Basic Operation of Game Machine]
In the operation examples described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 8, interrupts are permitted in the loop processing portion of the basic processing, and main control processing consisting of a series of processing is executed as interrupt processing. However, the main control process only needs to be configured to be repeatedly executed at fixed time intervals, and specific implementation means (execution procedure) are not limited to the examples shown in FIGS. For example, the main control process may be incorporated into a series of operations of the basic process, the elapsed time may be measured at a predetermined timing, and the main control process may be returned to at regular time intervals (for example, 4 milliseconds). Further, while incorporating the main control process into the series of operations of the basic process, as in the operations described with reference to FIGS. It may be configured to return to the main control process incorporated during the basic process.

When outputting a command generated by the basic processing, in principle, each time a command is generated, it is stored in the command storage area of the RAM 203, and the function of the output control unit 240, which is the second processing means, is called. Output. The basic process is different from the main control process related to the progress of the game, and is a special process such as an initial operation that is performed only when the power is turned on. In addition, since the basic processing may change due to branching based on conditions such as the state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 when the power is turned on, the generated commands are output promptly so that there is no omission in the output processing. processing. In addition, when commands are continuously generated by a plurality of related processes, a plurality of commands are stored in the command storage area of the RAM 203 and collectively output according to a request for a specific process. can be

[Random Number Update Processing by Game Control Unit]
A random number as determination information used for various lotteries in game control such as a special symbol lottery is counted by a counter, starting from a predetermined initial value, the random number update process (S801) of the main control process shown in FIG. It is incremented by 1 each time. Then, the value at the time when each lottery is performed is acquired by the starting port switch process (Fig. 9) and the gate switch process (Fig. 10), and is used in the special design process (Fig. 11) and the normal design process (Fig. 16). be. This random number counter is an infinite loop counter, and after the counted random number reaches the set maximum random number (for example, 299 for the jackpot random number shown in FIG. 20(a), which will be described later), , returns to the initial value again. In addition, since the random number update process is performed at regular time intervals, if the initial value of each random number is specified, there is a risk that the winning value will be estimated based on the information on the update interval and the initial value. Therefore, after returning from the main control process to the basic process shown in FIG. 6, the initial value of each random number is randomly changed in the initial value random number update process of S613.

[Starting port switch processing by game control unit]
FIG. 9 is a flow chart showing the contents of the starting opening switch process in the switch process shown in S802 of FIG.
In this start opening switch process, a process for winning at the first start opening 121 and a process for winning at the second start opening 122 are sequentially performed. Referring to FIG. 9, the game control unit 200 first determines whether or not a game ball has entered the first starting port 121 and the first starting port switch 211 has been turned ON (S901). When the first starting port switch 211 is turned ON, next the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the unvaried pending number U1 in the winning prize of the first starting port 121 is less than the upper limit (S902). . In the example shown in FIG. 9, the upper limit is four. If the pending number U1 has reached the upper limit (No in S902), the unvaried winnings can no longer be held, so the processing for winnings in the first start port 121 is terminated.

On the other hand, when the pending number U1 is less than the upper limit value (Yes in S902), the random number acquisition unit 231 of the game control unit 200 acquires a random number value for determination based on this winning prize, and stores it in the RAM 203 (S903). . Here, since the first starting port 121 wins a prize, a random number value for the special symbol lottery is acquired. The random number value acquired at this time is the value updated by the random number update processing in S801. Then, the random number determines the result of the special symbol lottery in the later special symbol processing. The random number here refers to the jackpot random number that determines the jackpot, small hit or loss, the type of jackpot (time saving state or no time saving state after the end of the jackpot game, high probability state and low probability state, long hit, short Pattern random number value (jackpot pattern random number value) that determines the hit), variation pattern random number value for specifying the variation pattern in the pattern variation, change pattern (variation time) that can execute the reach production described later when losing Reach random values that determine whether or not, etc. are included.

Next, the game control unit 200 performs preliminary determination processing (S904). The pre-determining process is a winning ball (reserved ball) for which random numbers have already been acquired by winning at the start gate, but random numbers have not yet been determined by the special symbol processing described later. This is processing for judging the random number before it is judged (pre-judgment).

And, production control section 300 of form of this execution, random number is decided by special design processing on the basis of the decision result of the random number which is decided by previous decision processing (preliminary decision result), than the decision result is notified A notice effect suggesting the determination result can be performed before the game. This advance notice effect is, for example, in response to the occurrence of a winning ball (holding ball) for which random numbers have already been acquired by winning at the start gate but random numbers have not yet been determined by special symbol processing, and the image display unit. This is performed using a pending display effect (described later) displayed in 114, or the like. The advance notice performance based on this advance determination suggests to the player the judgment result when the random number judgment by the special symbol processing is performed after that regarding the reserved ball corresponding to the advance judgment related to the notice performance. As a result, the player can play the game while having expectations for the reserved ball. The details of the advance notice effect based on the prior determination will be described later.

Then, the game control unit 200 adds 1 to the value of the number of reservations U1 (S905).
Thereafter, the game control unit 200 sets a pre-determination result command including pre-determination information by the pre-determination process of S904 in the RAM 203 in order to notify the effect control unit 300 of the pre-determination result (S906).
Furthermore, the game control unit 200 sets a pending number increase command for notifying the effect control unit 300 of the increase in the pending number U1 by S905 in the RAM 203 (S907), and ends the processing for winning in the first start port 121. .

Next, a process for winning a prize at the second starting port 122 is performed. Referring to FIG. 9, next, the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the game ball has entered the second starting port 122 and the second starting port switch 212 has been turned ON (S908). When the second starting port switch 212 is turned ON, next, the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the unchanged pending number U2 in the winning prize of the second starting port 122 is less than the upper limit value (S909 ). In the example shown in FIG. 9, the upper limit is four. If the pending number U2 has reached the upper limit (No in S909), the unvaried winnings cannot be held any longer, so the processing for winnings in the second start port 122 is terminated.

On the other hand, when the number of reservations U2 is less than the upper limit (Yes in S909), the random number acquisition unit 231 of the game control unit 200 acquires the random number for the lottery based on the winning this time, and stores it in the RAM 203 (S910). . Here, since the second start port 122 wins a prize, the random number for the special symbol lottery (jackpot random number, jackpot pattern random number, reach random number, variation pattern random number, etc.) is acquired in the same manner as in the above S903. be. The random number value acquired at this time is the value updated by the random number update processing in S801. Then, the random number determines the result of the special symbol lottery in the later special symbol processing.

Next, the game control unit 200 performs preliminary determination processing (S911). The content of this preliminary determination process is the same as that of S904 described above.
Then, the game control unit 200 adds 1 to the value of the number of reservations U2 (S912).
After that, the game control unit 200 sets a pre-determination result command including pre-determination information by the pre-determination process of S911 in the RAM 203 in order to notify the effect control unit 300 of the pre-determination result (S913).
Furthermore, the game control unit 200 sets a pending number increase command for notifying the production control unit 300 of the increase in the pending number U2 by S912 in the RAM 203 (S914), and ends the processing for winning in the second start port 122. .

[Gate switch processing by game control unit]
FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the contents of the gate switch process when the game ball passes through the gate 124. As shown in FIG.
In this gate switch process, the game control unit 200 first determines whether the game ball has passed through the gate 124 and the gate switch 214 has been turned ON (S1001). If the gate switch 214 is turned ON, then the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the unchanged pending number G is less than the upper limit (S1002). In the example shown in FIG. 10, the upper limit is four. If the pending number G has reached the upper limit value (No in S1002), the gate switch process is terminated because the unvaried winnings can no longer be held.

On the other hand, when the number of reservations G is less than the upper limit (Yes in S1002), the random number acquisition unit 231 of the game control unit 200 acquires a random number value for the lottery for this winning prize, and stores it in the RAM 203 (S1003). . Here, since the gate 124 wins a prize, a random number (such as a winning random number) for the normal symbol lottery is acquired.

Next, the game control unit 200 adds 1 to the value of the number G of reservations (S1004).
After the value of the number of reservations G is added in S1004, the game control unit 200 sets a number of reservations G increase command for notifying the production control unit 300 of the increase in the number of reservations G in S1004 in the RAM 203 (S1005), The processing for the winning at the gate 124 ends.

[Special symbol processing by game control unit]
FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing the contents of the special symbol processing out of the symbol processing shown in S803 of FIG.
In this special symbol processing, the special symbol variation control unit 233 of the game control unit 200 first checks whether or not the jackpot game flag is turned on in the flag setting (hereinafter, flag setting) set in the RAM 203 ( S1101). Here, the jackpot game flag is a flag that is set to identify that the result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot.

When the jackpot game flag is ON, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is already hitting the jackpot, so the special symbol processing is terminated without starting the special symbol variation (Yes in S1101). On the other hand, if the jackpot game flag is OFF (No in S1101), then the special symbol variation control section 233 determines whether the current state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is during special symbol variation (S1102). If the special symbol is not fluctuating (No in S1102), then the special symbol fluctuation control unit 233 performs processing regarding the reserved numbers U1 and U2 (see FIG. 9) of the unvaried special symbols (S1103 to S1106). In the present embodiment, since the reservation number U1 related to the winning of the first start opening 121 and the reservation number U2 related to the winning of the second start opening 122 are distinguished, this process is also performed individually for each corresponding start opening. .

Specifically, the special symbol variation control unit 233 first determines whether or not the pending number U2 related to the winning of the second starting port 122 is 1 or more (S1103). When the number of reservations U2 is 1 or more (Yes in S1103), the special symbol variation control unit 233 subtracts 1 from the value of the number of reservations U2 (S1104). On the other hand, when the number of reservations U2=0 (No in S1103), the special symbol variation control unit 233 next determines whether the number of reservations U1 related to the winning of the first starting port 121 is 1 or more (S1105). When the number of reservations U1 is 1 or more (Yes in S1105), the special symbol variation control section 233 subtracts 1 from the value of the number of reservations U1 (S1106). On the other hand, if the pending number U1=0 (No in S1105), it means that there is no winning to start the special symbol lottery. is executed to terminate the process (S1116).
In addition, in the present embodiment, the processing relating to the pending number U2 related to the winning of the second starting port 122 is given priority. That is, when the number of reservations U2 is 1 or more, the process for the number of reservations U2 is performed, and when the number of reservations U2=0, the process for the number of reservations U1 is performed (see S803 to S806). On the other hand, regardless of which of the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 wins, it is also possible to perform control such that the pending numbers U1 and U2 are subtracted in order of winning.

After subtracting the number of reservations U1 or the number of reservations U2 in S1104 or S1106, the special symbol variation control unit 233 turns OFF the customer waiting flag set in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1107). The customer waiting flag is a flag for identifying that the pachinko gaming machine 100 is in a customer waiting state, and is set in the customer waiting setting process (S1116, see FIG. 15 described later).

Next, the special symbol variation control unit 233 executes a big hit determination process and a variation pattern selection process by separate routines (S1108, S1109). Although details will be described later, this jackpot determination process and fluctuation pattern selection process set information (jackpot pattern, game state, variation patterns, etc.) are determined. In addition, these information are included in the variation start command sent to the production control unit 300 .

After that, the special symbol variation control section 233 is displayed by the first special symbol display device 221 and the second special symbol display device 222 shown in FIG. Start the variation of the special design to be (S1110). Then, it generates a variation start command including setting information (jackpot symbol, game state, variation pattern, etc.) indicating the setting contents, and sets it in the RAM 203 (S1111). The variation start command set in S1111 is transmitted to the effect control section 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG.

When it is determined that the special symbol is fluctuating in S1102 (Yes in S1102), or after the fluctuation start command is set in S1111, the special symbol fluctuation control section 233 determines whether or not the fluctuation time has elapsed (S1112 ). That is, it is determined whether or not the elapsed time from the start of the variation of the special symbols in S1110 has reached the variation time set in the variation pattern selection process of S1109. If the variation time has not elapsed (No in S1112), the special symbol variation is continued, and the special symbol processing ends as it is.

On the other hand, when the variation time has passed (Yes in S1112), the special symbol variation control unit 233 first determines the variation of the special symbols in the first special symbol display device 221 and the second special symbol display device 222 in the jackpot determination process of S1108. It stops at the pattern decided by (S1113). A fluctuation stop command for stopping the decorative symbols, which will be described later, is set in the RAM 203 (S1114). Then, a process during stop of another routine is executed (S1115). The contents of the processing during suspension will be described later. The fluctuation stop command set in S1114 is transmitted to the effect control section 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG.
In addition, during the fluctuation of the special symbols triggered by the winning of the first starting port 121, if the winning of the second starting port 122 occurs, the special symbols triggered by the winning of the first starting port 121 During the fluctuation of , the fluctuation of the special symbol triggered by the winning of the second starting port 122 may be performed. Also, for example, during the fluctuation of the special symbol triggered by the winning of the second starting port 122, if the winning of the first starting port 121 occurs, the special symbol triggered by the winning of the second starting port 122 During the variation of the symbols, the variation of the special symbols triggered by the winning of the first starting port 121 may be performed.

Further, in the example shown in FIG. 11, after subtracting the value of the pending number U2 or the pending number U1 (see S1104, S1106), the big hit determination process and the variation pattern selection process are executed (see S1108, S1109), It is not limited to this.
In the special symbol process, after the jackpot determination process and the variation pattern selection process are executed, the process of subtracting the value of the number of reservations U2 or the number of reservations U1 may be performed. In this case, in the variation pattern selection process, a variation pattern is selected based on the value of the pending number U2 or pending number U1 before subtraction.

[Jackpot determination processing by the game control unit]
FIG. 12 is a flow chart showing the content of the big hit determination process (S1108 in FIG. 11).
In this big hit determination process, the special symbol determination unit 234 of the game control unit 200 first determines the big hit random number value in the special symbol lottery this time (S1201), and determines whether or not the big hit or the small hit is made (S1202). , S1205). Whether or not a big win or a small win is made is whether or not the value of the big win random number acquired in S903 or S910 of FIG. (See FIG. 20(a)).

If the result of the random number determination in S1201 is a big hit (Yes in S1202), then the special symbol determination unit 234 determines a big hit symbol random number value (S1203). Depending on the result of this determination, the type of jackpot (high-probability time-saving gaming state jackpot, low-probability time-saving non-gaming state jackpot, etc.) is determined. Which jackpot will be won is determined by whether the value of the jackpot pattern random number acquired in S903 or S910 of FIG. 9 matches with which of the values preset for each type of jackpot (FIG. b) see).

After the above determination, the special symbol determination unit 234 sets the symbol (jackpot symbol) representing the type of the jackpot determined by the determination of the jackpot symbol random number in the RAM 203 as setting information (S1204).

If the result of the random number determination of S1201 is a small hit (No in S1202, Yes in S1205), then the special symbol determination unit 234 is a symbol representing a small hit (hereinafter referred to as a small hit symbol) as setting information. It is set in the RAM 203 (S1206).

If the result of the random number determination in S1201 is neither a big hit nor a small hit (No in S1202 and S1205), then the special symbol determination unit 234 stores a symbol indicating that the lottery has been lost (hereinafter referred to as a lost symbol) as setting information in the RAM 203. (S1207).

[Variation pattern selection processing by game control unit]
FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing the contents of the variation pattern selection process (S1109 in FIG. 11).
In this variation pattern selection process, the variation pattern selection unit 235 of the game control unit 200 first refers to the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 (no time saving state or time saving state, and high probability state or low probability state). (S1301). Then, using the judgment result of S1202 of the big hit judging process (FIG. 12), it is judged whether or not the special symbol lottery of this time has made a big hit (S1302). If it is a big hit (Yes in S1302), the variation pattern selection unit 235 reads a variation pattern table for big wins from the ROM 202 and sets it in the RAM 203 (S1303).

On the other hand, if there is no big hit (No in S1302), then the variation pattern selection unit 235 determines a random value for determining whether or not to perform a so-called ready-to-win effect to make the player expect a big win. (S1304). Whether or not to perform the reach effect is determined by determining whether or not the value of the reach random number acquired in S903 or S910 of FIG. 9 matches a preset value (see FIG. 20(c)). .
As a result of the determination using the random number value, if the reach effect is performed (Yes in S1305), the variation pattern selection unit 235 reads the variation pattern table for reach from the ROM 202 and sets it in the RAM 203 (S1306). Also, when the ready-to-win effect is not performed (No in S1305), the variation pattern selection unit 235 reads the variation pattern table for losing from the ROM 202 and sets it in the RAM 203 (S1307).
Here, the fluctuation pattern table is a plurality of fluctuation patterns prepared in advance (variation time 3 seconds, 7 seconds, 13 seconds, 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 60 seconds, 90 seconds, etc.) and fluctuation pattern random number values is a table that associates

Next, the variation pattern selection unit 235 uses the variation pattern random value obtained in S903 or S910 of FIG. 9 and the variation pattern table set in S1303, S1306, and S1307 to determine the variation pattern random value (S1308 ). That is, the variation pattern selection unit 235 refers to the variation pattern table set in the RAM 203 and selects a variation pattern according to the random value of the variation pattern random number. Therefore, even if the same random number value is acquired, the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 (whether it is a time saving state or no time saving state, and whether it is a high probability state or a low probability state), the result of the special symbol lottery (whether it was a big hit or not , whether or not the ready-to-win effect is to be performed when the jackpot is not achieved), etc. Since the variation pattern table referred to differs depending on the difference, the determined variation pattern differs.

Thereafter, the variation pattern selection unit 235 sets the variation pattern selected in S1308 to the RAM 203 as setting information (S1309). The setting information of the variation pattern set in S1309 is included in the variation start command set in S1111 of FIG. 11, and is transmitted to the effect control section 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG. Details of the variation pattern selected in the present embodiment and its setting will be described later.

[Stopping process by game control unit]
FIG. 14 is a flow chart showing the contents of the in-stop process (S1115 in FIG. 11).
In this stopping process, the game control unit 200 first checks whether or not a flag indicating a time saving state in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (hereinafter referred to as a time saving flag) is ON (S1401). When the time saving flag is ON (Yes in S1401), the game control unit 200 subtracts 1 from the value of the lottery number (fluctuation number) J in the time saving state (S1402), and whether or not the lottery number J becomes 0. is examined (S1403). And if the lottery frequency J=0 (Yes in S1403), the time saving flag is turned OFF (S1404). The operation to turn on the time saving flag and the setting of the initial value of the lottery number J are performed in the game state setting process (FIG. 18) in the big winning opening process (FIG. 17) described later.

If the time saving flag is OFF (No in S1401) or after the time saving flag is turned OFF in S1404, or if the value of the lottery number J after subtracting in S1402 is not 0 (No in S1403), then game control The unit 200 checks whether a flag indicating a high-probability state (hereinafter referred to as a high-probability flag) is ON in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1405). In addition, when both this high probability flag and the previous time saving flag are ON, it is in a high probability time saving gaming state, and when the high probability flag is ON and the time saving flag is OFF, it is in a high probability time saving non-game state. be.

When the high probability flag is ON (Yes in S1405), the game control unit 200 subtracts 1 from the value of the number of times of lottery (number of fluctuations) X in the high probability state (S1406), and whether the number of times of lottery X becomes 0 It is checked whether or not (S1407). Then, if the lottery number of times X=0 (Yes in S1407), the high probability flag is turned OFF (S1408). The operation to turn on the high probability flag and the setting of the initial value of the lottery number X are performed in the game state setting process (FIG. 18) in the big winning opening process (FIG. 17) described later.

If the high-precision flag is OFF (No in S1405) or after the high-precision flag is turned OFF in S1408, or if the value of the lottery number X after subtraction in S1406 is not 0 (No in S1407), then The game control unit 200 determines whether or not the special symbol lottery of this time has won a big hit (S1409). Then, if it is a jackpot (Yes in S1409), then the game control unit 200 determines the type of jackpot (S1410). In addition, here, as an example of determination of the kind of jackpot, it is determined whether or not it is a long hit.

Here, the judgment as to whether or not it is a big win can be made based on the judgment result of the big win judging process (FIG. 12). For example, if any of the symbols shown in the chart of FIG. 20B, which will be described later, is set, the answer is Yes in S1409. If the winning design or the small winning design is set in the RAM 203 by the big hit determination process, it is No in S1409.

When the type of jackpot is long hit (Yes in S1410), the game control unit 200 turns on the long hit game flag (S1411). As a result, the setting of the game state of the RAM 203 becomes a big win game state (long win game state) in which the kind of big win is a long win. It should be noted that here in the long hit, it does not distinguish between high probability state and low probability state. Whether the high-probability state or the low-probability state is established is specified by turning ON the corresponding flag in the game state setting process (FIG. 18) in the later-described large winning opening process (FIG. 17).

If the type of jackpot is not a long hit (No in S1410), the game control unit 200 turns on the short hit game flag (S1412). As a result, the setting of the gaming state of the RAM 203 becomes a big winning gaming state (short winning gaming state) in which the kind of big winning is a short winning. As in the case of long winning, there is no distinction between high probability state and low probability state in short winning.

After turning ON the jackpot game flag in S1411 or S1412, the game control unit 200 initializes the values of the lottery times J and X (S1413). Moreover, the game control unit 200 turns off the time saving flag when the time saving flag is ON in S1401 and the lottery number J is not 0 in S1403 (S1414). Similarly, when the high probability flag is ON in S1405 and the lottery number X is not 0 in S1407, the high probability flag is turned OFF (S1414).

After initializing the lottery numbers J and X in S1413, the game control unit 200 starts an opening operation (S1417). Here, the contents of the opening operation differ depending on which of S1411 and S1412 the winning game flag is turned ON. In other words, the opening operation is set according to the determination result of the special symbol lottery.
Thereafter, the game control unit 200 sets an opening command for performing an opening operation effect corresponding to the jackpot game flag in the effect control unit 300 in the RAM 203 (S1418), and ends the stop processing. This opening command is transmitted to the effect control unit 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG.

On the other hand, if the result of this special symbol lottery is not a big win (No in S1409), then the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the result of this special symbol lottery is a small win (S1415). ). If it is not a small hit (No in S1415), the stop processing is terminated.
On the other hand, if it is a small hit (Yes in S1415), the game control unit 200 starts a small hit game (S1416). As a result, the setting of the game state of the RAM 203 becomes the small winning game state. In addition, in the small winning game, as described above, the big winning opening 125 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times, and the game ends after a predetermined period of time has elapsed.

[Customer waiting setting processing by game control unit]
FIG. 15 is a flow chart showing the contents of the customer waiting setting process (S1116 in FIG. 11).
In this customer waiting setting process, the game control unit 200 first checks whether or not the customer waiting flag is ON in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1501). Here, the customer waiting flag is a flag that is set to identify that the pachinko gaming machine 100 is in a customer waiting state.

If the customer waiting flag is ON, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is in the customer waiting state, so the process is terminated (Yes in S1501). On the other hand, when the customer waiting flag is OFF, the game control unit 200 generates a customer waiting command, sets it in the RAM 203 (S1502), and turns on the customer waiting flag (S1503). The customer waiting command set in S1502 is transmitted to the effect control section 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG. It should be noted that the customer waiting flag is set in a state in which the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped and there is no reservation.

[Normal symbol processing by game control unit]
FIG. 16 is a flow chart showing the contents of the normal design process among the design processes shown in S803 of FIG.
In this normal design process, the normal design variation control section 236 of the game control section 200 first checks whether or not the auxiliary game flag is ON in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1601). Here, the auxiliary game flag is a flag that is set when winning the normal symbol lottery. The state in which the auxiliary game flag is set is a state in which the electric tulip 123 is opened according to the electric tulip processing (FIG. 19) described later and it is easy to win the second start port 122 (auxiliary game state).

When the auxiliary game flag is ON, it is already in the auxiliary game state and the normal design is stopped, so the normal design process is terminated without starting the normal design fluctuation (Yes in S1601). On the other hand, if the auxiliary game flag is OFF (No in S1601), then the normal symbol variation control section 236 determines whether the current state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is during normal symbol variation (S1602). If the normal symbol is not fluctuating (No in S1602), then the normal symbol fluctuation control section 236 determines whether or not the number G of reserved normal symbols (see FIG. 10) for the non-fluctuation is 1 or more (S1603). If the number of reservations G=0 (No in S1603), it means that there is no winning for starting the lottery of normal symbols, so the process is terminated without starting the normal symbol variation.

On the other hand, when the number G of reservations is 1 or more (Yes in S1603), the normal symbol variation control unit 236 subtracts 1 from the value of the number of reservations G (S1604). Then, the normal symbol determination unit 232 determines the winning random number in the current normal symbol lottery, and determines whether or not the normal symbol lottery is won (S1605). Whether or not the player has won the lottery is determined by determining whether or not the value of the winning random number acquired in S1003 of FIG. 10 matches the value set as the winning value in a table or the like shown in FIG. It is determined.

Next, the normal design variation control unit 236 normally sets the design according to the result of the normal design lottery (S1606). That is, when winning the normal symbol lottery, the symbol representing the winning (hereinafter referred to as winning symbol) is set in the RAM 203 as setting information. On the other hand, when the normal symbol lottery is not won, a symbol indicating that the lottery is lost (hereinafter referred to as a lost symbol) is set in the RAM 203 as setting information.

Next, the normal design variation control section 236 sets the normal design variation time (S1607). This variable time is set based on the time saving flag set in the processes of S1404 and S1414 in FIG. 14 and S1804 and S1807 in FIG. 18 described later. That is, if the time saving flag is ON at the time of setting in S1607, it is set to a short time (for example, 1.5 seconds), and if the time saving flag is OFF, it is set to a long time (for example, 4.0 seconds). be done. After this setting, the normal symbol variation control section 236 starts the normal symbol variation in the normal symbol display device 223 shown in FIGS. 2A and 3 based on the setting contents of S1607 (S1608). In addition, it is also possible to determine the variation pattern of normal symbols by lottery. In this case, for example, when the game ball passes through the gate 124, the random number acquisition unit 231 normally acquires the fluctuation pattern random number value of the symbol, and in S1607, the normal symbol fluctuation control unit 236 normally obtains the fluctuation pattern random number value of the symbol. The variable time is set by the determination.

After starting the variation of the normal symbol in S1608, or when it is determined that the symbol is normally varying in S1602 (Yes in S1602), the normal symbol variation control unit 236 determines whether or not the variation time has elapsed (S1609 ). That is, it is determined whether or not the elapsed time from the start of the normal symbol variation in S1608 has reached the variation time set in S1607. If the variation time has not passed (No in S1609), the normal symbol variation is continued, so the normal symbol processing ends as it is.

On the other hand, when the variation time has ended (Yes in S1609), the normal symbol variation control section 236 stops the normal symbol variation on the normal symbol display 223 (S1610). Then, the normal symbol variation control section 236 determines whether or not the determination result of S1605 is winning (S1611). If it is elected (Yes in S1611), the auxiliary game flag is turned ON (S1612). On the other hand, if the lottery is lost (No in S1611), the normal symbol processing is terminated without turning ON the auxiliary game flag.

[Large winning opening processing by game control unit]
FIG. 17 is a flow chart showing the contents of the big winning opening process in the electric accessory process shown in S804 of FIG.
In this big winning opening process, the big winning opening operation control section 237 of the game control section 200 first checks whether or not the big winning game flag is ON in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1701). When the jackpot game flag is OFF, there is no winning to the big winning opening 125, so the big winning opening process is terminated (No in S1701). On the other hand, if the jackpot game flag is ON (Yes in S1701), then the jackpot operation control unit 237 determines whether the opening in the operation control at the time of the jackpot started in the processing while the pachinko gaming machine 100 is stopped (FIG. 14). It is determined whether or not it is in the middle of an operation (S1702).

If the pachinko gaming machine 100 is in the process of opening (Yes in S1702), then the big winning opening operation control unit 237 determines whether or not a preset opening operation time (opening time) has elapsed. (S1703). If the opening time has not elapsed, the opening operation at the big winning opening 125 is continued, so the big winning opening process is terminated (No in S1703). On the other hand, if the opening time has elapsed (Yes in S1703), then the large winning opening operation control unit 237 sets the operation of the large winning opening 125 (S1704), and initializes the number of winning prizes C (C=0). Then (S1705), 1 is added to the value of the number R of rounds for operation of the large winning opening 125 from the current value (S1706), and the operation of the large winning opening 125 is started (opened) (S1707).

In the operation setting of S1704, the operation pattern of the big winning opening 125 and the number of rounds to be operated in the operation pattern (the number of operation rounds) are set. Examples of the case where the big winning opening 125 is activated include a case of a big win or a short win in a special symbol lottery, and a case of a small win. The operation pattern and the number of rounds are variously set according to the types of these wins. In addition, in the jackpot game, it is stipulated that the operation of the jackpot 125 is continuously performed a plurality of times (a plurality of rounds). As an example, in the case of a long hit, for example, 15 rounds (15R) are operated, and one opening of 29.5 seconds is performed in one round. In the case of a short hit, for example, two rounds (2R) are operated, and one opening of 0.9 seconds is performed in one round. To explain further, it opens for 0.9 seconds, closes for 1.0 seconds, and then opens for 0.9 seconds. On the other hand, in the case of a small hit, for example, the door is opened for 0.9 seconds, closed for 1.0 seconds, and then opened for 0.9 seconds. Here, when comparing the operation with a short hit and the operation with a small hit in the above example, both are opened twice for 0.9 seconds. In other words, the action of the big winning hole 125 seen by the player is the same in the case of a short win and the case of a small win. you can't.

It is stipulated by law that the accumulated opening time of the big winning opening 125 must be set within 1.8 seconds in the case of a small winning. On the other hand, in the case of a big win (long win or short win), the big winning opening 125 must be opened continuously a plurality of times. Therefore, when trying to make it difficult to visually distinguish between the operation of the small hit and the operation of the short hit as described above, in the small hit, within the range where the open cumulative time in one operation is within 1.8 seconds, An operation mode is set in which the big winning opening 125 is opened two or more times, and in the short winning, the same number of rounds as the number of openings of the small winning is set.

Next, the big winning opening operation control section 237 determines whether or not the opening time in the operation pattern set in S1704 has elapsed (S1708). If the open state of the large winning opening 125 has not passed the opening time (No in S1708), then the large winning opening operation control unit 237 determines that the winning number C of the large winning opening 125 is a specified number (for example, 9). pieces) or more (S1709). If the opening time has not elapsed and the number of winning prizes C is less than the specified number, the operation state (open state) of the large winning prize port 125 is continued, so the large winning prize port processing is terminated (No in S1709). ). On the other hand, if the opening time has elapsed (Yes in S1708) or if the number of winning prizes C has reached the prescribed number (Yes in S1709), the large winning prize gate operation control unit 237 ends the operation of the big prize winning gate 125 (closes). (S1710).

Next, the large winning opening operation control unit 237 determines whether or not the number of rounds R for operating the large winning opening 125 has reached the maximum value set in S1704 (S1711). Then, if the maximum value has not been reached, the remaining operations are performed, so the big winning opening process is terminated (No in S1711).

If the number of rounds R for the operation of the large winning opening 125 reaches the maximum value (Yes in S1711), then the large winning opening operation control section 237 starts the ending operation (S1712). Here, the content of the ending action corresponds to the state of the jackpot game flag among the ending actions set in each game of the long hitting game and the short hitting game.
After that, the big winning opening operation control unit 237 sets an ending command for performing an effect in the ending operation corresponding to the big winning game flag in the effect control unit 300 in the RAM 203 (S1713). This ending command is transmitted to the effect control unit 300 in the output process shown in S806 of FIG.

Next, after resetting the number of rounds R for the operation of the big winning opening 125 to 0 (S1714), the big winning opening operation control unit 237 performs the ending operation in which the elapsed time from the start of the ending operation is set in advance. It is determined whether or not the required time (ending time) has elapsed (S1717). If the ending time has not elapsed, the ending operation is continued, so the big winning opening process is terminated (No in S1717). On the other hand, if the ending time has passed (Yes in S1717), then the big winning opening operation control section 237 turns OFF the jackpot game flag after the game state setting process by the game control section 200 (S1718). The big winning opening process is terminated (S1719). The contents of the game state setting process will be described later.

In S1702, when it is determined that the pachinko gaming machine 100 is not in the opening (No in S1702), then the big winning opening operation control section 237 determines whether or not the ending is in progress (S1715). Then, if the ending is in progress (Yes at S1715), the operations after S1717 are executed.

On the other hand, if the pachinko gaming machine 100 is not in the ending state (No in S1715), then the large winning opening operation control section 237 determines whether or not the large winning opening 125 is operating (opening) (S1716). If not in operation (No in S1716), the operations from S1705 onward are executed, and if in operation (Yes in S1716), the operations from S1708 onward are executed.
It should be noted that the effect performed in the small hit game described above is the same as the effect performed in the short hit game, and it is not possible to distinguish between the short hit and the small hit from the effect.

[Game state setting process]
FIG. 18 shows the contents of the game state setting process (S1718) by the game control unit 200, which is executed when the ending time has passed (Yes in S1717).
When the game state setting process is performed, as a premise, the jackpot game flag is ON in S1701 of FIG. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18, the game control unit 200 first determines the type of the jackpot (S1801, S1802, S1803, S1806). These judgments can be made, for example, based on the type of symbol set in the RAM 203 as setting information in the big hit judging process (FIG. 12). In addition, since these determinations are substantially the same as S1202, S1203, and S1205 of the jackpot determination process (FIG. 12), the determination results of S1202, S1203, and S1205 may be used.

If it is a small hit (Yes in S1801), the game state setting process is terminated because the game state is not changed.
If the type of jackpot is a jackpot in a low-probability time-saving gaming state (No in S1801, Yes in S1802, S1803), the game control unit 200 turns on the time-saving flag (S1804). Thereby, the setting of the game state of RAM203 will be in a low probability time-saving game state. Also, the game control unit 200 sets the initial value of the lottery number J (S1805), and ends the game state setting process. The initial value of the lottery number J is 100 times in the illustrated example. Therefore, if the lottery in the low-probability time-saving gaming state is performed 100 times, the low-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the low-probability time-saving no-game state is entered.

On the other hand, if the type of jackpot is a jackpot in a low-probability time-saving no-game state (No in S1801, Yes in 1802, and No in S1803), the game control unit 200 performs processing without turning on both the time-saving flag and the high-accuracy flag. finish. Therefore, the setting of the game state of the RAM 203 for the game after this big hit is a low probability time saving non-game state.

When the type of jackpot is a jackpot in a high-probability time-saving game state (No in S1801 and S1802, Yes in S1806), the game control unit 200 turns on the time-saving flag (S1807), and sets the initial value of the lottery number J. (S1808). The initial value of the lottery number J in this case is 10000 in the illustrated example. In addition, the game control unit 200 turns on the high probability flag (S1809), and sets the initial value of the lottery times X (S1810). The initial value of the lottery number X is 10000 in the illustrated example. Thereby, the setting of the game state of RAM203 will be in a high probability time-saving game state. Then, when the lottery in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is performed 10000 times, the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends, and the low-probability time-saving no-game state is entered.

On the other hand, if the type of jackpot is a jackpot in a high-probability time-saving no-game state (No in S1801, S1802, and S1806), the game control unit 200 turns ON only the high-probability flag (S1809), and the initial value of the lottery number X (10000 times) is set (S1810). As a result, the setting of the gaming state of the RAM 203 becomes the high probability time saving non-gaming state. Then, when the lottery in the high-probability time-saving no-game state is performed 10000 times, the high-probability time-saving no-game state ends and the low-probability time-saving no-game state is entered.

[Electric tulip processing by game control unit]
FIG. 19 is a flow chart showing the contents of the electric tulip process in the electric accessory process shown in S804 of FIG.
In the electric tulip process, the electric tulip operation control section 238 of the game control section 200 first checks whether or not the auxiliary game flag is ON in the flag setting of the RAM 203 (S1901). When the auxiliary game flag is OFF, since the electric tulip 123 is not opened, the electric tulip processing is terminated (No in S1901). On the other hand, if the auxiliary game flag is ON (Yes in S1901), then the electric tulip operation control unit 238 determines whether or not the electric tulip 123 is in operation (S1902).

If the electric tulip 123 is not in operation (No in S1902), the electric tulip operation control unit 238 sets the operation pattern of the electric tulip 123 (S1903), and operates the electric tulip 123 according to the set operation pattern (S1904). . Here, the operation pattern is set based on the time saving flag set in the processes of S1404, S1414 in FIG. 14, S1804, S1807 in FIG. 18, and the like. For example, if the time saving flag is OFF at the time of setting in S1903, an operation pattern that opens once with an opening time of 0.15 seconds is set, and if the time saving flag is ON, 1.80 seconds open An operating pattern is set to open three times in time. Thus, normally, when the time saving flag is ON (when the time saving state), the electric tulip 123 is opened multiple times for a long time, and the winning support (electric chew support) that makes it easier to win the second start port 122 is done. It should be noted that the operation pattern of the electric tulip 123 in the case of the time saving flag is ON or OFF (type of auxiliary game) is prepared a plurality, normal design process (see FIG. 16) according to the type of hit determined by the operation It may be configured to set a pattern.

When it is determined in S1902 that the electric tulip 123 is in operation (Yes in S1902), or after the electric tulip 123 is operated in S1904, the electric tulip operation control unit 238 determines that the opening time in the set operation pattern has elapsed. It is determined whether or not it has been done (S1905). If the open time has not elapsed, the electric tulip 123 continues to operate (open state), so the electric tulip process is terminated (No in S1905). On the other hand, if the opening time has passed (Yes in S1905), the electric tulip operation control unit 238 turns off the auxiliary game flag and ends the electric tulip processing (S1906).

[Method of judging by random numbers]
Here, a method of determination based on random numbers performed in the jackpot determination process (FIG. 12), variation pattern selection process (FIG. 13), normal symbol process (FIG. 16), etc. will be described in detail.
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a configuration example of random numbers (decision table) used in the special symbol lottery and the normal symbol lottery in the present embodiment.
Fig. 20(a) shows a configuration example of the jackpot random number used in the special pattern lottery, Fig. 20(b) shows a configuration example of the jackpot random number used in the special pattern lottery, and Fig. 20(c) An example of the configuration of the reach random numbers used in the special symbol lottery that is triggered by the winning of the game ball into the first start port 121 in the game state, and FIG. , respectively, are shown.

With reference to FIG. 20(a), as a determination value of the jackpot random number, a jackpot when the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 at the time of the jackpot determination is a low probability state and a jackpot when the game state at the time of the jackpot determination is a high probability state. Two types and a small hit are set. The range of values of random numbers (random numbers for big hits) is 300 from 0 to 299. In the case of a special symbol lottery (jackpot lottery) in a low probability state, only one winning value is set and the winning probability is 1/300. In addition, in the case of the special symbol lottery in the high probability state, the winning value is set to 10, and the winning probability is 10/300 (=1/30). That is, in the illustrated example, if a special symbol lottery is performed by winning the starting ports 121 and 122 in a high probability state, the probability of winning is ten times higher than when the special symbol lottery is performed in a low probability state. In addition, the winning value of the small win is set to three regardless of whether it is in a low probability state or a high probability state, and the winning probability is 3/300 (=1/100).
Here, a special symbol lottery in a low-probability state will be described as an example. It is determined whether or not the winning value of the jackpot lottery in the low-probability state in (a) matches "5". Although detailed description is omitted, the same applies to the special symbol lottery in the high probability state and the special symbol lottery for the small hit.

Referring to FIG. 20(b), five types of jackpot symbols are prepared: low-probability symbol A, low-probability symbol B, high-probability symbol A, high-probability symbol B, and latent probability symbol. Here, the low-probability pattern A and the low-probability pattern B are patterns representing a low-probability state jackpot, among which the low-probability pattern A is a long hit (8 rounds) and a low-probability time-saving game state jackpot. indicates that there is The low-probability symbol B indicates that it is a long hit (4 rounds) and a jackpot in a low-probability time-saving game state. The high-probability pattern A and the high-probability pattern B indicate a long hit (15 rounds) and a high-probability time-saving game state jackpot. The high-probability symbol C and the high-probability symbol D indicate a long hit (8 rounds) and a high-probability time-saving game state jackpot. The high-probability symbol E indicates that it is a short hit (2 rounds) and a high-probability time-saving no-game state jackpot. The latent certainty pattern is a pattern representing a short hit (two rounds) and a high probability short time non-playing state jackpot. Therefore, the high-probability pattern B and the latent-probability pattern have the same game state after the jackpot game, but the latent-probability pattern is a condition for carrying out a latent performance that does not clearly notify the player of the high-probability state. Therefore, it is provided separately from the high probability pattern B. The range of random number values is 250 from 0 to 249. In addition, in the jackpot symbol random number, a winning value is set for each of the first start port 121 and the second start port 122 that trigger the special symbol lottery.

In the low-probability symbol A, 35 values are assigned as winning values to both the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 . Therefore, the probability of winning the low-probability symbol A when winning the jackpot is 35/250 (=7/50).
In the low-probability symbol B, 15 values are assigned as winning values to both the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 . Therefore, the probability of winning the low-probability symbol B when winning the jackpot is 15/250 (=3/50).

In the high-probability pattern A, 20 values are assigned as winning values when winning the first starting port 121. - 特許庁Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol A is 20/250 (=2/25) when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加
On the other hand, 150 values are assigned as winning values when the second starting port 122 wins. Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol A is 150/250 (=15/25) when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the second starting port 122.例文帳に追加

In the high-probability pattern B, five values are assigned as winning values when winning the first starting port 121. - 特許庁Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol B when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121 is 5/250 (=1/50).
On the other hand, 25 values are assigned as winning values when winning the second starting gate 122 . Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol B when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the second starting port 122 is 25/250 (=1/10).

In the high-probability symbol C, 25 values are assigned as winning values when winning the first starting port 121. - 特許庁Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol C is 25/250 (=1/10) when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加
On the other hand, 10 values are assigned as winning values when the second starting port 122 wins. Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol B is 10/250 (=1/25) when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the second starting port 122.例文帳に追加

In the high-probability pattern D, 25 values are assigned as winning values when winning the first starting port 121. - 特許庁Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol D when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121 is 25/250 (=1/10).
On the other hand, 10 values are assigned as winning values when the second starting port 122 wins. Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol D when winning the special symbol lottery started by winning the second starting port 122 is 10/250 (=1/25).

In the high-probability pattern E, 25 values are assigned as winning values when winning the first starting port 121. - 特許庁Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol E is 25/250 (=1/10) when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加
On the other hand, five values are assigned as winning values when the second starting port 122 wins. Therefore, the probability of winning the high-probability symbol E when winning the jackpot in the special symbol lottery started by winning the second starting port 122 is 5/250 (=1/50).

In the latent probability pattern, 100 values are assigned as winning values when the first starting port 121 is won. Therefore, the probability of winning the latent probability symbol in the special symbol lottery started by winning the first starting port 121 is 100/250 (=2/5).
On the other hand, the second starting port 122 is not assigned a winning value in the latent certainty pattern, and when the second starting port 122 wins, the winning in the latent certainty pattern does not occur.

Here, taking the low-probability symbol A as an example, the jackpot symbol random number value (see S903 and S910) acquired with the opportunity of winning the first start port 121 or the second start port 122 is shown in FIG. ), it is determined whether the winning value of the low-probability symbol A matches “0 to 34”. Although detailed description is omitted, the same applies to the special symbol lottery such as the low-probability symbol B.

As described above, by differentiating the winning probabilities of the types of jackpots in the case of winning the first starting hole 121 and the winning of the second starting hole 122, various game characteristics can be provided. In addition, the arrangement of the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 on the game board 110 is devised so that either one of the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 can be aimed easily in a specific state (mode). , it is possible to encourage players to actively participate in games.
Even if the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability time-saving game state in the case of winning the jackpot is higher in the case of winning the second start port 122 than in the case of winning the first start port 121 good.

Here, the pachinko gaming machine 100 of the present embodiment is capable of setting a set value which is a stage of the degree of advantage of the game. In the pachinko game machine 100, the set value can be set to any of six levels, for example, "1", "2", "3", "4", "5" and "6".
In the pachinko gaming machine 100, the winning probability is the lowest when the set value is set to "1". For example, when the set value is "1" and the probability is low, the winning probability is 1/300. Also, when the set value is "1" and the state is high probability, the winning probability is 10/300.
Also, in the pachinko gaming machine 100, the winning probability is the highest when the set value is set to "6". For example, when the set value is "6" and the game is in the low-probability gaming state, the winning probability is 1/285. Also, when the set value is "6" and the state is high probability, the winning probability is 10/285.
As described above, in the pachinko gaming machine 100, the winning probability is set to increase in the order of the set value "1"<"2"<"3"<"4"<"5"<"6".

Next, determination of reach random numbers will be described. In addition, the reach random number is set according to the number of reservations as described later. Here, as an example, the reach random number when the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is one in the low probability time saving non-gaming state will be described.
With reference to FIG. 20 (c), the range of random number values is 250 from 0 to 249, and the variation pattern (variation time) that can execute the reach effect (for example, 13.5 seconds or more) lottery result ( 22 random numbers are assigned to "with reach", and 228 random numbers are assigned to the lottery result (without reach) that does not make the ready-to-win effect a viable variation pattern (for example, less than 13.5 seconds). That is, in the illustrated example, if the special symbol lottery does not win big, the ready-to-win effect is performed with a probability of 22/250 (=11/125). Here, the ready-to-win effect is a effect performed in the image display section 114 when special symbols are changed. Hereinafter, the production at the time of the special pattern fluctuation that does not make the reach production a variable pattern that can be executed is called a production without reach, and the production at the time of the special pattern fluctuation that makes the reach production a variation pattern that can be executed in response to this is a production with reach. call.

Here, if you explain the reach existence as an example, the reach random number (see S903, S910) obtained as a result of winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state is shown in FIG. 20 (c) It is determined whether or not it matches with the winning value "0 to 21" with reach. Although detailed description is omitted, the same applies to the special symbol lottery without reach. In addition, the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery based on the winning of the first starting port 121 and the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery based on the winning of the second starting port 122 have the same number of winning values. There may be, or there may be different. In addition, the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery in the low probability time-saving no-game state, the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery in the low probability time-saving game state, and the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery in the high probability time-saving no-game state And the reach random number used in the special symbol lottery in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of winning values may be the same or different.

In many cases, at the time of special symbol fluctuation, the display control of the first special symbol indicator 221 and the second special symbol indicator 222 (hereinafter referred to as special symbol indicators 221 and 222 when not distinguished) is interlocked. , the image display unit 114 performs an effect using decorative patterns. The decorative pattern is formed by displaying three lines of patterns each consisting of a numerical sequence in which numbers 1 to 9 are continuously written in the vertical direction, for example. Then, when the variable display of the special symbols on the special symbol display devices 221 and 222 is started, the decorative symbols displayed on the image display section 114 start scrolling. Further, when the special symbols are stopped and displayed after a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the variable display of the special symbols (start of scrolling of the decorative symbols), the decorative symbols are also fixed and stopped. In general, when the determination result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit, the same three numbers are arranged in a horizontal or oblique straight line in the stationary display of the decorative symbols. The effect using the decorative design that is performed along with the variable display of this special design is called a variable effect.

In the ready-to-win production, the following operations are performed with respect to decorative symbols as a variable production. First, any two patterns (sequences) are first temporarily stopped before the decorative patterns scrolling in the vertical (horizontal) direction are fixed and stopped. At this time, the same numbers are temporarily stopped on a horizontal (vertical) or diagonal straight line. To explain further, if the decorative symbols are scrolled in the vertical direction, the same numbers are temporarily stopped in one row in the horizontal direction.
Next, the scroll speed for the last line is gradually slowed down, giving the player a sense of anticipation that three identical numbers will line up on a straight line. After the last row is temporarily stopped, the three symbols are fixed and stopped.
Here, in the ready-to-win effect, the SP ready-to-win effect or the SPSP ready-to-win effect may be performed before the three symbols are fixed and stopped. In addition, the SP reach effect is generally called super reach or special reach, and is a effect that makes you expect a bigger hit than reach, and is a moving image effect in which various characters appear and stories develop. . In addition, the SPSP reach production is generally called super super reach or special special reach, and is a production that makes you expect a bigger hit than the SP reach production, and is a moving image in which various characters appear and a story develops. It is a production of
Further, as shown in FIG. 21, which will be described later, in the present embodiment, when the variation time is longer (for example, 90 seconds or 60 seconds), the SP ready-to-win effect or SPSP ready-to-win effect is set to be executed.
On the other hand, in the non-reach production, until the decorative pattern that scrolls in the vertical (horizontal) direction is fixed and stopped, the production that gives the player a sense of expectation, such as the production with reach, is not performed. The symbols are determined and stopped in a state where the same numbers are not aligned on a diagonal straight line.

In this way, the ready-to-win random number performs a ready-to-win effect as a variation pattern in which the ready-to-win effect can be executed in the image display unit 114 when the result of the judgment of the big hit random number is a loss, or the ready-to-win effect can be executed. It is determined whether to perform a no-reach production that does not use a variation pattern. In addition, the ready-to-win random number changes the execution ratio of the ready-to-win effect according to the number of reservations, thereby enabling efficient game progress and giving the player a moderate sense of expectation.
In addition, when a jackpot is won, a reach effect is performed, and finally, the decorative patterns are fixed and stopped in a state where the same numbers are aligned on a horizontal (vertical) or diagonal straight line. can be done. On the other hand, in the ready-to-win effect in the case of winning a small prize or losing, the decoration pattern is determined and stopped in a state where the same numbers are not aligned on the straight line.

Next, the determination of the winning random number used in the normal symbol lottery will be described.
Referring to FIG. 20 (d), the range of random number values is 10 from 0 to 9, one value is assigned as the winning value when the time saving flag is OFF, and the winning value when the time saving flag is ON Nine values are assigned. Therefore, when the game ball passes through the gate 124 and the normal symbol lottery is performed in the absence of time-saving state, the game is won with a probability of 1/10. On the other hand, if a game ball passes through the gate 124 in the time-saving state and a normal symbol lottery is performed, the player wins with a probability of 9/10.

Here, taking the time saving flag OFF as an example, the hit random value (see S1003) acquired with the passage of the game ball through the gate 124, the first start port 121 or the second start port 122 is shown in FIG. It is determined whether it matches with "0" which is the winning value of the time saving flag OFF in d). Although detailed description is omitted, the same applies to the normal symbol lottery with the time saving flag ON.

In addition, although not particularly shown, it is possible to set a plurality of wins with different contents of the auxiliary game (opening pattern of the electric tulip 123) performed when a win is determined in the normal symbol lottery. In this case, for example, like the jackpot pattern random number (see FIG. 17(b)) for specifying the type of jackpot in the special pattern lottery, the winning pattern random number for specifying the type of win in the normal symbol lottery is set. Then, the game control unit 200 acquires the random number of the winning symbol random number together with the random number of the winning random number in the gate switch process (see FIG. 10) by the random number acquisition unit 231, and the normal symbol determination unit 232 acquires the random number of the winning symbol random number Determine the type of win based on random numbers.
Note that the range of random numbers, the percentage of winning values, and the values of winning values shown in the configuration example of each random number in FIG. 20 are merely examples, and are not limited to the illustrated values.

[Setting example of fluctuation pattern]
Next, a setting example of a variation pattern and a table used in the variation pattern selection process shown in FIG. 13 will be described.
FIG. 21 is a diagram showing a setting example of a variation pattern and a table used in the variation pattern selection process shown in FIG. In addition, FIG. 21 shows a setting example in the case where the special symbols are changed based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state.

As shown in FIG. 21, the special symbol variation control unit 233 determines the variation pattern based on the big winning symbol and the variation pattern random number when the determination result of the special symbol lottery is a big win (Yes in S1302 of FIG. 13). . Specifically, in the special symbol variation control unit 233, the variation pattern random number value (see S903) acquired together with the jackpot random number value by the random number acquisition unit 231 matches any of the variation pattern random number values assigned to each jackpot symbol. determine the variation pattern based on whether For example, when the jackpot design is "high probability design A" and the variation pattern random number is "51", it matches the variation pattern random number range "50 to 69" allocated to "high probability design A" in FIG. Therefore, "PB3" is selected as the variation pattern. In addition, the special symbol variation time in this "PB3" is "90.18 seconds".

In addition, the special symbol variation control unit 233, when the determination result of the special symbol lottery is lost (No in S1302 of FIG. 13), the number of reservations U1 of the first special symbol lottery, the reach random number, and the variation pattern random number determine the variation pattern. Specifically, the special symbol variation control unit 233, when the reservation number U1 of the first special symbol lottery is "1", the reach random number (see S903) acquired together with the jackpot random number by the random number acquisition unit 231 , determines whether it is assigned to the reach random number range "0 to 21" assigned to the pending number "1" of "missing" in FIG. 21 or to the reach random number range "22 to 249". Then, when the obtained reach random number is included in the reach random number range “0 to 21”, the variation pattern random number (see S903) obtained together with the jackpot random number by the random number obtaining unit 231 is the reach random number range “0 to 21”, the variation pattern is determined based on which of the variation pattern random values assigned to “21” matches. For example, when the variation pattern random number is "51", it matches the variation pattern random number range "50 to 89", so "PR7" is selected as the variation pattern.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a setting example of a variation pattern and a table used in the variation pattern selection process. In addition, FIG. 22 shows a setting example in the case where the special symbols are changed based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state.
In the table shown in FIG. 22, a variation pattern is provided according to the determination result of the special symbol lottery, the pending number U2 of the second special symbol lottery, the reach random number, and the variation pattern random number.
In the table shown in FIG. 22, a variation pattern is provided in which the “holding number” is “1” and the “time” is “2.50” and “4.00” as “no reach”. The "time" of "2.50" and "4.00" is the "time" of the "fluctuation pattern" provided as "no reach" with "holding number" of "1" in the table shown in FIG. ' is shorter than '8.00'. In addition, in the table shown in FIG. 22, a variation pattern is provided in which the "holding number" is "2 to 3" and the "time" is "2.00" and "4.00" as "no reach". . This "time" of "2.00" and "4.00" is the "fluctuation pattern" provided as "no reach" with "holding number" of "2 to 3" in the table shown in FIG. It is shorter than "6.80" which is "time". In addition, in the table shown in FIG. 22 , there are provided fluctuation patterns in which the “holding number” is “4” and the “time” is “1.50” and “4.00” as “no reach”. The "time" of "1.50" and "4.00" is the "time" of the "fluctuation pattern" provided as "no reach" with "holding number" of "4" in the table shown in FIG. is shorter than "4.60".

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a setting example of a variation pattern and a table used in the variation pattern selection process. In addition, FIG. 23 shows a setting example in the case where the special symbols are changed based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state.
In the table shown in FIG. 23, a variation pattern is provided according to the determination result of the special symbol lottery, the pending number U1 of the first special symbol lottery, and the variation pattern random number. It should be noted that in this table, winning values in reach random numbers are not assigned to "variation patterns" whose "judgment result" is "loss". Therefore, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a loss, reach is not performed in the special symbol variation.
In the table shown in FIG. 23, a variation pattern is provided in which the “holding number” is “1 to 4” and the “time” is “5.00” as “no reach”. The "time" of this variation pattern is longer than any "time" of the "variation patterns" provided as "no reach" in the table shown in FIG. That is, if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is "missing" and "no reach", than the variation time of the special symbol variation based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second The variation time of the special symbol variation based on winning to the starting port 122 is shorter.

The game control unit 200 is based on which of the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 the game ball has won, and the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100, a table used for selecting a variation pattern of special symbols. to decide. Then, as described above, based on the fluctuation pattern random number value (see S903 and S910 in FIG. 9) acquired when the game ball wins the starting ports 121 and 122, the presence or absence of the ready-to-win effect, the number of reservations, etc. , determines the variation pattern of the special symbol. Information on the determined special symbol variation pattern is included in the variation start command and sent from the game control section 200 to the effect control section 300 . In the effect control unit 300, as will be described later, as the effect at the time of the special symbol variation, the effect corresponding to the variation time specified based on the information of the variation pattern included in the variation start command (executable in the variation time) is produced. is selected and executed.

[Configuration of RAM of game control unit and RAM of effect control unit for performing advance notice effect based on advance determination]
Next, the configurations of the RAM 203 of the game control unit 200 and the RAM 303 of the effect control unit 300 in this embodiment for executing the advance notice effect based on the prior determination will be described.
FIG. 24 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the RAM 203 (see FIG. 3) of the game control section 200 according to this embodiment. 24(a) is a block diagram showing the configuration of the storage area 204, and FIG. 24(b) is a block diagram showing the configuration of each of the storage units shown in FIG. 24(a).

As shown in FIG. 24(a), the RAM 203 has a storage area 204 as a special symbol holding storage area for storing the jackpot random numbers obtained by the jackpot random number lottery. This storage area 204 has eight storage units corresponding to the maximum value of the number of reservations of the first start port 121 and the number of reservations of the second start port 122 (when the upper limit of each number of reservations is 4) . Specifically, the storage area 204 includes a first storage unit 204a, a second storage unit 204b, a third storage unit 204c, a fourth storage unit 204d, a fifth storage unit 204e, a sixth storage unit 204f, and a seventh storage. It has a section 204g and an eighth storage section 204h.

Further, as shown in FIG. 24(b), each of these storage units 204a to 204h is an area for storing information indicating whether the prize-winning starting port (first starting port 121 or second starting port 122) is stored. , an area for storing the acquired jackpot random numbers, an area for storing the pattern random numbers, an area for storing the reach random numbers, and an area for storing the fluctuation pattern random numbers. That is, each of the storage units 204a to 204h stores a jackpot random number, a pattern random number, a reach random number, and a variation pattern random number.

Here, each random number is stored in order from the first storage unit 204a. More specifically, for example, when no random number is stored in any of the first storage unit 204a to the eighth storage unit 204h, the obtained random number is stored in the first storage unit 204a. Further, for example, when random numbers are already stored in the first storage unit 204a to the fourth storage unit 204d, the obtained random numbers are stored in the fifth storage unit 204e.

FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the RAM 303 (see FIG. 3) of the effect control section 300 according to this embodiment. FIG. 25(a) is a block diagram showing the configuration of reserved storage areas 305 and 306, and FIG. 25(b) is a block diagram showing the configuration of each of the storage units shown in FIG. 25(a).
As shown in FIG. 25(a), the RAM 303 has a first reservation storage area 305 and a second reservation storage area 306 as reservation status storage areas for storing the status of the reservation ball. The first reservation storage area 305 and the second reservation storage area 306 correspond to the reservation of the winning to the first start gate 121 and the reservation of the winning to the second start gate 122, respectively. have. Specifically, the first reserved storage area 305 has a first storage section 305a, a second storage section 305b, a third storage section 305c, and a fourth storage section 305d. The second reserved storage area 306 has a first storage section 306a, a second storage section 306b, a third storage section 306c, and a fourth storage section 306d.

Further, as shown in FIG. 25(b), each of these storage units 305a to 305d and 306a to 306d has a hold flag storage area for turning ON/OFF the hold flag and a notification flag storage area for turning ON/OFF the notification flag. and a region. The reserve flag is a flag for identifying the presence or absence of a reserve ball for each of the storage units 305a to 305d and 306a to 306d. That is, for example, when the number of pending prizes to the first starting port 121 is 3, the pending flags are turned ON in the three pending flag storage areas of the first to third storage units 305a, 305b, and 305c. The notification flag is a flag for setting whether or not to perform the notice effect based on the preliminary determination result for each reserved ball. In the pachinko gaming machine 100 of the present embodiment, the effect control unit 300 can set whether or not to perform the advance notice effect based on the result of prior determination according to the game state and effect situation. Therefore, the notification flag is turned ON when the announcement effect is performed, and the notification flag is turned OFF when the announcement effect is not performed. For example, when the notice effect is performed for the third held ball out of the three held balls, the notification flag is turned ON in the notification flag storage area of the third storage section 305c.

Also, although not shown, the RAM 203 has an area for storing prior determination information (hereinafter referred to as a prior determination information storage area) in addition to the configuration shown in FIG. 24(a). The pre-determination information is information obtained by the pre-determination process (see S904 and S911 in FIG. 9) based on the above random numbers. The content of the prior determination information is the same as the information obtained as various determination results in the special symbol processing (see FIG. 11), and specifically, whether or not the big hit (and whether or not the small hit), the big hit In the case of , it is information for indicating the type of the jackpot, whether the variation pattern (variation time) is a length capable of executing the ready-to-win effect, and the contents of the variation pattern. The pre-determination information stored in the pre-determination information storage area is stored together with information (hereinafter referred to as retention information) related to the hold corresponding to the winning ball (reserved ball) for which the pre-determination process has been performed, or independently of this hold information. At the timing, it is included in the pre-determination result command and sent from the game control section 200 to the effect control section 300. - 特許庁

[Pre-judgment processing]
Next, the advance determination processing (see S904 and S911 in FIG. 9) will be described in detail.
In the pre-determination process in the present embodiment, the game control unit 200 performs pre-determination as follows using a random number table similar to the random number configuration example described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 23 .

FIG. 26 is a flow chart showing the details of the preliminary determination processing (S904 and S911 in FIG. 9) according to this embodiment.
As shown in FIG. 26, the game control unit 200 first determines whether or not the game state is a high probability state (S2401), and when it determines that it is a high probability state (Yes in S2401), A table is selected to determine the jackpot random number and jackpot pattern random number in advance (S2402). On the other hand, when it is determined as No in S2401, a table for low probability state is selected, and a jackpot random number and a jackpot symbol random number are pre-determined (S2403). In addition, although not shown, in the case of pre-determination processing based on the winning of the first start port 121, the table for the first start port 121 is selected, and the pre-determination of the jackpot random number and the jackpot pattern random number is performed. conduct. Also, in the case of pre-determination processing based on the winning of the second starting port 122, the table for the second starting port 122 is selected to perform pre-determination of the jackpot random number and the jackpot symbol random number.

After the prior determination of the jackpot random number and the jackpot pattern random number of S2402 or S2403, the game control unit 200 determines whether or not the game state is the time saving state (S2404), and determines that it is the time saving state (Yes in S2404), The table for the time saving state is selected, and the reach random number is pre-determined (S2405). Furthermore, the table for time saving state is selected, and the fluctuation pattern random number is pre-determined (S2406).
On the other hand, when it is determined as No in S2404, the table for time saving non-state is selected, and the reach random number is determined in advance (S2407). Furthermore, the table for time saving no state is selected, and the fluctuation pattern random number is determined in advance (S2408).
Although not shown, steps 2405, 2406, 2407 and 2408 are based on whether the game state is a high probability state or whether the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 wins. A dedicated table is selected depending on whether it is a pre-determination process.

Thereafter, the game control unit 200, the result of the prior determination of the jackpot random number obtained as described above, the result of the prior determination of the jackpot pattern random number, the result of the prior determination of the reach random number, and the result of the prior determination of the variation pattern, It is stored in the advance judgment information storage area as advance judgment information (S2409). Furthermore, in order to transmit the preliminary determination information to the effect control section 300, the preliminary determination result command including the preliminary determination information is set in the RAM 203 (S2410).

Here, the above-mentioned preliminary determination is based on the random number value (see S903 and S910 in FIG. 9) acquired according to the winning of the game ball to the starting ports 121 and 122, and the determination table (see FIG. 20) used in the big hit determination process. ) and a decision table having the same structure as the one shown in FIG. That is, the judgment itself after selecting the judgment table to be used is the same as the judgment in the big win judgment process (see S1201 in FIG. 12). Therefore, in the present embodiment, the subroutine (see S1108 of FIG. 11 and FIG. 12) of the jackpot determination process used in the special symbol process (see FIG. 11) is called to determine the random number in the prior determination.

With such a configuration, in the present embodiment, there is no need to prepare a processing function (subroutine) for determining random numbers in addition to the jackpot determination process in order to determine random numbers in the preliminary determination process. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of control instructions and suppress an increase in the size of the program relating to the jackpot determination process and the advance determination process. Further, as described above, when the determination table used for the preliminary determination has the same configuration as the determination table used for the big win determination, the determination table used for the big win determination may also be used for the preliminary determination.

In addition, here only the prior determination (whether it is a big hit or not) on the special symbol lottery was described, but in the present embodiment, the variation pattern when performing the variable display and the stop display of the special symbol is also read ahead (preliminary determination). I do. The selection of the variation pattern in the special symbol lottery is a random number for variation pattern selection (see S903 and S910 in FIG. 9) acquired according to the winning of the game ball to the starting ports 121 and 122 and the variation pattern table (FIG. 21 to FIG. 23) (see S1109 of FIG. 11 and FIG. 13). Therefore, even in the look-ahead of the variation pattern, using the random number value for selecting the variation pattern acquired at the time of winning and the look-ahead table of the same configuration as the variation pattern table used in the variation pattern selection process of the special symbol process, it is selected. Fluctuation patterns can be read ahead. That is, different look-ahead tables can be used for each game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 . Also, different look-ahead tables can be used depending on which one of the first starting gate 121 and the second starting gate 122 is won.

In this case, in order to foresee the variation pattern selected in the variation pattern selection process, the subroutine of the variation pattern selection process (see S1109 of FIG. 11 and FIG. 13) used in the special symbol process (see FIG. 11) is called and used. be able to. Moreover, regarding the look-ahead table used for the look-ahead of the variation pattern selection, the variation pattern table used in the variation pattern selection process of the special symbol processing may be used. By configuring in this way, it is possible to reduce the number of control instructions related to prefetching of variation pattern selection and suppress an increase in program size.

It should be noted that, if the pre-determination process and the jackpot determination process at the time of special symbol variation are performed in the same subroutine using the same determination table group, the execution time of each process is different, so the pre-determination result and the special symbol variation There may be a case where the judgment result by the big hit judging process of (1) is different. That is, it is a case where the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 (whether it is a high probability state or a low probability state, or whether it is a time saving state or a time saving no state) changes before the start of the special symbol variation after the execution of the preliminary determination process. In this case, since different types of determination tables are used according to the gaming state, the specific determination table used for determination differs between when the preliminary determination process is executed and when the big win determination process is executed. . Therefore, even if the same random number obtained at the time of winning to the starting ports 121 and 122 is used, the preliminary determination result and the determination result of the jackpot determination process may differ. In such a case, in the production control unit 300, after the execution of the preliminary determination process, if the game state changes before the start of the special symbol variation, the production based on the preliminary determination result is not executed (prohibition) control, etc. can be done.

In addition, according to the command output from the game control unit 200 to the effect control unit 300 as described above, the effect control unit 300 controls, for example, the image display unit 114, the board lamp 116, the speaker 156, the frame lamp 157, and the like. For example, when the effect control unit 300 receives a command indicating the start of the door opening error, the effect control unit 300 displays a message such as "Please call a staff member" or an image indicating an abnormal state to the image display unit. 114 to display. In addition, the effect control unit 300 causes the speaker 156 to output an alarm or the like indicating an abnormal state, and restricts the output of music, voice, sound effects, and the like. Moreover, the production|presentation control part 300 lights the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157 in red, for example as a mode which shows an abnormal state.

In addition, here, it was explained that the effect control unit 300 uses all of the image display unit 114, the board lamp 116, the speaker 156, and the frame lamp 157 to notify that an error has occurred. A mode using a part may be used. Also, the mode of notification may be switched according to the content of the error. For example, when a door open error occurs, all of the image display unit 114, board lamp 116, speaker 156, and frame lamp 157 may be used as described above. Also, when a payout error occurs, the image display unit 114 and the speaker 156 notify that the error has occurred. This makes it possible for a game parlor (pachinko hall) clerk or the like to easily determine the degree of urgency of an error that has occurred in a game machine.

[Operation of production control unit]
Next, the operation of the effect control section 300 will be described.
FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing the operation of the effect control section 300. As shown in FIG.
The operation of the effect control section 300 consists of main processing shown in FIG. 27(a) and interrupt processing shown in FIG. 27(b). Referring to FIG. 27(a), the effect control unit 300 first performs initial setting at the time of activation (S2501), and after performing cycle setting of CTC (Counter/Timer Circuit) (S2502), according to the set cycle , While updating the random number used in the effect control (S2503), interrupt processing is accepted.

Interrupt processing is performed periodically according to the cycle set in S2502. Referring to FIG. 27(b), in this interrupt process, the effect control unit 300 receives a command from the game control unit 200 and performs command reception processing (S2511). In this command reception process, the effect contents (effect pattern) are selected. In addition, the effect control unit 300 performs effect button processing for accepting the player's operation of the effect button 161 or the like (S2512). Thereafter, the effect control section 300 performs command transmission processing for transmitting a command including information on the selected effect pattern to the image/sound control section 310 and the lamp control section 320 (S2513). As a result, effects such as image display and sound output on the image display unit 114, movement of the movable accessory 115, and light emission of the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157 are performed.

[Command reception processing by production control unit]
FIG. 28 is a flow chart showing the contents of the command reception process (S2511 in FIG. 27(b)).
In this command reception process, the effect control unit 300 first determines whether or not the pre-determination result command and the pending number increase command have been received (S2601). It should be noted that the pre-determined result command and the pending number increase command are set in the starting opening switch process shown in FIG. ) is a command transmitted to the effect control unit 300.
Then, when the effect control unit 300 determines that the pre-determination result command and the pending number increase command are received (Yes in S2601), 1 is added to the pending number value held in the RAM 303 (S2602). Furthermore, the effect control unit 300 performs a pre-determination effect selection process based on the pre-determination result command and the reservation number increase command (S2603). The details of the pre-determination effect selection process will be described later.

If the received command is not the prior determination result command and the pending number increase command (No in S2601), the effect control unit 300 determines whether the received command is the variation start command (S2604). This variation start command is a command that is set in the special symbol processing shown in FIG. 11 in the game control unit 200 (S1111) and transmitted to the effect control unit 300 in the output processing (S806) shown in FIG.
When the received command is the variation start command (Yes in S2604), the effect control section 300 executes effect selection processing (S2605). In addition, when the fluctuation start command is received, a random number value for effect control used in the effect selection process is acquired. This random number is a random number that is periodically updated in S2503 of the main processing shown in FIG. 27(a). Details of the effect selection process will be described later.

If the received command is not the pre-determination result command, the pending number increase command and the variation start command (No in S2601 and S2604), the effect control unit 300 determines whether the received command is the variation stop command (S2606). This fluctuation stop command is a command that is set in the special symbol processing shown in FIG. 11 in the game control unit 200 (S1114) and transmitted to the effect control unit 300 in the output process (S806) shown in FIG.
When the received command is the fluctuation stop command (Yes in S2606), the effect control section 300 executes the process during the end of the fluctuation effect (S2607). In addition, in the processing during the end of the variation production, the production control unit 300 analyzes the received variation stop command and sets the fluctuation production end command for instructing the end of the production of the pattern fluctuation in the RAM303.

If the received command is not a pre-determination result command, a hold number increase command, a variation start command and a variation stop command (No in S2601, S2604 and S2606), the effect control unit 300 starts the opening operation of the jackpot game with the received command It is determined whether or not it is an opening command for opening (S2608). This opening command is a command that is set in the stopped process shown in FIG. 14 (S1418) and transmitted to the effect control unit 300 in the output process (S806) shown in FIG.
When the received command is an opening command (Yes in S2608), the effect control section 300 executes a jackpot effect selection process (S2609). Details of the jackpot effect selection process will be described later.

If the received command is not a pre-determination result command, a hold number increase command, a variation start command, a variation stop command and an opening command (No in S2601, S2604, S2606 and S2608), the effect control unit 300 determines that the received command is a jackpot game (S2610). This ending command is a command that is set in the big winning opening process shown in FIG. 17 (S1713) and transmitted to the effect control section 300 in the output process (S806) shown in FIG.
If the received command is an ending command (Yes at S2610), the effect control unit 300 executes ending effect selection processing (S2611). Details of the ending effect selection process will be described later.

If the received command is not the pre-determination result command, the pending number increase command, the variation start command, the variation stop command, the opening command and the ending command (No in S2601, S2604, S2606, S2608 and S2610), then the effect control unit 300 , a customer waiting command reception process for shifting the received command to the customer waiting state is executed (S2612). Details of the customer waiting command reception process will be described later.

FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing the contents of the preliminary determination effect selection process (S2603) and the effect selection process (S2605) of FIG.
In the pre-determination effect selection process, the effect control unit 300 first analyzes the pre-determination result command received from the game control unit 200 (S2801). Furthermore, the effect control unit 300 analyzes the pending number increase command received from the game control unit 200 (S2802). Then, the effect control unit 300 selects the effect pattern (predetermined effect pattern) used in the predetermined effect based on the predetermination result command and the pending number increase command (S2803).

Here, as the pre-judgment performance pattern, various performance patterns can be provided that give advance notice of the random number determination result by the special symbol processing before the start of the variation based on the random number determination result by the special symbol processing. For example, an effect such as a pending display effect or a continuous advance notice effect can be provided as a pre-determination effect pattern. In the present embodiment, when a reserved ball is generated, a display representing the number of reserved balls is displayed on the first special symbol reservation display 218 and the second special symbol reservation display 219 of the display 130 (see FIG. 2). At the same time, the image display unit 114 performs a hold display suggesting the occurrence of a hold or the number of holds (hold display effect). Therefore, in this holding display effect, by reflecting the preliminary judgment result in the display mode of the holding display, etc., the judgment result when the judgment of the random number by the special symbol processing is performed after that with respect to the holding ball is sent to the player. It can be a pre-judgment production to suggest.

It should be noted that although the case where the pending display effect is used as a pre-judgment effect is explained here, by reflecting it in the contents of various effects performed before the start of the fluctuation based on the judgment result of the random number by the special symbol processing, various notice effects It becomes possible to do For example, a production using a production image displayed on the image display unit 114, a production by light emission of the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157, a production by the movement of movable accessories, a production by sound output such as music and sound effects, etc. It can be set as a judgment production pattern.

In addition, the pre-determination effect may be executed along with the symbol variation for other winning balls performed prior to the symbol variation for the winning ball (reserved ball) for which the pre-determination was performed. In the present embodiment, the upper limit of the number of retained balls is four per starting port (first starting port 121 or second starting port 122) (see FIG. 9). Moreover, priority is given to digestion of the ball held in the second starting port 122 . In this case, for example, if the preliminary determination is made for the held ball with the second starting port 122, before the pattern fluctuation for the held ball is performed, including the fluctuation currently fluctuating (referred to as the fluctuation), Symbol variation is performed for a maximum of four winning balls. In the notice effect related to the reserved ball that has been pre-determined, if multiple pattern changes are performed before the pattern change is performed for the reserved ball, the notice effect that spans the multiple pattern changes (continuous notice effect ).

Then, the effect control unit 300 sets the pending number command including the value of the added pending number and the information of the pre-determined effect pattern selected in the pre-determined effect selection process to the RAM 303 (S2804). In order to notify the CPU 311 of the image/sound control unit 310 of the selected pre-determined effect pattern, the number-of-holds command includes information indicating the pattern. By receiving the pending number command, the CPU 311 creates a display list or the like for causing the VDP 314 to draw and output images and sounds corresponding to the selected pre-determined effect pattern. Based on the display list or the like, the VDP 314 reads image data and sound data for representing the selected pre-determination effect pattern from the CGROM 315 and SNDROM 316, and expresses the pre-determination effect using the image display unit 114 and the speaker 156. .

In the effect selection process, the effect control unit 300 first analyzes the received variation start command (S2811). Also, 1 is subtracted from the number of reservations held in the RAM 303 (S2812). Then, the effect control unit 300 displays on the image display unit 114 based on various setting information (information such as the type of jackpot, the game state after the jackpot game, and the fluctuation pattern) obtained from the analysis result of the fluctuation start command. A variation production pattern for symbol variation by image is selected (S2813). After the variable effect pattern is selected, the value of the number of reservations held in the RAM 303 may be decremented by one. That is, the variable effect pattern may be selected before the value of the number of reservations held in the RAM 303 is decremented by one.

Finally, the production control unit 300 sets a variable production start command for instructing the execution start of the selected production in the RAM303 (S2814). The variable effect start command includes information indicating the pattern in order to notify the CPU 311 of the selected variable effect pattern. When the CPU 311 receives the variable effect start command, the VDP 314 draws images and sounds corresponding to the selected variable effect pattern, and creates a display list or the like for output processing. Based on the display list or the like, the VDP 314 reads out image data and sound data for representing the selected variable effect pattern from the CGROM 315 and SNDROM 316, and expresses the variable effect using the image display unit 114 and the speaker 156.

Although not described in detail, in the process of selecting a variation performance pattern for symbol variation in S2813, a variation performance pattern is determined based on the variation pattern. Based on the variable effect pattern determined here, the variable display of decorative symbols, the background effect, the advance notice effect, etc. are determined. In addition, the variable display of decorative symbols is effect display performed by the image display unit 114 along with the variable display of the special symbols performed by the first special symbol display device 221 or the second special symbol display device 222 . In the variable display of the decorative symbols, a ready-to-win effect or the like is executed. It should be noted that, unlike the present embodiment, when a plurality of variation production patterns are set for the variation pattern, the production random number (one of the random numbers updated in S2503 of FIG. 27 (a) , Acquire production random value when receiving fluctuation start command) may be used to select a fluctuation production pattern by lottery.

FIG. 30 is a flow chart showing the contents of the jackpot effect selection process (S2609) in FIG.
In this jackpot effect selection process, the effect control unit 300 first analyzes the received opening command (including information about the type of the jackpot pattern) (S3001), and selects a pattern of effect (jackpot effect pattern) (S3002). . Then, the performance control unit 300 reads out the image data and sound data used for the performance by the selected jackpot performance pattern from the ROM 302, sets the big win performance start command instructing the selected performance together with these data in the RAM 303, The jackpot effect selection process is terminated (S3003). As a result, the effect during the big hit is determined. It should be noted that, in the selection of the jackpot effect pattern (S3002), determination may be made based on a random number value obtained when the command is received.

FIG. 31 is a flow chart showing the content of the ending effect selection process (S2611) of FIG.
In this ending effect selection process, the effect control unit 300 first analyzes the received ending command (including information on the type of jackpot symbol) (S3101), and selects a pattern of effect (ending effect pattern) (S3102). . Then, the effect control unit 300 reads the image data and the sound data used for the effect by the selected ending effect pattern from the ROM 302, sets the ending effect start command instructing the selected effect together with these data in the RAM 303, Ending effect selection processing is ended (S3103). It should be noted that in the selection of the ending effect pattern (S3102), determination may be made based on a random number obtained when the command is received.

FIG. 32 is a flow chart showing the contents of the customer waiting command reception process (S2612) in FIG.
The effect control unit 300 determines whether or not a customer waiting command for shifting to a customer waiting state has been received (S3201). When the customer waiting command is received (Yes in S3201), the effect control unit 300 starts measuring the elapsed time (S3202), and turns ON the measurement flag in the RAM 303 (S3203). On the other hand, if the received command is not a customer waiting command (No in S3201), the effect control unit 300 determines whether or not the measurement flag held in the RAM 303 is ON (S3204). If the measurement flag is OFF (No in S3204), the customer waiting command reception process is terminated.

When the measurement flag is ON (after turning ON in Yes or S3203 in S3204), the production control unit 300 next determines whether the measurement time has reached a predetermined time-up time (for example, 10 seconds). is determined (S3205). If the time has not expired (No in S3205), the customer waiting command reception process is terminated. On the other hand, when the time is up (Yes in S3205), the effect control unit 300 turns off the measurement flag held in the RAM 303 (S3206), and transmits a customer waiting effect command for performing a customer waiting effect (demonstration effect) to the RAM 303. is set to end the customer waiting command reception process (S3207).

When the command receiving process is completed as described above, any one of a variable performance start command, a variable performance end command, a big hit performance start command, an ending performance start command, and a customer waiting performance command is set in the RAM 303. - 特許庁

FIG. 33 is a flow chart showing the details of the effect button processing (S2512 in FIG. 27(b)).
In this effect button processing, the effect control unit 300 first determines whether or not the operating means such as the effect button 161 is operated by the player during a predetermined acceptance period (effective period) (S3301). Here, the operation of the operating means includes pressing the effect button 161 to turn it on, and pressing the center key or the peripheral key of the effect key 162 to turn it on. In addition, when an operating device other than the effect button 161 and the effect key 162, such as a touch panel, is provided in the pachinko gaming machine 100, this includes detecting the operation of the device. The effect control unit 300 receives operation signals from the controllers of these devices and detects that an operation has been performed.

If the operation means such as the production button 161 is operated (Yes in S3301), the production control unit 300 sets the production button command including the information indicating the operation content of the operation means in the RAM 303, and ends the production button processing. (S3302).

After that, the effect control unit 300 performs the command transmission process (S2513) in FIG. Send to the control unit 320 . Based on the received command, the image/sound control unit 310 and the lamp control unit 320 display an image on the image display unit 114, output sound, operate the movable accessory 115, emit light from the board lamp 116 and the frame lamp 157, and the like. to execute the set production.

[Information displayed on the information display in each game section]
Next, the information displayed on the information display 230 in each game section will be described with reference to FIG. In the display information table of FIG. 34, the section counter value (type of game section), the number of normal outs, the data selection counter value, and the display contents of the information display 230 are associated with each other.
Here, the first game section shown in FIG. 34 starts when the power is turned on for the first time. Also, the setting of 60,000 total outs is a value to the extent that a pachinko game machine with 100 shots per minute can be operated for one day. For the normal medium base value, the numeric segment is always displayed with two digits. Further, when the number of outs during normal operation is "0" and when the base value during normal operation is 100 or more, "99." is displayed in the numerical segment.

The identification information displayed in the identification segment of the information display 230 includes "bL." indicating that it is the normal base value of the current game section, and " "b1.", "b2." indicating the normal base value of the game interval two times before, and "b3." indicating the normal base value of the game interval three times before.

The numerical information displayed in the numerical segment of the information display 230 includes "--" indicating that there is no calculated normal base value, the normal base value is "0", or the number of normal outs is "0". "00" indicating that there is, "01" to "99" indicating that the number of outs during normal is "1" or more and the normal base value is "1" to "99", and the normal base value is greater than or equal to "100". When the normal base value is less than "10", the tens digit of the numerical information is always "0" and displayed in two digits.

The numerical value information displayed in the numerical segment does not change in display mode (lights up) regardless of the game section or the number of outs during normal operation, but the identification information displayed in the identification segment does not change. The display mode changes (blinking display or lighting display) depending on the number of outs during normal operation (whether or not there is a calculated normal base value and whether or not the calculated normal base value is credible).

Specifically, in the first to fourth game intervals, when the identification information of the game interval for which there is no calculated normal base value is displayed, the identification information is blinked. In addition, in the game section after the second game section, when displaying the identification information ("bL.") of the current game section, the period when the credibility of the calculated normal base value is low (the number of outs during normal 0 to 5999), the identification information will blink. Otherwise, the identification information is illuminated.

Here, to give an example of the display of the information display 230, the section counter value is "1", the number of outs during normal operation is within the range of 0 to 5999, and the data selection counter value is "0". When the normal base value stored in the first area of the base storage area is "35", the identification segment of the information display 230 blinks "bL." ” will be lit up.

In this way, when the normal base value is "99" or less, the performance information not using the decimal point DP of the 7-segment display of "00" to "99" is displayed in the numerical segment, while the normal base value If the value is "100" or more, the performance information using the decimal point DP of the 7-segment display "99." .

In addition, when the base value is usually less than "10", "0" is always displayed in the tens place of the numerical segment and displayed in two digits (for example, "01" etc.), so 2 as a numerical segment An easy-to-understand display can be achieved by effectively using two 7-segment displays.

In addition, when the normal base value of the current game section is displayed, and the number of outs during normal of the current game section is 0 to 5999, which is not sufficient to calculate the normal base value. , the identification information “bL.” displayed in the identification segment blinks, making it easy to understand that the currently displayed normal base value is information with low credibility.

Also, if there is no calculated normal base value, a non-numerical "--" is displayed in the numerical segment, so the normal base value is calculated in the game section corresponding to the identification information displayed in the identification segment. It becomes easier to understand that there is no

Instead of executing the game ball counting process, the performance information calculation process, and the performance display data setting process as information programs, one or two of them are executed as game programs (for example, game ball counting process). The processing may be executed within the input control processing which monitors the presence or absence of signal input from various switches), while the remainder may be executed as an information program.

Further, the process of outputting display data for displaying performance information on the information display device 230 may be executed by a performance program instead of being executed by the output control process, which is a game program.

In addition, the game balls that have entered the normal winning opening 126, the first starting opening 121, the second starting opening 122, and the big winning opening 125 by the out ball detection switch 227, and the out balls that have flowed into the discharge opening 117. Instead of detecting the out ball detection switch 227, only the game ball that has flowed into the out port may be detected. In that case, the out number (total out number , the number of outs during normal play) should be incremented by one.

(Main processing of the integrated control unit)
Main processing of the image/sound control unit 310 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is a flow chart showing the main processing of the image/sound control section 310. As shown in FIG. This main processing is performed by inputting to the CPU 311 a system reset that occurs when a power supply voltage is supplied from a power supply board (not shown).

First, the CPU 311 prohibits all interrupts in step T1, and performs initialization processing in step T2. Specifically, CPU initial setting such as internal register setting, access permission to RAM 313, initialization of all RAM areas of RAM 313 (0 clear), CTC (counter timer circuit) for generating timer interrupt Start-up etc. are performed, and all interrupts are permitted in step T3.

In step T4, the CPU 311 performs adjustment mode switching processing. Specifically, the sound volume (value) of the effect sound output from the speaker 156 and the light amount (value) of the backlight of the image display unit 114 are controlled by referring to an input signal from a changeover switch (not shown) that can be operated by the game clerk. ), and adjustment mode related to volume and light intensity adjustment (whether volume adjustment is possible, light intensity adjustment is possible, initial value of volume value (any of 0 to 5) and initial value of light intensity value (between 0 and 5 Either), processing for switching the volume value adjustment range (0 to 5 or 1 to 5) or the light amount value adjustment range (0 to 5 or 1 to 5)).

Here, the changeover switch (not shown) is provided on the game control board as the main board, and the volume of the effect sound output from the speaker 156 and the display device (image display section 114, sub display device (image display section 114 and A display device that separately displays an image related to production)) and various lighting devices (frame lamp 157, board lamp 116).
It should be noted that setting (adjustment) of the volume value and the light intensity value by the changeover switch (not shown) can always be performed when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is in the power ON state (after the image/sound control unit 310 is activated). It has become.

The CPU 311 performs volume adjustment processing in step T5. Specifically, the volume of the effect sound output from the speaker 156 based on the detection signal (left button detection signal, right button detection signal) from the detection switch that detects the operation of the effect key 162 operable by the player. Perform processing to adjust (value).

The CPU 311 performs light amount adjustment processing in step T6. Specifically, based on the detection signal (lower button detection signal, upper button detection signal) from the detection switch that detects the operation of the effect key 162 that the player can operate, the amount of light of the backlight of the image display unit 114 ( value).

In addition, the setting (adjustment) of the volume value and the light amount value by the production key 162 is regulated (restricted) at the start of the variable production and at the end of the variable production (stop of the decorative pattern 41). . In addition, during the period from when the power of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is turned on until the progress control of the game is started (specifically, during the setting change mode, during the RAM clear preparation mode, during the setting confirmation mode, various driving sources Until the timer interrupt is started on the game control board during initial operation, etc.), important (high security level) abnormalities (power on, power recovery) that should be notified with priority over plate full errors and payout abnormalities , illegal winning, abnormal winning, magnetic error, radio wave error, door opening error) are controlled (restricted) even during notification (output of notification sound).

In addition, during the output of the abnormal notification sound, even if the current volume value is lower than the maximum volume value, various effects sounds (BGM) output from the speaker 156 etc.) is lowered from the previous volume, and when the output of the abnormal notification sound ends, the volume of various effect sounds is returned to the volume before the decrease.

The CPU 311 performs eco mode control processing in step T7. Specifically, it performs processing for controlling the start and end of the eco mode in which the amount of light of the backlight of the image display unit 114 is reduced to suppress power consumption.

In step T8, the CPU 311 determines whether or not an effect instruction command or a notification instruction command transmitted from the effect control section 300 has been received. If the performance instruction command or the notification instruction command has not been received, the process proceeds to step T11, and if the performance instruction command or the notification instruction command has been received, the process proceeds to step T9.

The CPU 311 performs animation pattern setting processing in step T9. Specifically, an animation pattern is determined from the animation group of the type corresponding to the received effect instruction command or notification instruction command and set in a predetermined area of the RAM 313 .

The CPU 311 performs sound pattern setting processing in step T10. Specifically, a process of determining a sound pattern from the type of sound group corresponding to the received effect instruction command or notification instruction command and setting it in a predetermined area of the RAM 313 is performed.

In step T11, the CPU 311 determines whether or not a frame switching flag is set in the RAM 313 to indicate that it is time to update the image displayed on the image display unit 114. FIG. If there is a frame switching flag, the process moves to step T12, and if there is no frame switching flag, the process moves to step T4.

Note that the frame switching flag is set every time the image/sound control unit 310 receives a V blank signal that is transmitted from the VDP 314 every 1/30 second (the time at which the rendering and display of the effect image for one frame is scheduled to be completed). is set by the V blank interrupt processing which is executed at the beginning. Therefore, the processing of steps T12 to T15 described below is executed each time the V blank interrupt processing is executed (frame update timing).

The CPU 311 clears the frame switching flag set in the RAM 313 in step T12, and performs scene update processing in step T13. Specifically, referring to the scene switching counter, wait frame counter, and frame counter updated by the V-blank interrupt process, the address of the animation scene is updated based on the animation pattern determined in step T9. , the sound scene address is updated based on the sound pattern determined in step T10.

The CPU 311 performs drawing control processing in step T14. Specifically, it consists of a drawing control command group based on the display information (sprite identification number, display position, etc.) of one frame of the animation scene at the updated address according to the priority (drawing order) of the animation group to which the animation scene belongs. A display list is generated, this display list is output to the VDP 314, and processing for instructing drawing of a display image based on the display list is performed.

As a result, the VDP 314 draws the display image based on the display list in the drawing frame buffer, and displays the image (effect image, abnormality notification image) drawn in the display frame buffer on the image display unit 114 . will be done. In other words, the frame update timing coincides with the start timing and end timing of various effects (image display and sound output such as pending display, variable effect, big hit notice effect, and look-ahead effect) performed by the image display unit 114. . Note that the performance directly controlled by the performance control unit 300 and the lamp control unit 320 (the performance operation of the movable accessory 115) may or may not match the frame update timing.

The CPU 311 performs voice control processing in step T15. Specifically, a process of generating a voice control command from the sound information at the updated address and outputting this voice control command to the image/sound control unit 310 is performed.

As a result, the image/sound control unit 310 performs processing for outputting various effects and notification sounds from the speaker 156 based on the voice control command. When this process ends, the process moves to step T4.

In this way, at the start of the variable production and at the end of the variable production (stop of the decorative pattern 41), it is possible to adjust the volume and the amount of light with a changeover switch (not shown) that can be operated by the game clerk. Volume adjustment and light amount adjustment by the operable effect keys 162 are regulated (restricted). Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to miss important points such as the start of the variable performance and the end of the variable performance, and it is possible to prevent a decrease in interest in the game.

In addition, important (high security level) abnormalities (power on, power recovery, unrecoverable error, illegal winning, abnormal winning, magnetic error, radio wave error, During notification (output of notification sound) of door open error), volume adjustment and light intensity adjustment are possible with a changeover switch (not shown) that can be operated by the game clerk, but volume adjustment is possible with the effect key 162 that can be operated by the player. and light amount adjustment are regulated (restricted). Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience of volume adjustment and light amount adjustment on the amusement parlor side while avoiding the inconvenience that a player who is trying to adjust the volume and light amount does not notice the occurrence of an abnormality.

In addition, during the output of the abnormal notification sound, even if the current volume value is lower than the maximum volume value, various effects sounds (BGM) output from the speaker 156 etc.) is lowered from the previous volume, and when the output of the abnormal notification sound ends, the volume of various effect sounds is returned to the volume before the decrease. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience of not noticing an abnormality notification sound due to various effects sounds, and it is possible to ensure the security of the gaming machine.

During the notification of the abnormality (the output of the notification sound), setting (adjustment) of the sound volume value and the light intensity value by the effect key 162 that the player can operate may be disabled, or the adjustment range of the sound volume value and the light intensity value may be disabled. may be restricted between 0 and 2, for example.

(Accessory initial processing of lamp control section)
The accessory initial processing of the lamp control unit 320 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 36 is a flow chart showing the character object initial processing of the lamp control unit 320, and this processing is executed within the timer interrupt processing executed by the lamp control unit 320 at predetermined intervals (4 milliseconds).

In step R101, the CPU 321 determines whether or not a power ON command (power-on designation command, power restoration designation command) has been received from the game control unit 200 or not. When the power-on command is received, the process proceeds to step R102, and when the power-on command is not received, the process proceeds to step R103.

In step R102, the CPU 321 executes origin return processing of the role object (movable role object 115, sub-image display section (not shown), effect button 161) to the initial processing number updated in each process of the role object initial process. set to "1" for

The CPU 321 determines whether or not the initial processing number is "1" in step R103. If the initial processing number is not "1", the processing is shifted to step R105 assuming that the character object origin return processing is not executed, and if the initial processing number is "1", the origin return processing is executed in step R104. , and the present accessory initial processing is terminated. Specifically, based on the input signal from the position detection sensor, the character (movable character 115, sub-image display unit (not shown), effect button 161) returns to the origin position, and the initial processing Processing such as setting the number to "2" is performed. Details of the origin return processing will be described later.

The CPU 321 determines whether or not the initial process number is "2" in step R105. If the initial processing number is not "2", the initial processing for the accessory is terminated assuming that the initial processing for the accessory is not executed, and if the initial processing number is "2", the initial operation processing is performed. , terminates the initial processing of the character product. Specifically, an initial operation and initial light emission are performed to confirm whether or not the accessory operates normally, and an initial processing number is set to "0". Details of the initial operation process will be described later.

As described above, according to the accessory initial processing shown in FIG. 36, the origin return processing for performing the operation of returning various accessories to the origin position, and the initial operation for performing the initial operation and initial light emission of various accessories. It is designed not to execute the operation process at the same time. Therefore, the return action to the origin position of each character and the initial action and initial light emission of each character are not mixed, and it is possible to separate and check the return action and the initial action and initial light emission. .

Further, according to the accessory initial process shown in FIG. 36, the origin return process is executed before the initial action process. Therefore, the various accessories are initially moved from the origin position, and it is possible to easily grasp whether or not there is an abnormality in the operation of the various accessories.

(Origin return processing of lamp control unit)
The return-to-origin process of lamp control unit 320 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing origin return processing in lamp control unit 320 .

In step R105-1, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the board accessory processing number indicating the transition of the return-to-origin status of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) is "0". judge. If the board accessory processing number is not "0", the process is moved to step R105-3, and if the board accessory processing number is "0", in step R105-2, the driven object to be returned to the origin is moved. It is set to the accessory 115 (movable effect device), and the process moves to step R105-5.

The CPU 321 determines whether or not the board accessory processing number is "1" in step R105-3. If the board accessory processing number is not "1", the process is shifted to step R105-12, and if the board accessory processing number is "1", in step R105-4, the driving target to be returned to the origin is selected. A sub display device (not shown) is set, and the process proceeds to step R105-5.

In step R105-5, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the accessory to be driven is at the origin position (standby position). Specifically, an input signal from a position detection sensor that detects that each board accessory is at the origin position is determined. If the board accessory to be driven is not at the origin position, the process is shifted to step R105-6, and if the board accessory to be driven is at the origin position, the process is shifted to step R105-11.

In step R105-6, the CPU 321 drives the drive motor for moving the board accessory to be driven so that the board accessory to be driven returns to the origin position, and in step R105-7, the board accessory is moved. A board accessory abnormality determination timer for determining the occurrence of a return abnormality that does not return to the origin position within a predetermined time is updated by +1.

In step R105-8, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the updated board accessory abnormality determination timer is at the upper limit value (for example, 5 seconds). If the board accessory abnormality determination timer is at the upper limit value, it is assumed that the return abnormality has occurred in the board accessory to be driven, and the process is moved to step R105-9. moves the process to step R105-12.

In step R105-9, the CPU 321 sets, in the RAM 323, return abnormality information (movable effect device return abnormality information, sub-display device return abnormality information) indicating that a return abnormality has occurred in the board accessory to be driven, and step R105. At -10, clear the board accessory abnormality judgment timer.

The CPU 321 updates the board accessory processing number by +1 in step R105-11. Specifically, if the board accessory processing number is "0", the board accessory processing number is updated to "1" so that the sub-image display unit (not shown) is to be driven. If the processing number is "1", the board accessory processing number is updated to "2" to end the process of returning the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) to the origin. do.

In step R105-12, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the frame role object processing number indicating the transition of the origin return state of the frame role object (production button 161) is "0". If the frame role object processing number is "0", the process is shifted to step R105-13, and if the board role process number is not "0", the process is shifted to step R105-20.

At step R105-13, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the effect button 161 is at the origin position (standby position). Specifically, an input signal from a position detection sensor that detects that the production button 161 is at the origin position is determined. If the effect button 161 is not at the origin position, the process is shifted to step R105-14, and if the effect button 161 is at the origin position, the process is shifted to step R105-19.

In step R105-14, the CPU 321 drives the effect button drive motor for moving the effect button 161 so that the effect button 161 returns to the origin position, and in step R105-15, the effect button 161 is pressed within a predetermined time. +1 update the frame accessory abnormality determination timer for determining the occurrence of return abnormality that does not return to the origin position.

In step R105-16, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the updated frame accessory abnormality determination timer is the upper limit value (for example, 5 seconds). If the frame accessory abnormality determination timer is at the upper limit value, it is assumed that a return abnormality has occurred in the production button 161, and the process is moved to step R105-17. end the return-to-origin process.

In step R105-17, the CPU 321 sets return abnormality information indicating that return abnormality has occurred in the effect button 161 in the RAM 323, and in step R105-18 clears the frame accessory abnormality determination timer.

The CPU 321 updates the frame accessory processing number by +1 in step R105-19. Specifically, if the frame accessory processing number is "0", the frame accessory processing number is updated to "1" in order to end the process of returning the frame accessory (production button 161) to the origin.

The CPU 321 determines in step R105-20 whether or not the board accessory processing number and the frame accessory processing number satisfy the end condition. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the board accessory processing number is "2" and the frame accessory processing number is "1". If the termination condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step R105-21, and if the termination condition is not satisfied, the current origin return process is terminated.

In step R105-21, the CPU 321 clears the board accessory processing number and the frame accessory processing number, and in step R105-22, executes the initial operation process of the accessory in the initial processing number described above. 2” is set, and the current origin return processing is terminated.

As described above, according to the origin return processing shown in FIG. 37, when the power is turned on, the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display section (not shown), which overlap the performance position (movement area), are positioned at the origin position (standby position). If not, both of them are not returned to the origin position (standby position) at the same time (at the same time), but are returned to the origin position in a predetermined order (movable accessory 115 → sub image display unit (not shown) order) It has become. Therefore, it is possible to easily confirm whether or not various board accessories have returned to the origin position. In addition, when the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display unit (not shown) are in contact with each other with difficulty in separation, it is possible to prevent the two accessories from applying loads to each other, and both the accessories are damaged at the same time. It is possible to suppress such inconvenience.

Also, according to the origin return processing shown in FIG. It is possible to simultaneously (simultaneously) execute a return operation to the origin position. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required for the return motion of various roles, and it is possible to smoothly shift to the initial motions of various roles to be executed next.

Further, according to the origin return processing shown in FIG. 37, an upper limit is set for the time required for each accessory to return to the origin position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the return operation of various accessories never ends. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the various accessories are performing the returning motions even during the variable performance and the performance motions are not performed, and it is possible to prevent the amusement of the game from being lowered.

Also, according to the origin return processing shown in FIG. When both of the return operations to the origin position are completed, processing for shifting to initial operation processing is performed. Therefore, the returning motion of various accessories to the origin position and the initial motion of various accessories are not executed at the same time, and it is possible to separate and confirm the returning motion and initial motion of various accessories. .

It should be noted that the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display section (not shown) return to the origin position in a predetermined order (the order of the movable accessory 115 → the sub-image display section (not shown)). At the same time, the operation of returning to the origin position may be started. By doing so, it is possible to shorten the time required for the return operation of the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display unit (not shown), and it is possible to smoothly shift to the initial operation of various accessories to be executed next. becomes.

(Initial operation processing of lamp control section)
Initial operation processing of the lamp control unit 320 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 38 is a flow chart showing initial operation processing of lamp control unit 320 .

In step R107-1, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the board accessory processing number indicating the transition of the initial operation status of the board accessory is "0". When the board accessory processing number is "0", the process is shifted to step R107-2, and when the board accessory processing number is not "0", the process is shifted to step R107-7.

In step R107-2, the CPU 321 determines whether or not return abnormality information of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display section (not shown)) is set in the RAM323. If the return abnormality information is not set, the processing is shifted to step R107-4 assuming that the initial operation and initial light emission of the board accessory are performed, and if the return abnormality information is set, step R107-3. In step R107-7, the board accessory processing number is set to "2" so that the initial action of the board accessory is not performed.

In step R107-4, the CPU 321 selects the board role item initial motion pattern determination table (see FIG. 39(a)) for determining the board role item initial motion pattern. The details of the board accessory initial motion pattern determination table will be described later.

In step R107-5, the CPU 321 determines the initial motion pattern of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display section (not shown)) and sets it in the RAM 323. FIG. Specifically, referring to the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. Determine one initial operation pattern.

The CPU 321 updates the board accessory processing number by +1 in step R107-6. Specifically, if the board accessory processing number is "0", the board accessory processing number is updated to "1" to execute the initial operation of the board accessory.

The CPU 321 determines whether or not the board accessory processing number is "1" in step R107-7. If the board accessory processing number is not "1", the processing is shifted to step R107-11, and if the board accessory processing number is "1", it is set in the RAM 323 in step R107-8. The initial motion of the board accessory is executed according to the initial motion pattern of the board accessory.

In step R107-9, the CPU 321 determines whether or not all steps of the initial action of the board accessory have been completed. If all steps of the initial action of the board accessory have not been completed, the process is shifted to step R107-11, and if all steps of the initial action of the board accessory have been completed, step R107-10 is performed on the board accessory. The processing number is updated by +1. Specifically, if the board accessory processing number is "1", the board accessory processing number is updated to "2" in order to end the process of initializing the board accessory.

In step R107-11, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the frame role object processing number indicating the transition of the initial operation state of the frame role object (effect button 161) is "0". If the frame role-playing product processing number is "0", the process moves to step R107-12, and if the frame role-playing process number is not "0", the process moves to step R107-17.

In step R107-12, the CPU 321 determines whether or not return abnormality information of the effect button 161 is set in the RAM323. If the return abnormality information is not set, the processing is shifted to step R107-14 assuming that the initial action of the frame accessory is performed, and if the return abnormality information is set, the frame "2" is set to the frame role product processing number assuming that the initial action of the role product is not performed, and the process is shifted to step R107-17.

At step R107-14, the CPU 321 selects a frame role-play initial motion pattern determination table (see FIG. 39(b)) for determining the initial motion pattern of the frame role-play. The details of the frame accessory initial motion pattern determination table will be described later.

In step R107-15, the CPU 321 determines the initial motion pattern of the frame accessory (effect button 161) and sets it in the RAM323. Specifically, referring to the frame role initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 39(b), one initial operation pattern is determined from among a plurality of initial operation patterns based on the type of power ON command. .

The CPU 321 updates the frame accessory processing number by +1 in step R107-16. Specifically, if the frame role-playing process number is "0", the frame role-playing process number is updated to "1" to execute the initial operation of the frame role-playing product.

In step R107-17, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the frame accessory processing number is "1". If the frame accessory processing number is not "1", the process is moved to step R107-21, and if the frame accessory processing number is "1", it is set in the RAM 323 in step R107-18. The initial motion of the frame role-playing object is executed according to the initial motion pattern of the frame role-playing object.

At step R107-19, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the initial motion of the frame role-playing object has been completed. If the initial action of the frame role has not been completed in all steps, the process is shifted to step R107-21, and if the initial action of the frame role has been completed in all steps, in step R107-20, the frame role The processing number is updated by +1. Specifically, if the frame role-playing process number is "1", the frame role-playing process number is updated to "2" in order to end the process of initializing the frame role-playing.

In step R107-21, the CPU 321 determines whether or not the board accessory processing number and the frame accessory processing number satisfy the end condition. Specifically, it is determined whether the board accessory processing number is "2" and the frame accessory processing number is "2". If the termination condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step R107-22, and if the termination condition is not satisfied, this initial operation process is terminated.

The CPU 321 clears the board accessory processing number and the frame accessory processing number in step R107-22, clears the initial processing number described above in step R107-23, and terminates this initial operation processing.

Thus, according to the initial action process shown in FIG. 38, the initial action of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) and the initial action of the frame accessory (effect button 161) can be executed simultaneously (at the same time). Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required for the initial action of various accessories, and to prevent obstruction of the production actions of various accessories during the game.

Further, according to the initial operation process shown in FIG. 38, when there is a return abnormality in the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display unit (not shown) that constitute the board accessory, the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display The initial operation of the unit (not shown) is not executed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the board accessory from being completely out of order or damaged by forcibly initializing the board accessory in which the return abnormality has occurred.

Further, according to the initial operation process shown in FIG. 38, when there is a return abnormality in the production button 161 constituting the frame accessory, the initial operation of the production button 161 is not executed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent inconvenience such as complete failure or breakage of the performance button 161 by forcibly initializing the performance button 161 in which the return abnormality has occurred.

Further, according to the initial operation process shown in FIG. 38, even if the initial operation of the board role object in which the return abnormality has occurred is not executed, the initial operation of the frame role object in which the return abnormality has not occurred is executed, and the return abnormality is performed. Even if the initial action of the frame accessory in which the error has occurred is not executed, the initial action of the board accessory in which the recovery abnormality has not occurred is executed. Therefore, it is possible to confirm whether or not there is an abnormality in the action of the accessory in which the return abnormality has not occurred.

Further, according to the initial action process shown in FIG. 38, both the initial action of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) and the initial action of the frame accessory (effect button 161) are performed. is finished, the initial operation process is finished. Therefore, even though one of the board accessory and the frame accessory performs the initial action, the other performs the production action, and it may occur that it is unclear whether it is the initial action or the production action. Gone.

(Board accessories initial operation pattern determination table)
FIG. 39(a) is a diagram showing a board accessory initial motion pattern determination table for determining an initial motion pattern of a board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)).

Types of commands at power ON, presence/absence of recovery abnormality information, and initial operation patterns to be selected are associated with the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table. The number of steps is described.

The initial operation pattern includes patterns 01 to 03 that are determined when a power-on designation command is received, and patterns 01-03 that are determined when a first power restoration designation command indicating that the customer is waiting for customers is received. Patterns 04 to 06 that are determined when receiving a second power restoration designation command indicating that the special symbol is being displayed in a variable display or a third power restoration designation command indicating that the jackpot game is in progress. 07 to 09 are set.

The "movable effect device small descent" is an action in which the movable accessory 115 moves (lowers) from the standby position to a midway position slightly below the standby position, and the "movable effect device large descent" The movable accessory 115 moves (descends) from the standby position to the production position below the middle position, and "return to the origin of the movable presentation device" is the action of returning the movable accessory 115 to the standby position. It's becoming

"Movement of the sub-display device" is an operation in which the sub-image display section (not shown) rises from the standby position to the effect position, and "Return to the origin of the sub-display device" is the movement of the sub-image display section (not shown). returns to the standby position.

"Movable production device LED" refers to a plurality of LEDs provided on the movable accessory 115, and "sub display device LED" refers to a plurality of LEDs provided around the screen of the sub image display section (not shown). LED.

In the initial operation pattern 02, the initial operation pattern 05, and the initial operation pattern 08, the lighting color of the movable effect device LED is not described. This is because the red blinking occurs due to the anomaly notification.

Also, in the initial operation pattern 03, the initial operation pattern 06, and the initial operation pattern 09, the lighting color of the sub-display device LED is not described. This is because the LED of the display device blinks in red to notify an abnormality.

A first feature of the board role item initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the operation modes (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial actions of the objects (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) are the same. Therefore, regardless of whether the power is turned on or the power is restored, it is possible to appropriately confirm whether or not there is an abnormality in the operation of the board accessory.

It should be noted that the operation mode of the initial operation is the same as long as the movement pattern of the board accessory is the same at least in each process, and the operation time in each process may be the same, or the operation time in each process may be the same. can be different.

Also, the operation mode (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial operation of one of the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display unit (not shown) may be different between when the power is turned on and when the power is restored. The operation mode (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial operation of both the movable accessory 115 and the sub-image display section (not shown) may be different. In this way, it is possible to easily grasp whether it is the initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or the initial operation by restoring the power (the control state of the game is restored). becomes.

In addition, when the operation mode (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial operation of the movable accessory 115 and/or the sub-image display unit (not shown) is different between when the power is turned on and when the power is restored, the power is turned on. An operation not included in the initial operation at power restoration may be performed in the initial operation at power recovery, or an operation not included in the initial operation at power recovery may be performed in the initial operation at power on. In this way, it is possible to more easily grasp whether it is the initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or the initial operation by the restoration of the power (the control state of the game is restored). .

A second feature of the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The difference is the light emission mode of the initial light emission during the initial operation of the sub-image display section (not shown). Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the game control state is initialized) or an initial operation by power restoration (the game control state is restored).

As a third feature of the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. While the mode is the same, the point is that the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the sub-display device LED is different. Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the game control state is initialized) or an initial operation by power restoration (the game control state is restored).

When the power is turned on and when the power is restored to the customer waiting state, the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the movable effect device LED is the same, but the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the sub display device LED is different. However, on the contrary, when the power is turned on and when the power is restored to restore the customer waiting state, the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the movable effect device LED is made different, while the light emission of the initial light emission of the sub display device LED is different. The aspects may be the same.

Further, both the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the movable effect device LED and the light emission mode of the initial light emission of the sub-display device LED may be different between when the power is turned on and when the power is restored to restore the customer waiting state. . In this way, it is possible to easily grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or an initial operation by restoring the power (the control state of the game is restored). becomes.

As a fourth feature of the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The difference is the light emission mode of the initial light emission during the initial operation of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)). Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the game control state is initialized) or an initial operation by power restoration (the game control state is restored).

As a fifth feature of the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The light emission mode of the initial light emission during the initial operation of the board accessory (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown)) is different from that at the time of power restoration. Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is the initial operation due to the restoration of the power supply to restore the customer waiting state, the initial operation due to the restoration of the power supply during the variable display of the special symbols, or during the jackpot game.

It should be noted that both the movable effect device LED and the sub display device LED are extinguished during the variable display of the special symbols or when the power supply is restored during the jackpot game, but the movable effect device LED and the sub display are turned off. The device LED may be lit in the same light emission manner as when power is restored to restore the customer waiting state.

As a sixth feature of the board accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. When there is no return abnormality in the sub-image display unit (not shown), the initial operation of the sub-image display unit (not shown) is performed without performing the initial operation of the movable accessory 115, and the return error in the movable accessory 115 is performed. However, if there is a return abnormality in the sub-image display unit (not shown), the initial operation of the movable accessory 115 is performed and the initial operation of the sub-image display unit (not shown) is not performed. mentioned. By doing so, it becomes possible to perform a suitable initial operation according to the presence or absence of the recovery abnormality.

(Frame Accessory Initial Operation Pattern Decision Table)
FIG. 39(b) is a diagram showing a frame accessory initial motion pattern determination table referred to when determining the initial motion pattern of the frame accessory (effect button 161).

The type of power-on command and the selected initial operation pattern are associated with the frame accessory initial operation pattern determination table, and the operation mode at the time of the initial operation and the number of steps of the initial operation are described as a reference. ing.

"Production button large rise" is an operation in which the production button 161 rises from the standby position (initial position) to the production position (upper position). It is an operation to return to

A first feature of the frame role initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the operation mode (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial action of the object (the effect button 161) is different. Therefore, it is possible to easily grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or an initial operation by restoring the power (the control state of the game is restored).

As a second feature of the frame role initial action pattern determination table shown in FIG. 39(b), the initial action of the effect button 161 at the time of turning on the power does not have the initial action of the effect button 161 at the time of power restoration. The point is that it is designed to execute an action. Therefore, it is possible to more easily grasp whether it is the initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or the initial operation by restoring the power (the control state of the game is restored). .

It should be noted that the operation mode (the number of steps, the operation of each step) of the initial operation of the effect button 161 may be the same between when the power is turned on and when the power is restored. By doing so, regardless of whether the power is turned on or the power is restored, it is possible to appropriately confirm whether or not there is an abnormality in the operation of the frame object.

As a third feature of the frame accessory initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The difference is the light emission mode of the initial light emission during the initial operation. Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the game control state is initialized) or an initial operation by power restoration (the game control state is restored).

As a fourth feature of the frame role initial action pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the light emission mode of the initial light emission during the initial action of the frame role (effect button 161) is different. Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether it is an initial operation by turning on the power (the game control state is initialized) or an initial operation by power restoration (the game control state is restored).

In addition, during the variable display of special symbols, or at the time of power restoration during the jackpot game, the production button LED is turned off, but it is the same as at the time of power restoration in which the production button LED is restored to the customer waiting state. You may make it light up in a light emission mode.

As a fifth feature of the frame role initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 39(b), the number of light emitting colors in the initial light emission of the effect button 161 when the power is turned on and the initial light emission of the effect button 161 when the power is restored , the number of emitted colors is different. Therefore, it is possible to more easily grasp whether it is the initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or the initial operation by restoring the power (the control state of the game is restored). .

The number of emitted colors in the initial light emission of the effect button 161 when the power is turned on is larger than the number of emitted colors in the initial light emission of the effect button 161 when the power is restored, but it may be reversed.

As a sixth feature of the frame role initial operation pattern determination table shown in FIG. One of the points is that it includes an emission color that is not in the emission color in . Therefore, it is possible to more easily grasp whether it is the initial operation by turning on the power (the control state of the game is initialized) or the initial operation by the restoration of the power (the control state of the game is restored). .

It should be noted that the initial light emission color of the effect button 161 upon power restoration may include a light emission color that is not included in the initial light emission color of the effect button 161 upon power-on.

As a seventh feature of the frame role initial action pattern determination table shown in FIG. It is different from the time during which the production button 161 vibrates during the operation production executed by operating the production button 161 in the period. Therefore, it is possible to grasp that the vibration is the initial action of the effect button 161 .

As the eighth feature of the frame accessory initial motion pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point is that it is executed over the initial operation of the production button 161 in which the detection of whether or not is performed. Therefore, it is possible to check the operation of the performance button 161 and the operation of the button vibration motor at the same time, and it is possible to shorten the time required for checking the operation.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various drive sources during setting change)
With reference to FIG. 40, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources during setting change will be described. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an effect example when initializing various drive sources during setting change.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224, state confirmation display device 226), the image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and a setting change operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned on and the RAM clear switch 228 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts a setting change mode. It will be in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is started.

At this time, a state confirmation display indicating that the setting is being changed is displayed on the state confirmation display 226, and the operation (driving source=ON) is started as an initial operation of various driving sources. In addition, a setting change notification is displayed to confirm that the setting is being changed and to confirm the operation of various drive sources (display of the screen during setting change, voice during setting change "Setting is being changed" and initial operation confirmation voice "Solenoid operation is also Alternate output of "Please confirm") is started. In addition, the current set value (here, "6") is displayed on the 7-segment display 230d on the right end of the information display 230. FIG.

At the timing of T2, when the operating time of various driving sources (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed, the operation of the various driving sources is stopped (driving source = OFF), and thereafter various driving is performed from the timing of T3 to the timing of T10. Activation and deactivation of the source are repeated.

At the timing of T10, if the setting value confirmation operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned OFF) is performed in a state in which the operation time of the various driving sources started from the timing of T9 has not elapsed, the setting change mode and the setting change notification are activated. As soon as it is finished, the operation of various driving sources is immediately stopped (driving source = OFF), the initial operation of various driving sources is completed, and the set value is also displayed on the 7-segment display 230d at the right end of the information display 230. finish. Then, the game control unit 200 shifts from the pre-start state to a game ready state in which progress control of the game is performed.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation number, display of general design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-described power-on notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessories 115 (115a, 115b), sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the production control unit 300 are started to return and initialize, and information All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d in the display 230 are fully lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of various accessories ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T11, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various drive sources during preparation for RAM clearing)
With reference to FIG. 41, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources during preparation for RAM clearing will be described. FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an example of effect when various drive sources are initially operated during preparation for RAM clearing.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224, state confirmation display device 226), the image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and the RAM clearing operation (the RAM clearing switch 228 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts the RAM clearing preparation mode to control the progress of the game. It will be in the pre-start state before it is started.

At this time, the state confirmation display 226 displays a state confirmation display indicating that RAM clearing is being prepared, and various drive sources start to operate (drive source=ON) as an initial operation. In addition, RAM clear preparation notification to prompt confirmation of RAM clear preparation and operation of various drive sources (display of clear preparation screen, notification sound of "Please press RAM clear again" and "Check the operation of the solenoid Alternate output of the initial operation confirmation voice of "please" is started.

At the timing of T2, when the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed since the start of operation of the various drive sources, the operation of the various drive sources is stopped (drive source = OFF), and thereafter the timing of T3 to the timing of T10. Activation and deactivation of various drive sources are repeated until .

At the timing of T10, when the RAM clear approval operation (the RAM clear switch 228 is turned ON) is performed in a state in which the operation time of various driving sources started from the timing of T9 has not elapsed, the RAM clear preparation mode and the RAM clear preparation mode are performed. As soon as the notification ends, the operation of various drive sources is immediately stopped (drive source = OFF), the initial operation of the various drive sources is completed, and the game control unit 200 controls the progress of the game from the state before the start. Move to enabled state.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation number, display of general design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-described power-on notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessories 115 (115a, 115b), sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the production control unit 300 are started to return and initialize, and information All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d in the display 230 are fully lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of the movable accessory 115 ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T11, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various drive sources during setting confirmation)
With reference to FIG. 42, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources during setting confirmation will be described. FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an effect example in the case of initializing various drive sources during setting confirmation.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224, state confirmation display device 226), the image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and a setting confirmation operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts the setting confirmation mode to start the progress control of the game. It will be in the pre-start state before being done.

At this time, a state confirmation display indicating that the setting is being confirmed is displayed on the state confirmation display 226, and operation (driving source=ON) is started as an initial operation of various driving sources. In addition, setting confirmation notification to prompt confirmation of settings and operation confirmation of various drive sources (display of setting confirmation screen, setting confirmation voice "Setting confirmation in progress" and initial operation confirmation voice "Solenoid operation is also Alternate output of "Please confirm") is started. In addition, the current set value (here, "6") is displayed on the 7-segment display 230d on the right end of the information display 230. FIG.

At the timing of T2, when the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed since the start of operation of the various drive sources, the operation of the various drive sources is stopped (drive source = OFF), and thereafter the timing of T3 to the timing of T10. Activation and deactivation of various drive sources are repeated until .

At the timing of T10, if the confirmation end operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned OFF) is performed before the operating time of the various driving sources that started at the timing of T9 has elapsed, the setting confirmation mode and the setting confirmation notification are terminated. At the same time, the operation of various driving sources is immediately stopped (driving source = OFF), the initial operation of various driving sources is completed, and the display of the set value on the 7-segment display 230d at the right end of the information display 230 is also completed. do. Then, the game control unit 200 shifts from the pre-start state to a game ready state in which progress control of the game is performed.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation, display of normal design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-mentioned power supply restoration notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the effect control unit 300 are started to return and to be initialized. All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d are lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of the movable accessory 115 ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T11, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

Thus, according to the present embodiment, in the pre-start state before the game progress control is started, in order to operate the movable body (the electric tulip 123, the big winning entrance door 125D) that affects the game result. (Electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, big winning entrance door opening/closing unit 216) are initially operated, so that when the pachinko game machine 100 is shipped from the factory or replaced at the game parlor, the progress of the game It is possible to easily check the operation of the drive source controlled by the main control means that performs control.

Further, according to the present embodiment, when the various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game result are initially operated (during the pre-start state), the display other than the state confirmation display 226 is displayed. Device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol display 222, normal symbol display 223, first special symbol reservation display 218, second special symbol reservation display 219, normal symbol reservation display 220, Since the round number display 225 and the state display 224) are in a non-display (non-operating) state, it is possible not to give an extra processing burden to the game control unit 200, and to check the operation of various drive sources. can be concentrated on.

In addition, according to the present embodiment, when the various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game results are being initially operated, it prompts the user to confirm that the settings are being changed and to check the operation of the various drive sources. (RAM clearing preparation notification to prompt confirmation of RAM clearing preparations and operation confirmation of various drive sources, setting confirmation notification to prompt confirmation of settings and confirmation of operation of various drive sources) is performed, the operator (worker, game clerk) who checks the operation of the pachinko game machine 100 can be informed that it is time to check the operation of various drive sources, and the operation can be confirmed appropriately. can be performed.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the setting change mode (RAM clearing preparation mode, setting confirmation mode), various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game results are initially operated. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the development cost (shorten the development period, etc.) of the pachinko game machine 100 without creating a plurality of states in the pre-start state before the game progress control is started.

Further, according to the present embodiment, when the pre-start state ends due to the set value confirmation operation (RAM clear approval operation, confirmation end operation), the operation is immediately completed even before the operation time of the various drive sources has elapsed. Since the operation of the various drive sources is terminated, the initial operation of the various drive sources will not be performed in the state where the game can be played, and it will be confused with the operation of the various drive sources according to the progress of the game. It is possible to avoid inconvenience.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is performed, the initial operation of various driving sources for operating the movable body that affects the result of the game is performed, and the progress control of the game is performed. Since the initial motion of the movable accessory 115 that does not affect the result of the game is performed in the playable state, the two types of initial motions can be checked in order, and the motion can be properly checked. becomes possible.

Further, according to the present embodiment, when the various drive sources for operating the large winning opening door 125D are initially operated, the large winning opening LED is turned off, so the light from the large winning opening LED Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that it is difficult to check the operation of the big winning opening door 125D, and it is possible to appropriately check the operation.

Further, according to the present embodiment, when the various driving sources for operating the large winning opening door 125D are initially operated, the opening signal is not output even though the large winning opening 125 is open. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game control unit 200 from being given an extra processing load, and an information collecting device such as a hall computer that collects information output from the pachinko game machine 100 can control the progress of the game. It is possible to avoid inconvenience such as collecting information that does not comply with the request.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the performance information (normal base value) of the gaming machine is not displayed on the information display device 230 until the progress control of the game is started after the power of the gaming machine is turned on. regulated), it is possible to prevent the game control unit 200 from being given an extra processing burden.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the performance information (normal base value) of the gaming machine is displayed (display of the performance information is permitted) after the progress control of the game is started. It is possible to confirm whether or not the progress control of is started, and to inform that the performance information is related to the game.

Further, according to the present embodiment, performance information is not displayed on the 7-segment displays 230a to 230c other than the 7-segment display 230d displaying the current set values during the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode. As a result, the current set value can be appropriately notified, and convenience on the amusement arcade side can be ensured.

In this embodiment, in the setting change notification, RAM clearing preparation notification, and setting confirmation notification, ``driving source is initializing'' or ``please check the operation of the solenoid'' prompts visual confirmation of the initial operation of various driving sources. Although such characters are not displayed, such characters may be displayed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, all the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d of the information display 230 are turned on after the progress control of the game is started to confirm the lighting. The lighting confirmation may not be performed after the RAM clear preparation mode or the setting confirmation mode.

(Modified example for initial operation of various drive sources)
Modified examples of the initial operation of various drive sources will be specifically described below with reference to the drawings. Note that this modification differs from the above-described embodiment in that the driving source processing operation process is performed after the setting change mode, the RAM clear preparation mode, or the setting confirmation mode is finished.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various drive sources after setting change)
With reference to FIG. 43, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources after setting change in the modified example will be described. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an effect example in the case of initializing various drive sources after setting change in the modification.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224, state confirmation display device 226), the image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and a setting change operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned on and the RAM clear switch 228 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts a setting change mode. It will be in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is started. At this time, a status confirmation display indicating that the setting is being changed is displayed on the status confirmation display 226, and the above-described setting change notification is started. In addition, the current set value (here, "6") is displayed on the 7-segment display 230d on the right end of the information display 230. FIG.

At the timing of T2, when the setting value confirmation operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned OFF) is performed, the setting change mode and the setting change notification are terminated, and the initial operation of various drive sources is started. The setting values displayed on the 7-segment display 230d are erased and hidden. At this time, the state confirmation display on the state confirmation display 226 ends, and the initial operation notification (display of screen during initial operation, initial operation confirmation voice "Please confirm the operation of the solenoid please”) is started.

At the timing of T3, when the operation standby time (here, 7 seconds) has elapsed after the start of the initial operation notification, the first operation of the various driving sources (driving source = ON) is started, and at the timing of T4, various When the operating time of the drive source (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of the various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T5, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has passed after the operation of the various driving sources has stopped, the various driving sources start to operate for the second time, and at the timing of T6, the various driving sources are turned off. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At timing T7, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed since the operation of the various driving sources stopped, the various driving sources start operating for the third time, and at timing T8, the various driving sources start to operate. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T9, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses after the operation of the various drive sources has stopped, the initial operation and the initial operation notification of the various drive sources are completed, and the game control unit 200 The state shifts to a playable state in which progress control of the game is performed.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation number, display of general design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-described power-on notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the effect control unit 300 are started to return and to be initialized. All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d are lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of various accessories ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T10, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various driving sources after RAM clearing)
With reference to FIG. 44, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources after RAM clearing in the modified example will be described. FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an example of effect in the case of initializing various driving sources after clearing the RAM in the modification.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224), image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and the RAM clearing operation (the RAM clearing switch 228 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts the RAM clearing preparation mode to control the progress of the game. It will be in the pre-start state before it is started. At this time, the above-described RAM clearing preparation notification is started.

At the timing of T2, when the RAM clear approval operation (the RAM clear switch 228 is turned ON) is performed, the RAM clear preparation mode ends and the initial operations of various drive sources are started. At this time, an initial operation notification (display of screen during initial operation, output of initial operation confirmation voice "Please check operation of solenoid") for prompting operation confirmation of various drive sources is started.

At the timing of T3, when the operation standby time (here, 7 seconds) has elapsed after the start of the initial operation notification, the first operation of the various driving sources (driving source = ON) is started, and at the timing of T4, various When the operating time of the drive source (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of the various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T5, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has passed after the operation of the various driving sources has stopped, the various driving sources start to operate for the second time, and at the timing of T6, the various driving sources are turned off. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At timing T7, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed since the operation of the various driving sources stopped, the various driving sources start operating for the third time, and at timing T8, the various driving sources start to operate. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T9, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses after the operation of the various drive sources has stopped, the initial operation and the initial operation notification of the various drive sources are completed, and the game control unit 200 The state shifts to a playable state in which progress control of the game is performed.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation number, display of general design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-described power-on notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the effect control unit 300 are started to return and to be initialized. All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d are lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of various accessories ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T10, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

(Concrete example of initial operation of various drive sources after confirming settings)
With reference to FIG. 45, a specific example of initial operation of various drive sources after confirmation of settings in the modified example will be described. FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a timing chart and an effect example in the case of initializing various drive sources after setting confirmation in the modification.

First, at timing T0, the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered off. At this time, a movable body (electric tulip 123, various drive sources (electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, large winning opening door opening/closing unit 216) for operating the grand prize opening door 125D) are stopped.

In addition, during the round game, the large winning hole LED that causes the large winning hole (large winning hole 125) to emit light in a predetermined manner is turned off, and the display device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol) is turned off. Display device 222, normal design display device 223, first special design reservation display device 218, second special design reservation display device 219, normal design reservation display device 220, round number display device 225, state display device 224, state confirmation display device 226), the image display unit 114 and the information display 230 are in a non-display state (non-operating, extinguished, erased).

At the timing of T1, when the pachinko gaming machine 100 is powered on and a setting confirmation operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned on) is performed, the game control unit 200 starts the setting confirmation mode to start the progress control of the game. It will be in the pre-start state before being done. At this time, a status confirmation display indicating that the setting is being confirmed is displayed on the status confirmation display 226, and the above-described setting confirmation notification is started. In addition, the current set value (here, "6") is displayed on the 7-segment display 230d on the right end of the information display 230. FIG.

At the timing of T2, when the confirmation end operation (the setting key switch 229 is turned OFF) is performed, the setting confirmation mode and the setting confirmation notification are terminated, and the initial operation of various drive sources is started. The set value displayed on the segment display 230d is erased and hidden. At this time, the state confirmation display on the state confirmation display 226 ends, and the initial operation notification (display of screen during initial operation, initial operation confirmation voice "Please confirm the operation of the solenoid please”) is started.

At the timing of T3, when the operation standby time (here, 7 seconds) has elapsed after the start of the initial operation notification, the first operation of the various driving sources (driving source = ON) is started, and at the timing of T4, various When the operating time of the drive source (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of the various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T5, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has passed after the operation of the various driving sources has stopped, the various driving sources start to operate for the second time, and at the timing of T6, the various driving sources are turned off. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At timing T7, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) has elapsed since the operation of the various driving sources stopped, the various driving sources start operating for the third time, and at timing T8, the various driving sources start to operate. When the operation time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses, the operation of various drive sources stops (drive source = OFF).

At the timing of T9, when the stop time (here, 0.512 seconds) elapses after the operation of the various drive sources has stopped, the initial operation and the initial operation notification of the various drive sources are completed, and the game control unit 200 The state shifts to a playable state in which progress control of the game is performed.

At this time, various displays on the display 130 (display of special design, display of normal design, display of special design reservation number, display of general design reservation number, etc.) are started, and the above-described power-on notification is started. be. In addition, various accessories (movable accessory 115, sub-image display unit (not shown), presentation button 161) controlled by the effect control unit 300 are started to return and to be initialized. All of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d are lit, and lighting confirmation is started. It should be noted that the initial operation of various accessories ends after the lighting confirmation of the information display 230 ends.

At the timing of T10, when the confirmation time (here, 5 seconds) has passed since the start of the lighting confirmation of the information display 230, all lighting of the 7-segment displays 230a to 230d is completed and the performance information (here, the current The display of the normal base value of the game section) is started. After that, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and three past game sections are displayed in order.

Thus, according to this modification, in the pre-start state before the game progress control is started, to operate the movable bodies (the electric tulip 123 and the big winning entrance door 125D) that affect the game result. (Electric tulip opening/closing unit 213, big winning entrance door opening/closing unit 216) are initially operated, so that when the pachinko game machine 100 is shipped from the factory or replaced at the game parlor, the progress of the game It is possible to easily check the operation of the drive source controlled by the main control means that performs control.

Further, according to this modification, when the various driving sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game result are initially operated (during the pre-start state), the display other than the state confirmation display 226 is displayed. Device 130 (first special symbol display 221, second special symbol display 222, normal symbol display 223, first special symbol reservation display 218, second special symbol reservation display 219, normal symbol reservation display 220, Since the round number display 225 and the state display 224) are in a non-display (non-operating) state, it is possible not to give an extra processing burden to the game control unit 200, and to check the operation of various drive sources. can be concentrated on.

Further, according to this modified example, when the various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game results are being initially operated, the initial operation notification for prompting confirmation of the operation of the various drive sources is performed. Therefore, it is possible to inform the operator (worker, game clerk) who checks the operation of the pachinko game machine 100 that it is time to check the operation of various driving sources, and to perform the operation check appropriately. It becomes possible to

Further, according to this modification, even in the pre-start state before the game progress control is started, the game result is not affected after the setting change mode (RAM clear preparation mode, setting confirmation mode) ends. Since the various drive sources for operating the movable body to be given are initially operated, there is no need to perform complicated operations such as checking the operation of various drive sources while changing settings (RAM clear, setting confirmation). , it is possible to appropriately check the operation.

Further, according to this modification, after the setting change mode (RAM clearing preparation mode, setting confirmation mode) is completed, after the operation waiting time has passed, various driving sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game results are activated. Since the operation is to be started, it is possible to have time to check the operation of various drive sources after the setting change (setting confirmation) is completed, and the operation check can be performed appropriately. becomes possible.

Further, according to this modification, it is determined whether the initial operation of various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game results is after the setting change mode or after the RAM clear preparation mode is finished. Since the same initial operation notification is performed regardless of whether or not the setting confirmation mode is finished, the control of the initial operation notification can be simplified, and the development cost of the pachinko game machine 100 is reduced. reduction (shortening of development period, etc.).

Further, according to this modification, when the various driving sources for operating the large winning opening door 125D are initially operated, the large winning opening LED is kept turned off, so the light from the large winning opening LED Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that it is difficult to check the operation of the big winning opening door 125D, and it is possible to appropriately check the operation.

Further, according to this modification, in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is performed, the initial operation of various drive sources for operating the movable bodies that affect the game result is performed, and the progress control of the game is performed. Since the initial motion of the movable accessory 115 that does not affect the result of the game is performed in the playable state, the two types of initial motions can be checked in order, and the motion can be properly checked. becomes possible.

Further, according to the present modification, when the various driving sources for operating the large winning opening door 125D are initially operated, the open signal is not output even though the large winning opening 125 is open. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game control unit 200 from being given an extra processing load, and an information collecting device such as a hall computer that collects information output from the pachinko game machine 100 can control the progress of the game. It is possible to avoid inconvenience such as collecting information that does not comply with the request.

Further, according to this modification, the performance information (normal base value) of the gaming machine is not displayed on the information display device 230 until the progress control of the game is started after the power of the gaming machine is turned on. regulated), it is possible to prevent the game control unit 200 from being given an extra processing burden.

Further, according to this modification, the performance information (normal base value) of the gaming machine is displayed (display of the performance information is permitted) after the progress control of the game is started. It is possible to confirm whether or not the progress control of is started, and to inform that the performance information is related to the game.

Further, according to this modification, during the setting change mode, the RAM clearing preparation mode, or the setting confirmation mode, the 7-segment displays 230a to 230c other than the 7-segment display 230d displaying the current setting values By not displaying the performance information, the current set value can be appropriately notified, and convenience on the amusement arcade side can be ensured.

In addition, according to this modification, during the initial operation of various drive sources, the information display 230 does not display the set values and the performance information of the game machine. On the other hand, it is possible to concentrate the consciousness of the employees of the amusement arcade, and to accurately judge failures of various drive sources.

[Variation effect pattern table]
46 to 50 are diagrams showing setting examples of the variable effect patterns and tables used in the variable effect pattern selection (S2813) in the effect selection process of FIG. 29(b). In addition, FIG. 46 shows a variation effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state is a big hit. Also, FIG. 47 shows a variation effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state is a small hit or a loss. Moreover, FIG. 48 shows a fluctuation performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a jackpot. Also, FIG. 49 shows a variation effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a small hit or a loss. Moreover, FIG. 50 shows a variable effect pattern table used when a game ball wins the first start hole 121 in a high probability time-saving gaming state.

A plurality of variable performance patterns are set in the variable performance pattern table shown in FIG. It is For the variation patterns “PA1” to “PA6”, “PB1” to “PB14”, and “PC1 to PC2” set using FIG. 21 above, the variation production patterns “EA1” to “EA6”, “ EB1” to “EB14” and “EC1 to EC2” are associated on a one-to-one basis.
Also, shown in FIG. 47, the fluctuation effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is a small hit or a loss, A variable production pattern is set. With respect to the variation patterns "PD1 to PD2" and "PR1" to "PR13" set using FIG. are mapped.
Also, shown in FIG. 48, the variable performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, has a plurality of variable performance patterns. is set. The variation patterns "ED1" to "ED10" are associated one-to-one with the variation patterns "PD1" to "PD10" set using FIG.
Also, shown in FIG. 49, the variation effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state is a small hit or a loss, There are a plurality of variations A production pattern is set. For the variation patterns "PF1 to PF2" and "PG1" to "PG8" set using FIG. 1.
Also, as shown in FIG. 50, a plurality of variable performance patterns are set in the variable performance pattern table used when the game ball wins in the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. For the fluctuation patterns “PH1” to “PH8”, “PJ1” and “PK1” set using FIG. 23 above, “EH1” to “EH8”, “EJ1” and “EK1” are one to one is associated with

Note that the number of variable effect patterns is not limited to the number shown in FIGS.
For example, than the number of variable production patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is a big hit, the first in the low probability time saving non-playing state The number of variable performance patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the starting port 121 is a loss may be larger. In addition, the second starting port in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is larger than the number of variable performance patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning in the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit. The number of variable effect patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning in 122 is a loss may be larger. And in this case, the number of variable production patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is a big hit, in the high probability time saving game state The number of variable effect patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is a loss may be smaller.
In this case, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state, or when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery Even in the case of losing, the amusement of the game can be improved by various effects. On the other hand, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state, it is difficult to improve the interest of the game due to the small number of variable performance patterns. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

Also, for example, than the number of variable production patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state is a big hit, in the low probability time saving non-gaming state The number of variable performance patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is a loss may be larger. In addition, the second start port in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is larger than the number of variable performance patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is lost. The number of variable performance patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning in 122 is a big hit may be larger. And in this case, the number of variable production patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is a big hit, in the high probability time saving game state The number of variable effect patterns used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is a loss may be smaller.

Here, the variable performance is a performance for visually notifying the determination result of the special symbol lottery (that is, whether or not the player has won a big hit) by displaying the decorative symbols in a variable manner and then stopping the display.
In addition, in the variable effect pattern shown in the figure, "pseudo continuous number", "normal", "SP reach", "SPSP reach", "final display color", "zone", "reach boost", "effect", ""Accessories","Sounds" and "Buttons" are set. In addition, "-" in each column of the illustrated table indicates that the corresponding effect is not executed.

Here, the "pseudo-continuous number" is the number of pseudo-continuous effects (pseudo-runs). This pseudo-continuous production is a production that makes it appear as if a plurality of times of variable display of the decorative symbols is being performed in the variable display of the special symbols for one variation. In the pseudo-continuous effect, the effect control section 300 temporarily stops the decorative symbols after varying the decorative symbols before entering the ready-to-win state, and then restarts the variable display of the decorative symbols. In other words, in the pseudo-continuous effect, after the start of the variation of the decorative pattern, the temporary stop and re-fluctuation of the decorative pattern are repeated for the set pseudo-continuous number of times, and then the fixed stop is performed. End the variable display. Here, the term "temporary stop" refers to a pseudo-stopped state in which the decorative patterns appear to be stopped at first glance, but actually the patterns are slightly swaying. In other words, the temporary stop of the decorative symbols is treated as a continuous variation in game control. Further, the determination and stoppage of the decorative symbols means a state in which the special symbols are determined as the stopped symbols in the variable display for one variation of the special symbols. In the pseudo-continuous effect, the effect control unit 300 may restart the variable display of the decorative symbols after the ready-to-win state. Furthermore, in the pseudo-continuous effect, the effect control section 300 may restart the variable display of the decorative symbols without temporarily stopping the decorative symbols after varying the decorative symbols.
In the illustrated example, the "pseudo-continuous number" is set to "-", "1", "2", "3", that is, between 0 and 3 times. In addition, the pseudo-continuous number of times is set in association with the degree of expectation (reliability), which is the degree of expectation for a big win. That is, the degree of expectation is set to be higher as the number of times of pseudo continuation is larger.

"Normal" indicates the type of ready-to-win effect. In the illustrated example, one of "N1", "N2", and "N3" is executed as the type of ready-to-win effect.
"SP reach" indicates the type of SP reach effect. In the illustrated example, one of "SP1", "SP2", and "SP3" is executed as the type of SP ready-to-win effect. In addition, the order of "SP1", "SP2", and "SP3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"SPSP reach" indicates the type of SPSP reach effect. In the illustrated example, one of "SPSP1", "SPSP2" and "SPSP3" is executed as the type of SPSP ready-to-win effect. In addition, the order of "SPSP1", "SPSP2", and "SPSP3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"Final display color" indicates the final display color of a variation image (described later). In this embodiment, by changing the display color of the variable image, the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot is notified or suggested to the player. In the illustrated example, one of "blue", "green", "red" and "rainbow" is selected as the final display color. For example, the display colors of the variation image may be set in the order of white, blue, green, red, and rainbow so that the later the order, the higher the degree of expectation. Also, the variable effect in which the rainbow-colored variable image is displayed may be a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot. In other words, the rainbow-colored fluctuation image may have a degree of expectation of 100%.

"Zone" indicates the type of zone effect. The zone effect is, for example, a effect to expect a big win in the variation of the special symbols. The zone effect may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. The zone production performed based on the result of prior determination may be a production that makes one expect a big hit in the special pattern variation in which the zone production is started, or a special next to the special pattern variation in which the zone production is started. It may be an effect to expect a big hit in the pattern variation. In the illustrated example, one of "ZO1", "ZO2", and "ZO3" is executed as the type of zone effect. In addition, the order of "ZO1", "ZO2", and "ZO3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

“Reach fanning” indicates the type of reach fanning effect. The ready-to-win production is a production to incite whether or not the ready-to-win production is to be executed. In the illustrated example, one of "RE1", "RE2", and "RE3" is executed as the type of ready-to-win effect. In addition, the order of "RE1", "RE2", and "RE3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"Effect" indicates the type of effect production. The effect effect is a effect by displaying an effect image on the image display unit 114 to expect a big win in the variation of the special symbols. An effect image is an image, such as an image of any one of a plurality of colors, used to enhance the effect of the effect image on the player's vision. For example, in the order of blue, green, red, and rainbow colors, the color of the effect image may be set such that the later the order, the higher the degree of expectation. Further, in the variable performance in which the rainbow effect image is displayed, the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot may be used. That is, the rainbow-colored effect image may have a degree of expectation of 100%. Also, the effect image may be, for example, an image imitating light. Also, the effect production may be executed based on the result of preliminary determination by preliminary determination processing. The effect production performed based on the result of prior determination may be a production to expect a big hit in the special pattern variation in which the effect production is started, or a special next to the special pattern variation in which the effect production is started. It may be an effect to expect a big hit in the pattern variation. In the illustrated example, one of "EF1", "EF2", and "EF3" is executed as the type of effect production. In addition, the order of "EF1", "EF2", and "EF3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"Character" indicates the type of character presentation. The role production is a production in which the movable accessory 115 moves. The performance of the role product may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. The character production performed based on the result of the prior determination may be a production that makes one expect a big win in the special pattern variation in which the character production is started, or a special symbol variation in which the character production is started. It may be an effect to expect that it will be a big hit in the next special symbol variation. In the illustrated example, any one of "CH1", "CH2", and "CH3" is executed as the type of character effect. Also, the order of "CH1", "CH2", and "CH3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"Sound" indicates the type of sound effect. A sound effect is a effect of outputting sound from the speaker 156 . The sound effect may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. The sound production performed based on the result of prior determination may be a production to expect a big hit in the special symbol variation in which the sound production is started, or the special next to the special symbol variation in which the sound production is started. It may be an effect to expect a big hit in the pattern variation. In the illustrated example, one of "SO1", "SO2", and "SO3" is executed as the type of sound effect. In addition, the order of "SO1", "SO2", and "SO3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

"Button" indicates the type of button operation effect. The button operation effect is an effect that prompts the player to operate the effect button 161 . The button operation effect may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. The button operation performance performed based on the result of the prior determination may be a performance that makes the player expect a big win in the special symbol variation in which the button operation performance is started, or the special symbol variation in which the button operation performance is started. It may be an effect to expect that it will be a big hit in the next special symbol variation. In the illustrated example, one of "BU1", "BU2", and "BU3" is executed as the type of button operation effect. In addition, the order of "BU1", "BU2", and "BU3" is set such that the higher the number, the higher the degree of expectation.

Now, the effect control unit 300 determines the variable effect pattern based on the tables shown in FIGS. 46 to 50. FIG. Specifically, the effect control section 300 selects a variation pattern corresponding to the variation pattern set in the variation pattern selection process (see FIG. 13) based on the tables shown in FIGS.
For example, in FIG. 46, when the "big win symbol" is "high probability symbol A" and the variation pattern is "PB1", "EB1" is selected as the variation effect pattern. In this variable effect pattern "EB1", "-" is set for the "pseudo-consecutive number", "zone" and "ready-to-win". That is, when "EB1" is selected as the variable effect pattern, the pseudo-continuous effect, zone effect, and ready-to-win effect are not executed. In addition, in the variable effect pattern "EB1", "N1" is executed as "normal", "SP1" is executed as "SP reach", "SPSP1" is executed as "SPSP reach", and "final display color ' becomes 'red', 'EF1' is executed as 'effect', 'CH1' is executed as 'character', 'SO1' is executed as 'sound', and 'BU1' is executed as 'button'. executed.
Also, shown in FIG. 50, in the variable effect pattern table used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state, any variable effect pattern "pseudo continuous number", "normal", "-" is also set for "SP reach", "SPSP reach", "final display color", "zone", "reach fan", "effect", "character", "sound" and "button" there is That is, when winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, pseudo continuous production, reach production, SP reach production, SPSP reach production, change in display color of variable image, zone production, reach fanning production, Effect production, character production, sound production, and button operation production are not executed.

Although illustration is omitted, in the present embodiment, a pre-determined effect pattern table used for selecting a pre-determined effect is provided in the same manner as the variable effect pattern table. More specifically, similar to the fluctuation effect pattern table, the pre-determination effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state is a big hit. And, a pre-judgment effect pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is a small hit or a loss, and the second in the high probability time saving gaming state A pre-judgment performance pattern table used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is a big hit, and a special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in a high probability time-saving game state. A pre-determined performance pattern table used when the lottery result is a small hit or a loss, and a pre-determined performance pattern table used when a game ball wins in the first start port 121 in a high probability time-saving game state are provided. there is These pre-determined effect pattern tables are used in the pre-determined effect pattern selection (S2803) in the pre-determined effect selection process of FIG. 29(a). Then, when a pre-determined effect pattern is selected from the pre-determined effect pattern table, a pre-determined effect is performed based on the selected pre-determined effect pattern.

[Production image]
FIG. 51 is a diagram showing one aspect of an effect performed by the effect control unit 300 using the image display unit 114 and the like.
Next, the effect image that the effect control unit 300 causes the image display unit 114 to display will be described.
As shown in FIG. 51 , an effect image is displayed on the image display unit 114 under the control of the effect control unit 300 . In this embodiment, the effect images displayed on the image display unit 114 include the decorative pattern 41, the moving image 51, the pending image 52, the pending number display 55, the small pattern 56, and the stage image 61. The image display unit 114 also displays a change image 62, a chance image 63, a zone notification image 64, a zone identification image 65, a zone effect image 66, an SP reach image 67, an SPSP reach image 68, a button operation image 69, a pseudo-continuous Image 70, pseudo consecutive effect image 71, pseudo consecutive number image 72, opening image 74, right hitting image 75, round in image 76, round number image 77, high probability start image 78, time saving remaining number image 79, reach fanning effect image 94, a right-handed promotion image 90, a jackpot suggestive image 91, a character effect image 92, and a second starting effect image 93 may be displayed.

(Decorative pattern 41)
As shown in FIG. 51(1), three decorative designs 41 are displayed on the image display section 114 . In addition, when the three patterns constituting the decorative pattern 41 are individually described, the pattern arranged on the left side is the "left decorative pattern 41", the pattern arranged in the center is the "middle decorative pattern 41", and the pattern on the right side. The pattern arranged in the 1 is sometimes called a "right decorative pattern 41". When the left decorative pattern 41 and the right decorative pattern 41 are collectively described, they may be referred to as "left and right decorative patterns 41". Also, when the left decorative design 41, the middle decorative design 41, and the right decorative design 41 are collectively described, they may be referred to as "three decorative designs 41". Furthermore, the three decorative patterns 41 with the same numbers may be referred to as "coordinated decorative patterns 41".

In this embodiment, as the display mode of the decorative pattern 41, a highly decorative display mode (see FIG. 51(1)) in which a character image is displayed in addition to letters such as numbers, and letters such as numbers are displayed. There is also a low-decorative display mode (see FIG. 54(19)) that is displayed as the main subject. Here, the display mode of the decorative pattern 41 is switched according to the change of the game state or the progress of the production. Although details will be described later, for example, the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness is displayed in SP reach production, SPSP reach production, and high probability time-saving gaming state etc., and the decorative pattern 41 with high decorativeness is in other cases etc. Is displayed.
It should be noted that the decorative design 41 with low decorativeness may also display images such as simple pictures and characters in addition to characters such as numbers. That is, if the "decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness" shown in FIG. good.

In the variation effect of the decorative symbols 41, the effect control unit 300 variably displays the three decorative symbols 41 by, for example, vertical scrolling (scrolling downward). ”) is temporarily stopped, then the right decorative pattern 41 (for example, the number “3”) is temporarily stopped, and then the middle decorative pattern (for example, the number “1”) is temporarily stopped. After all the decorative patterns 41 are temporarily stopped in this way, finally all the decorative patterns 41 are fixed and stopped according to the stop display of the special pattern. Note that the combination "213" of the decorative symbols 41 that are stopped and displayed, shown in FIG.

(Variation image 51)
As shown in FIG. 51(2), the image display section 114 is in the process of changing the special design (during the display of the decorative design 41) by the special design variation control section 233 (see FIG. 5, etc.). is displayed. That is, the variable image 51 is displayed as an image related to the variable display of the special symbols during the variable display of the special symbols. Then, the variable image 51 is displayed in the area where the variable image 51 is displayed (in the illustrated example, the lower side of the display area of the image display unit 114) when the variable display of the special symbol is started, and the special symbol is displayed. The display disappears when the stop display is displayed. In the illustrated example, the variation image 51 has a spherical shape. A variable pedestal is displayed in the area where the variable image 51 is displayed.

(Holding image 52)
As shown in FIG. 51(3), the image display unit 114 displays a pending image 52 based on the information in the storage area corresponding to the current pending ball in the RAM 303 (see FIG. 3, etc.). In other words, the pending image 52 is an image indicating that the right to judge the big win is suspended. Further, in the present embodiment, the display mode of the pending image 52 on the screen is determined based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process.
The reserved image 52 has a smaller display size than the variable image 51 . Also, in the illustrated example, the retained image 52 has a spherical shape. A holding base is displayed in the area where the holding image 52 is displayed. The variable pedestal of the variable image 51 and the reserved pedestal of the reserved image are displayed in different modes.

In addition, the pending image 52 changes its display mode such as display color based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process, and notifies or suggests the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot. Furthermore, it is set such that when the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process is a big hit, the color of the type with a higher degree of expectation is displayed than in the case of a loss. For example, when white, blue, green, red, and rainbow are set as the colors of the pending image 52, the degree of expectation may be higher in the later order. Also, the expectation level of the rainbow-colored pending image 52 may be 100%. Hereinafter, the display mode of the white variable image 51 and the display mode of the white reserved image 52 may be referred to as the normal display mode.

Here, as described above, winning at the first starting port 121 causes up to four holds. Therefore, a maximum of four pending images 52 are displayed on the image display unit 114 by winning the first starting port 121 . In addition, in the present embodiment, the plurality of pending images 52 generated by winning the first start opening 121 are arranged in the area on the left side of the moving image 51, in order from a position close to the moving image 51 to a position away from the moving image 51. That is, they are displayed side by side from the right side to the left side.

In addition, although detailed description is omitted, the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 also causes up to four reservations. Therefore, a maximum of four pending images 52 are displayed on the image display unit 114 by winning the second starting port 122 . In the present embodiment, the plurality of holding images 52 generated by winning the second start opening 122 are arranged in a region on the right side of the moving image 51 in order from a position close to the moving image 51 to a position away from the moving image 51, that is, on the left side. are displayed side by side from the top to the right.
Further, in this embodiment, the variable image 51 and the reserved image 52 are basically configured in the same or similar form. However, the variable image 51 and the reserved image 52 may be configured in different forms.

Further, in the following description, the maximum of four reserved images 52 displayed are "first reserved image 52", "second reserved image 52", and "third Reserved image 52" and "fourth reserved image 52".

(hold number display 55)
As shown in FIG. 51(1), the image display unit 114 displays a pending number display 55 based on the information in the storage area corresponding to the pending balls in the RAM 303 (see FIG. 3, etc.). This pending number display 55 is an image showing the pending number. Here, the number of pending images 52 displayed on the image display unit 114 changes according to the number of pending prizes for the first starting port 121 and the second starting port 122 . In the pending number display 55, the pending number of winnings to the first starting port 121 is displayed on the left side, and the pending number of winnings to the second starting port 122 is displayed on the right side.

(small pattern 56)
As shown in FIG. 51(1), the image display unit 114 displays a special symbol based on the winning of the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 by the special symbol variation control unit 233 (see FIG. 5, etc.). A small pattern 56 is displayed to indicate that the variable display is in progress (the decorative pattern 41 is being displayed in a variable manner). The small pattern 56 is controlled by the effect control section 300 to be variably displayed in accordance with the variable display of the special symbols, and to be stopped in accordance with the stop display of the special symbols.

In the illustrated example, the small patterns 56 are three images respectively corresponding to the decorative patterns 41 and are displayed on the right side of the image display area of the image display section 114 . The small pattern 56 is displayed as an image smaller in size than the decorative pattern 41. - 特許庁Further, as described above, the decorative pattern 41 may be displayed in a highly decorative display mode or in a low decorative display mode. It is displayed only in a less sensitive display mode. However, the small pattern 56 may be displayed in a display mode in which images such as pictures and characters are displayed in addition to characters.

The small symbols 56 are variably displayed (for example, vertically scrolled) in a manner indicating that the special symbols are variably displayed as the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 is won. In the small pattern 56, during scrolling, the numerical image is repeatedly displayed from "1" to "9" while incrementing by one, and then again from "1" to be incremented by one. Then, when the special symbol is stop-displayed, the small symbol 56 is stop-displayed. In the illustrated example, the numbers indicated by the stopped small symbols 56 match the numbers indicated by the decorative symbols 41 . To explain further, in the example of FIG. 51(1), as the small pattern 56, a number corresponding to "213" of the decorative pattern 41 is displayed.

(Stage image 61)
As shown in FIG. 51(1), the image display section 114 displays a stage image 61 as a background for the decorative pattern 41 and the like. The stage image 61 is, for example, an image (stage, etc.) related to the content (idol, anime character, etc.) that is the theme of the pachinko gaming machine 100 . Also, the stage image 61 may be a moving image. In the illustrated example, a space-themed moving image is displayed as the stage image 61 . The stage image 61 is switched, for example, when a variable effect in one stage is performed a predetermined number of times. Further, the stage image 61 may be switched, for example, when a specific variable effect (for example, a variable effect in which an SPSP ready-to-win effect is performed) is performed. Furthermore, the stage image 61 may be switched according to the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 .

(Change image 62)
As shown in FIG. 52(7), the image display section 114 displays the changed image 62. As shown in FIG. This changing image 62 is an image displayed in the changing image 51 and the pending image 52, which are in a display mode different from the normal display mode. The change image 62 is displayed, for example, when a change effect is executed. A change effect is a effect of changing the display mode of the variable image 51 and the pending image 52 . More specifically, the change effect is a effect of changing the display color, pattern, shape, etc. (hereinafter referred to as “display color, etc.”) of the variable image 51 and the reserved image 52 . The change effect may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. Note that the changing image 62 may be displayed without performing the changing effect. That is, the changing image 62 may be displayed when the changing image 51 or the pending image 52 starts to be displayed. In the illustrated example, a blue image is displayed as the third pending image 52 as the change image 62 .
Further, the changing image 62 may be displayed overlapping the changing image 51 and the reserved image 52 , or the changing image 62 may be displayed instead of the changing image 51 and the reserved image 52 . When the changing image 62 is displayed instead of the changing image 51 and the reserved image 52 , the changing image 62 is captured as the changing image 51 and the reserved image 52 .

(Chance eye image 63)
As shown in FIG. 52(8), the image display section 114 displays a chance eye image 63 . The chance eye image 63 is an image displayed when the chance eye effect is being executed. The chance eye effect is an effect of displaying a chance eye based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. A chance eye is three decorative patterns 41 that are a combination of predetermined patterns of the same color and containing different numbers. The chance game effect informs or suggests, for example, that there is a high possibility of a big win in the special symbol changes after the special symbol change in which the chance game effect is started. Also, in the plurality of variable performances, the chance performance may be performed multiple times.
The chance eye image 63 is displayed in the decorative design 41 . In the illustrated example, as the chance image 63, a blue image is displayed in each of the letters and characters of the three decorative patterns 41. As shown in FIG. Note that the chance eye image 63 may be displayed on the characters of each of the three decorative symbols 41, but may not be displayed on the character. Also, the chance eye image 63 may be displayed on the character of each of the three decorative symbols 41, but may not be displayed on the character. That is, the chance eye image 63 may be displayed on at least part of each of the three decorative symbols 41 .

(Zone notification image 64)
As shown in FIG. 52(12), the image display section 114 displays the zone notification image 64. FIG. This zone notification image 64 is an image for notifying that the zone effect is being executed. In the illustrated example, the zone notification image 64 shows the text "Enter the chance zone!"

(Zone identification image 65)
As shown in FIG. 53(13), a zone identification image 65 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This zone identification image 65 is an image for identifying the type of zone effect being executed. In the illustrated example, the text of "chance zone" is shown as the zone identification image 65. FIG.

(Zone effect image 66)
As shown in FIG. 53(14), the zone effect image 66 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This zone effect image 66 is an effect image displayed when the zone effect is executed. The zone effect image 66 is displayed based on the pre-determination result of the pre-determination process. In the illustrated example, a blue image is displayed around the image display section 114 as the zone effect image 66 .

(SP reach image 67)
As shown in FIG. 54(19), the SP reach image 67 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This SP reach image 67 is an image showing that the SP reach effect is being executed. The SP reach image 67 is, for example, a moving image in which a character appearing in content that is the theme of the pachinko gaming machine 100 plays a mini game.

(SPSP reach image 68)
As shown in FIG. 54 ( 20 ), the SPSP reach image 68 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This SPSP ready-to-win image 68 is an image showing that the SPSP ready-to-win effect is being executed. The SPSP reach image 68 is, for example, a moving image in which characters appearing in the content that is the subject of the pachinko gaming machine 100 fight.

(Button operation image 69)
As shown in FIG. 54(21), the image display section 114 displays a button operation image 69. FIG. The button operation image 69 is an image displayed when the button operation effect is being executed. By displaying this button operation image 69 , the player can recognize that it is time to operate the effect button 161 . In the illustrated example, an image imitating the effect button 161 is displayed as the button operation image 69 .

(Pseudo-continuous image 70)
As shown in FIG. 55(3), the image display section 114 displays a pseudo-continuous image 70. FIG. This pseudo-continuous image 70 is an image indicating that a pseudo-continuous effect is being executed. In the illustrated example, the text "NEXT" is shown as the pseudo-continuous image 70 .

(Pseudo-ream effect image 71)
As shown in FIG. 55( 3 ), the image display section 114 displays a pseudo-continuous effect image 71 . This pseudo-continuous effect image 71 is an effect image displayed when the pseudo-continuous effect is being executed. In the illustrated example, a blue image is displayed around the pseudo-continuous image 70 as the pseudo-continuous effect image 71 .

(Pseudo consecutive count image 72)
As shown in FIG. 55(4), the image display section 114 displays a pseudo consecutive number image 72 . The pseudo consecutive number image 72 is an image indicating the pseudo consecutive number. In the illustrated example, since this is the second variable display, the pseudo consecutive number image 72 displays the text “×2”.

(Opening image 74)
As shown in FIG. 57(15), an opening image 74 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This opening image 74 is an image for informing the player of the start of the jackpot game. In the illustrated example, the text "BIG Bonus! Configurations" is displayed as the opening image 74 . The opening image 74 has contents suggesting the type of jackpot (for example, the total number of rounds) and the gaming state after the jackpot game is over.

(right shot image 75)
As shown in FIG. 57(15), the image display section 114 displays a right-handed image 75 . This right hitting image 75 is an image for prompting the player to shoot the game ball rightward in the game area 111 . In the illustrated example, as the right-handed shot image 75, an arrow mark pointing to the right and the text "Right-handed" are displayed. The right hitting image 75 is displayed, for example, during execution of a jackpot game or in a time-saving game state.

(Image 76 during the round)
As shown in FIG. 57(16), the image display section 114 displays the in-round image 76 . This in-round image 76 is a moving image of a character appearing in the content that is the theme of the pachinko gaming machine 100 . The in-round image 76 is displayed during a round in the jackpot game.

(Round number image 77)
As shown in FIG. 57(16), a round number image 77 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This round number image 77 is an image for notifying the player of the round number of the round currently being executed in the jackpot game. In the illustrated example, the text "Round 1" is displayed as the round number image 77. FIG.

(High accuracy start image 78)
As shown in FIG. 57(17), the image display section 114 displays a high-accuracy start image 78 . This high-probability start image 78 is an image that notifies the start of the high-probability time-saving gaming state. In the illustrated example, as the high-probability start image 78, the text "Entering Excite Mode!!" is displayed.

(Time saving remaining number image 79)
As shown in FIG. 57(18), the image display unit 114 displays a remaining time reduction image 79 . This time saving remaining number image 79 is an image showing the remaining number of special symbol lotteries in the time saving state. In the illustrated example, as the time saving remaining number image 79, the text of "100 times" indicating that the remaining number of times of the special symbol lottery in the time saving state is 100 times is displayed.

(Reach fan effect image 94)
As shown in FIG. 60 ( 13 ), the image display section 114 displays a reach fan effect image 94 . This reach-flavor effect image 94 is an image displayed when the reach-flavor effect is being executed. In the ready-to-win performance, after the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped, the scrolling right decorative pattern 41 is decelerated, and a performance is executed to encourage whether or not the pattern matching the left decorative pattern 41 is stopped.
The reach fanning effect image 94 is displayed around the right decorative pattern 41. - 特許庁In the illustrated example, a blue image is displayed around the right decorative pattern 41 as the reach fanning effect image 94 .

(Right shot promotion image 90)
As shown in FIG. 66( 2 ), the image display section 114 displays a right-handed promotion image 90 . This right-handed promotion image 90 is an image for prompting the player to shoot the game ball rightward in the game area 111 . In the illustrated example, as the right-handed promotion image 90, an arrow mark pointing to the right and the text "Right-handed" are displayed. Further, the display size of the right-handed promotion image 90 is larger than that of the right-handed hitting image 75 .

(Jackpot suggestion image 91)
As shown in FIG. 71 ( 3 ), the image display section 114 displays a big win suggestion image 91 . This big win suggestion image 91 is displayed when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win, and is not displayed when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is not a big win. Therefore, by displaying the big win suggestion image 91, it is suggested to the player that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. This jackpot suggestion image 91 may be a moving image. In addition, while the big hit suggestion image 91 is displayed in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state Alternatively, in the variation performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the big hit suggestion image 91 may not be displayed. That is, the big win suggesting image 91 may be displayed only when the variation performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is a big win.

(Character effect image 92)
As shown in FIG. 75(12), the character effect image 92 is displayed on the image display section 114 . This character effect image 92 is an effect image displayed when the character effect is being performed. In the illustrated example, a blue image as the role object effect image 92 is displayed in the image display section 114 around the area overlapping the middle movable role object 115B.

(Second starting effect image 93)
As shown in FIG. 79(5), the image display section 114 displays the second starting effect image 93 . This second start effect image 93 is displayed in a variable effect based on the winning to the second start port 122 . That is, the second start effect image 93 is not displayed in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start hole 121 .

(Variation production example 1)
Next, with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54, a specific description will be given of the variation effect (variation effect example 1) of the decorative pattern 41 performed by the effect control unit 300 using the image display unit 114 and the like. Variation production example 1 is a variation production example of the decorative pattern 41 based on the game ball winning the first start opening 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state. In addition, in the variation production example 1, the variation production is performed five times.
51 to 54 are selected in order of "ER1", "ER3", "ER2", "ER2", and "ER6" as the "variation effect pattern" in FIG. It is a variable production that is executed in the case.

As shown in FIG. 51(1), the effect control unit 300 stops and displays the previous special symbol, and the highly decorative decorative symbol 41 is fixed and stopped in the image display unit 114. and Also, at this time, the image display section 114 displays the decorative pattern 41 , the pending number display 55 , the small pattern 56 , and the stage image 61 . Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121 indicates "0", which is the pending number of winnings to the first starting port 121, and the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 2 Shows "0", which is the number of pending prizes for the starting port.

Then, when the game ball wins the first starting hole 121, as shown in FIG. 51(2), the variation of the decorative symbols 41 and the small symbols 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the special symbols. In the present embodiment, the left decorative pattern 41, the middle decorative pattern 41, the right decorative pattern 41, and the small pattern 56 are respectively displayed in order by displaying the numbers "1" to "9", thereby performing a variable display. That is, in this embodiment, the numbers of the left decorative pattern 41, the middle decorative pattern 41, the right decorative pattern 41, and the small pattern 56 are individually changeable. The left decorative design 41, the middle decorative design 41, the right decorative design 41, and the small design 56 may display characters other than numbers, such as English characters. In addition, as the game ball enters the first starting port 121, the speaker 156 outputs a winning sound for notifying the winning of the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加
In the drawing, when the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are fluctuated (scrolled) at a particularly high speed to indicate that they are in a difficult-to-recognize state, in order to make it easier to understand, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are displayed separately. indicated by an arrow (↓). In the example shown in FIG. 51(2), the left decorative pattern 41, the middle decorative pattern 41, and the right decorative pattern 41 are arranged side by side in the horizontal direction, and are moved in the vertical direction during the variable display. (Scrolling), but not limited to this mode. For example, the left decorative design 41, the middle decorative design 41, and the right decorative design 41 may be arranged vertically and each of them may move (scroll) in the horizontal direction.
In addition, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is displayed by an arrow (↓) in the drawing is not limited to the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is difficult to see. For example, the state in which the decorative design 41 is displayed by an arrow (↓) in the drawing may be the state in which the decorative design 41 is not displayed. That is, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is displayed by the arrow (↓) in the drawing may be a state in which the decorative pattern 41 is invisible or difficult to see.

In addition, as in the state shown in FIG. 51 (1), in a state where the winning of the first start port 121 is not suspended and the special symbol is not changed, the game ball is inserted into the first start port 121. wins a prize, first, a suspension of the prize to the first starting port 121 occurs. Then, in this state, a variation pattern is selected from the variation pattern table (see FIG. 21). Therefore, the "holding number" is "1" when the variation pattern is selected. Then, when the variation pattern is selected, the number of pending prizes for the first starting port 121 is subtracted. Also, although illustration is omitted, when the game ball wins the second starting port 122 in a state where the winning of the second starting port 122 is not suspended and the special symbol does not change, first, the second There is a hold about the winning to the 2 starting port 122 . Then, in this state, a variation pattern is selected from the variation pattern table. Therefore, the "holding number" is "1" when the variation pattern is selected. Then, when the variation pattern is selected, the number of pending prizes for the second starting port 122 is subtracted.

In addition, as in the state shown in FIG. 51 (1), in a state where the winning of the first start port 121 is not suspended and the special symbol is not changed, the game ball is inserted into the first start port 121. wins, "1" is displayed on the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121, and the pending image 52 is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 51(2), "0" is displayed on the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121. FIG. Also, the pending image 52 moves to the display position of the moving image 51 .
In addition, when the game ball wins in the second starting port 122 in a state where the winning of the second starting port 122 is not suspended and the special symbol does not fluctuate, the number of retentions of the second starting port 122 is displayed. A "1" is displayed in 55 and a pending image 52 is displayed. After that, “0” is displayed on the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 . Also, the pending image 52 moves to the display position of the moving image 51 .

Next, when four game balls enter the first starting hole 121, four pending images 52 are displayed as shown in FIG. 51(3). At this time, every time a game ball enters the first starting port 121, the speaker 156 outputs a winning sound for notifying the winning of the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加In addition, "4" is displayed in the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121. FIG.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(4), the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped at the fixed stop position until the start of fluctuation after being scrolled at a low speed. More specifically, the number "4", which is the left decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped. In addition, when representing that the decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped in the drawing, it is expressed by using a display similar to a double quotation mark around the decorative pattern 41 for easy understanding.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(5), the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped at the fixed stop position until the start of fluctuation after being scrolled at a low speed. More specifically, the number "1", which is the right decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, after the middle decorative pattern 41 is scrolled at a low speed, it temporarily stops at the position fixed and stopped until the start of fluctuation. More specifically, the number "2", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped. After the three decorative symbols 41 are temporarily stopped, the three decorative symbols 41 are fixed and stopped as shown in FIG. 51(6) as the special symbols stop changing. The combination "421" of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “421” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 52(7), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "4" to "3". Also, the second, third, and fourth pending images 52 move closer to the display position of the moving image 51 . Also, at this time, the first pending image 52 moves to the display position of the moving image 51 . Also, after the pending image 52 is moved, the change effect is executed, and the changed image 62 is displayed on the third pending image 52 . In the illustrated example, a blue change image 62 is displayed on the third pending image 52 by the change effect. Also, when the change production is being executed, the speaker 156 outputs the effect sound of the change production.

Next, as shown in FIG. 52(8), "125", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the determination is stopped. At this time, the first chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, a blue chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the first chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “125” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 52(9), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "3" to "2".
Next, as shown in FIG. 52(10), "853", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together, and the determination is stopped. At this time, the second chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, green eye-of-chance images 63 are displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the second eye-of-chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “853” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 52 (11), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "2" to "1".
Next, as shown in FIG. 52(12), a zone notification image 64 is displayed as a zone effect based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process. In the illustrated example, the zone notification image 64 includes the text "entering the chance zone!". This zone effect is a effect to expect a big hit in the next variation of the special pattern variation being executed. Also, at this time, the performance of the character is executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In the illustrated example, the left movable accessory 115A moves to cover part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(13), "553", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the determination is stopped. At this time, the third chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In other words, the final chance game effect of the three chance game effects is executed. In the illustrated example, a red chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the third chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “553” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Also, at this time, a zone identification image 65 is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53 (14), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "1" to "0". Also, at this time, a zone effect image 66 is displayed as an effect effect based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In the illustrated example, a blue zone effect image 66 is displayed by effect rendering. Also, at this time, a sound effect is executed based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process, and a voice saying "Let's go" is output from the speaker 156 . The sound effect of outputting the sound "I'm here" is the effect that makes the player expect that the result of the special symbol lottery will be a big win.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(15), the character effect is executed. In the illustrated example, the middle movable accessory 115B moves to cover a part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect. Also, at this time, a change effect is executed, and a change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51 . In the illustrated example, a green change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51 by the change effect. Also, when the change production is being executed, the speaker 156 outputs the effect sound of the change production.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(16), the numeral "4" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 53(17), a ready-to-win effect is executed. In the illustrated example, the ready-to-win effect with the number "4", which is the right decorative pattern 41, is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 53 (18), a ready-to-win effect is executed. More specifically, the number "4", which is the right decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped, and a ready-to-win state is reached.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (19), the SP ready-to-win effect is executed. During execution of the SP reach effect, the stage image 61 is hidden and the SP reach image 67 is displayed. Further, when the SP ready-to-win effect is being executed, the left and right decorative patterns 41 are displayed in a display mode with a reduced display size and low decorativeness. Also, the left and right decorative patterns 41 are displayed on the upper side of the image display section 114 . In the illustrated example, the left decorative design 41 is displayed in the upper left corner of the image display section 114 , and the right decorative design 41 is displayed in the upper right corner of the image display section 114 .
In addition, the display positions of the left and right decorative patterns 41 when the SP ready-to-win effect is being performed are not limited to the illustrated example. When the SP ready-to-win effect is being performed, if the left and right decorative patterns 41 are at positions different from the display positions before execution of the SP ready-to-win effect (see FIG. 53 (18)), any position on the image display unit 114 may be displayed in

Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (20), the SPSP ready-to-win effect is executed. An SPSP ready-to-win image 68 is displayed during execution of the SPSP ready-to-win effect.
Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (21), a button operation presentation is executed and a button operation image 69 is displayed.
When the player operates the effect button 161 while the button operation image 69 is being displayed, the number "5" which is the middle decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped as shown in FIG. 54 (22). At this time, the middle decorative pattern 41 is displayed in a less decorative display mode and in a larger display size than the left and right decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (23), three highly decorative decorative patterns 41 are temporarily stopped. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 is displayed again.
Then, along with the stop of fluctuation of the special symbols, as shown in FIG. 54 (24), the three decorative symbols 41 are fixed and stopped. The combination “454” of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “454” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Also, at this time, the variable image 51 is hidden.

In addition, in the variation production example 1, the role production of the middle movable accessory 115B (see (15) in FIG. 53), the change production of the variable image 51 (see (15) in FIG. 53), the reach-flavor production (see (17) in FIG. 53) See), reach effect (see FIG. 53 (18)), SP reach effect (see FIG. 54 (19)), SPSP reach effect (see FIG. 54 (20)), button operation effect (see FIG. 54 (21)) , which includes execution in "ER6" (see FIG. 47), which is the variable effect pattern selected in the effect selection process (see FIG. 29(b)). On the other hand, the change effect of the pending image 52 (see FIG. 52(7)), the three-time chance effect (see FIGS. 52(8), (10) and 53(13)), and the role of the left movable accessory 115A An object effect (see FIG. 52 (12)), a zone effect (see FIG. 52 (12)), a sound effect (see FIG. 53 (14)), and an effect effect (see FIG. 53 (14)) are selected in the effect selection process. This is an effect that is not included in any of the selected variable effect patterns. That is, each of the effects based on the result of prior determination is shown in a pre-determined effect pattern table (not shown) used in the pre-determined effect selection process (see FIG. 29(a)). In other words, the pre-determined effect pattern selected in the pre-determined effect selection process includes execution of each of the above effects.

(Variation production example 2)
FIGS. 55 to 57 are diagrams showing one mode of effects performed by the effect control section 300 using the image display section 114. FIG.
Next, another specific example (variation effect example 2) of the variation effect of the decorative pattern 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 to 57. FIG. Variation production example 2 is a variation production example of the decorative pattern 41 based on the game ball winning the first start opening 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state.
55 to 57 show variable effects executed when "EB4" is selected as the "variable effect pattern" in FIG. In addition, in the following description, the points different from the example 1 of variable effect will be mainly described, and the description of the points that are the same as the example 1 of variable effect may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(1), the decoration design 41 is fixed and stopped in the image display section 114 by the effect control section 300 as the variation of the previous special design is completed. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 and the pending image 52 are displayed. Also, at this time, “1” is displayed in the number-of-holds display 55 of the first starting port 121 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 55(2), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "1" to "0". Also, at this time, a sound effect is executed based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process, and the sound "big win!?" The sound performance of outputting the voice "big win!" That is, the sound effect of outputting the sound of "big hit!?"

Next, as shown in FIG. 55(3), a pseudo-continuous effect is executed and a pseudo-continuous image 70 is displayed. Also, at this time, a pseudo-continuous effect image 71 is displayed. In the illustrated example, a blue pseudo-continuous effect image 71 is displayed around the pseudo-continuous image 70 .
Next, as shown in FIG. 55(4), the variation of the decorative pattern 41 is started again. Also, at this time, a pseudo consecutive number image 72 is displayed. In the illustrated example, since this is the second variable display, the pseudo consecutive count image 72 includes the text “×2”.

Next, as shown in FIG. 55(5), the zone effect is executed and the zone notification image 64 is displayed. In the illustrated example, the zone notification image 64 includes the text "Rush into the hot zone!". This zone effect is a effect to expect a big win in the variation of the special symbols being executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 55(6), the number "3" which is the left and right decorative symbols 41 is temporarily stopped, and the ready-to-win effect is executed. Also, at this time, a zone identification image 65 is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 56(7), the variation effect of the variation image 51 is executed, and the variation image 62 is displayed on the variation image 51 . In the illustrated example, a red change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51 by the change effect. Also, when the change production is being executed, the speaker 156 outputs the effect sound of the change production.
Next, as shown in FIG. 56(8), the SP ready-to-win effect is executed and the stage image 61 is hidden.
Next, as shown in FIG. 56(9), the SPSP ready-to-win effect is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 56(10), a button operation presentation is executed and a button operation image 69 is displayed.

When the player operates the effect button 161 while the button operation image 69 is being displayed, the character effect is executed as shown in FIG. 56(11). In the illustrated example, the middle movable accessory 115B moves to cover a part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect.
Next, as shown in FIG. 56(12), the decorative pattern 41 of double stitches is temporarily stopped. In the illustrated example, the decorative symbols 41 are displayed in a combination of "333" to inform the player that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. Also, at this time, the display size of the decorative pattern 41 is larger than the display mode during execution of the SPSP ready-to-win effect (see FIG. 56(9)). Also, the small pattern 56 maintains the state of being variably displayed.

As shown in FIG. 57(13), the three decorative patterns 41 are temporarily stopped in a highly decorative display mode. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 is displayed again.
Then, along with the stop of fluctuation of the special symbols, the decorative symbols 41 are fixed and stopped as shown in FIG. 57 (14). The number combination "333" of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot. Also, “333” is displayed as the small pattern 56 . That is, the display of the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are matched with the combination of "333".

Next, as shown in FIG. 57(15), an opening image 74 is displayed. Also, at this time, a right hitting image 75 is displayed.
Next, when the jackpot game is started, the in-round image 76 and the round number image 77 are displayed as shown in FIG. 57(16). In the illustrated example, the round number image 77 displays the text "Round 1".

Then, when the jackpot game ends, a high probability start image 78 is displayed as shown in FIG. 57(17).
Next, in the high-probability time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. 57(18), "333", which is the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness, is confirmed and stopped in the image display section 114. FIG. The decorative pattern 41 displayed at this time corresponds to the row of numbers finally fixed and stopped before the big win game is executed, that is, when the big win is won. And the small pattern 56 is fixed and stopped by the row of numbers "333" like the decorative pattern 41. - 特許庁Also, at this time, a stage image 61 corresponding to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is displayed. In the illustrated example, a moving image with the theme of the sea is displayed as the stage image. Further, at this time, a time saving remaining number image 79 is displayed. In the example of illustration, the text of "100 times" which shows the remaining number of times of the special design lottery in a time saving state is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79. FIG.

In the variable production example 2, pseudo-continuous production (see FIG. 55 (3)), effect production (see FIG. 55 (3)), zone production (see FIG. 55 (5)), reach production (see FIG. 55 (6) ), change effect of the variable image 51 (see FIG. 56 (7)), SP reach effect (see FIG. 56 (8)), SPSP reach effect (see FIG. 56 (9)), button operation effect (see FIG. 56 (10 )), and the role production of the middle movable role 115B (see FIG. 56(11)) is the variable production pattern “EB4” (see FIG. 46) selected in the production selection process (see FIG. 29B). ) is a rendition that includes being executed in On the other hand, the sound effect (see FIG. 55(2)) is an effect that is not included in the variation effect pattern (see FIG. 46) selected in the effect selection process (see FIG. 29(b)). is. That is, this sound effect based on the result of prior determination is shown in a pre-determined effect pattern table (not shown) used in the pre-determined effect selection process. In other words, the pre-determined effect pattern selected in the pre-determined effect selection process includes execution of the above sound effect.

(Variation production example 3)
FIGS. 58 to 61 are diagrams showing one mode of effects performed by the effect control section 300 using the image display section 114. FIG.
Next, another specific example (variation effect example 3) of the variation effect of the decorative pattern 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 58 to 61. FIG. Variation production example 3 is a variation production example of the decorative design 41 based on the game ball winning the second start opening 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. Further, in the variation production example 3, the variation production is performed five times.
58 to 61 are selected in order of "EG1", "EG3", "EG2", "EG2", and "EG5" as the "variation effect pattern" in FIG. It is a variable production that is executed in the case. In addition, in the following description, mainly the points different from the above-described variable effect examples will be mainly described, and the descriptions of the points that are the same as the variable effect examples may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 58(1), with the completion of the variation of the previous special symbol, the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness is confirmed and stopped in the image display unit 114 by the effect control unit 300. there is Moreover, at this time, the stage image 61, the right-handed image 75, and the time-saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, a text of “90 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .
When the game ball enters the second starting port 122, as shown in FIG. 58(2), the decorative symbols 41 and the small symbols 56 start to change with the start of the variable display of the special symbols. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "90 times" to "89 times". Also, at this time, a variation image 51 is displayed. In addition, when the game ball wins the second starting hole 122, the winning sound for notifying that the second starting hole 122 wins is not output.

Next, when four game balls enter the second starting hole 122, four pending images 52 are displayed as shown in FIG. 58(3). In addition, "4" is displayed in the number-of-holds display 55 of the second starting port 122. FIG. It should be noted that no winning sound is output for any of the four winnings to the second starting port 122 .
Next, as shown in FIG. 58(4), "421", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together, and the determination is stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “421” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 58(5), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 is switched from "4" to "3". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "89 times" to "88 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 58(6), "125", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the determination is stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “125” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 59(7), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second start port 122 is switched from "3" to "2". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "88 times" to "87 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 59(8), "853", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together, and the determination is stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “853” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 59(9), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second start port 122 is switched from "2" to "1". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "87 times" to "86 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 59(10), "731", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together, and the determination is stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “731” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 59 (11), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 is switched from "1" to "0". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "86 times" to "85 times". Also, at this time, the performance of the character is executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In the illustrated example, the left movable accessory 115A moves to cover part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect. Also, at this time, a sound effect is executed based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process, and a voice saying "Let's go" is output from the speaker 156 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 59(12), the number "4" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 60(13), a ready-to-win effect is executed. In the illustrated example, the ready-to-win effect with the number "4", which is the right decorative pattern 41, is executed. Also, at this time, a reach fanning effect image 94 is displayed. In the illustrated example, a blue ready-to-win effect image 94 is displayed around the right decorative pattern 41 .
Next, as shown in FIG. 60 (14), the number "4" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped, and the ready-to-win effect is executed. Also, at this time, a character production is executed. In the illustrated example, the middle movable accessory 115B moves to cover a part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect.

Next, as shown in FIG. 60(15), the SP ready-to-win effect is executed and the stage image 61 is hidden. When the SP ready-to-win effect is being executed, the display size of the left and right decorative patterns 41 is reduced and the display area in the image display section 114 is changed. In the illustrated example, the left and right decorative patterns 41 are displayed on the upper side of the image display section 114 .
Next, as shown in FIG. 60 (16), the SPSP ready-to-win effect is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 60(17), a button operation effect is executed and a button operation image 69 is displayed.

When the player operates the effect button 161 while the button operation image 69 is displayed, the number "5" which is the middle decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped as shown in FIG. 60(18). At this time, the middle decorative pattern 41 is displayed in a larger display size than the left and right decorative patterns 41. - 特許庁

Next, as shown in FIG. 61 (19), the three decorative symbols 41 are temporarily stopped according to the display size before execution of the SP ready-to-win effect. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 is displayed again.
Then, as the fluctuation of the special symbols stops, as shown in FIG. 61 (20), the three decorative symbols 41 are fixed and stopped. The combination “454” of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “454” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Also, at this time, the variable image 51 is hidden.

In addition, in the variation production example 3, the ready-to-win production (see FIG. 60 (13)), the effect production (see FIG. 60 (13)), the ready-to-reach production (see FIG. 60 (14)), and the middle movable accessory 115B. Effects (see FIG. 60 (14)), SP ready-to-win effects (see FIG. 60 (15)), SPSP ready-to-win effects (see FIG. 60 (16)), button operation effects (see FIG. 60 (17)) are effect selection processes. (See FIG. 29(b)) This is an effect that is executed in "EG5" (see FIG. 49), which is the variable effect pattern selected. On the other hand, the character effect and sound effect of the left movable accessory 115A (see (11) in FIG. 59) are effects that are not included in any of the variable effect patterns selected in the effect selection process. . That is, the above-mentioned character object effect and sound effect based on the result of prior determination are shown in a pre-determined effect pattern table (not shown) used in the pre-determined effect selection process (see FIG. 29(a)). In other words, the pre-determined effect pattern selected in the pre-determined effect selection process includes execution of the above-described accessory effect and sound effect.

(Variation production example 4)
FIGS. 62 to 65 are diagrams showing one mode of effects performed by the effect control section 300 using the image display section 114. FIG.
Next, another specific example (variation effect example 4) of the variation effect of the decorative pattern 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 62 to 65. FIG. Variation production example 4 is a variation production example of the decorative pattern 41 based on the game ball winning the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. In addition, in variation production example 4, the variation production is performed four times.
62 to 65, when "EG3", "EG2", "EG2", and "ED7" are selected in this order as the "variation effect pattern" in FIGS. 48 and 49. It is a variable performance that is executed at In addition, in the following description, points different from the above-described variable effect examples will be mainly described, and descriptions of points that are the same as the variable effect examples may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 62(1), with the end of the variation of the previous special symbol, the effect control unit 300 determines and stops the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness in the image display unit 114. there is At this time, "4" is displayed on the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122, and four pending images 52 are displayed. Moreover, at this time, the stage image 61, the right-handed image 75, and the time-saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, the text of “80 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 62(2), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. At this time, the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 switches from "4" to "3". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "80 times" to "79 times". Also, at this time, the change effect of the reserved image 52 is executed, and the changed image 62 is displayed in the third reserved image 52 . In the illustrated example, a blue change image 62 is displayed on the third pending image 52 by the change effect. Also, when the change production is being executed, the speaker 156 outputs the effect sound of the change production.

Next, as shown in FIG. 62(3), "125", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the determination is stopped. At this time, the first chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, a blue chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the first chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “125” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 62(4), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second start port 122 is switched from "3" to "2". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "79 times" to "78 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 62(5), "853", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together, and the determination is stopped. At this time, the second chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, green eye-of-chance images 63 are displayed on the three decorative patterns 41 by the second eye-of-chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “853” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 62(6), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second start port 122 is switched from "2" to "1". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "78 times" to "77 times".
Next, a zone notification image 64 is displayed as shown in FIG. 63(7) as a zone effect based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process. This zone effect is a effect to expect a big hit in the next variation of the special pattern variation being executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 63(8), "553", which is the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the determination is stopped. At this time, the third chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In other words, the final chance game effect of the three chance game effects is executed. In the illustrated example, a red chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the third chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “553” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Also, at this time, a zone identification image 65 is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 63(9), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the second starting port 122 is switched from "1" to "0". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "77 times" to "76 times". Also, at this time, a zone identification image 65 is displayed. Also, at this time, a zone effect image 66 is displayed as an effect effect based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In the illustrated example, a blue zone effect image 66 is displayed around the image display section 114 by effect production. Also, at this time, based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process, a sound of "big hit!" is output as a sound effect. The sound effect of outputting the sound of "big hit!?"

Next, as shown in FIG. 63(10), the changing effect of the changing image 51 is performed, and the changing image 62 is displayed on the changing image 51. FIG. In the illustrated example, a red change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51 by the change effect. Also, when the change production is being executed, the speaker 156 outputs the effect sound of the change production.
Next, as shown in FIG. 63(11), the number "3" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 63(12), the number "3" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped, and the ready-to-win effect is executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 64(13), the SP ready-to-win effect is executed and the stage image 61 is hidden.
Next, as shown in FIG. 64 (14), the SPSP ready-to-win effect is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 64(15), a button operation effect is executed and a button operation image 69 is displayed.

When the player operates the effect button 161 while the button operation image 69 is being displayed, the character effect is executed as shown in FIG. 64(16). In the illustrated example, the middle movable accessory 115B moves to cover a part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect.
Next, as shown in FIG. 64(17), the decorative pattern 41 of double stitches is temporarily stopped. In the illustrated example, the decorative symbols 41 are displayed in a combination of "333" to inform the player that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. Also, the small pattern 56 maintains the state of being variably displayed. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 is displayed again.

Then, along with the stop of fluctuation of the special symbols, as shown in FIG. 64 (18), the three decorative symbols 41 with low decorativeness are fixed and stopped. The combination of numbers "333" of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot. Also, “333” is displayed as the small pattern 56 . In other words, the display of the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are matched with the combination of "333".
When the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit, the stage image 61 may remain hidden even when the double decorative symbol 41 is displayed. That is, in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win, after the SP ready-to-win performance is started and the stage image 61 is hidden, the variable performance is terminated without the stage image 61 being displayed again. may

Next, as shown in FIG. 65(19), an opening image 74 is displayed. Also, at this time, a right hitting image 75 is displayed.
Next, when the jackpot game is started, the in-round image 76 and the round number image 77 are displayed as shown in FIG. 65(20). In the illustrated example, the round number image 77 displays the text "Round 1".
Then, when the jackpot game ends, a high probability start image 78 is displayed as shown in FIG. 65 (21).

Next, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as shown in FIG. 65 (22), the low-decorative decoration pattern 41 "333" is confirmed and stopped in the image display section 114. FIG. And the small pattern 56 is fixed and stopped by the row of numbers "333" like the decorative pattern 41. - 特許庁Also, at this time, the text of “100 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .

In addition, in the variation effect example 4, the change effect of the variable image 51 (see FIG. 63 (10)), the reach effect (see FIG. 63 (12)), the SP reach effect (see FIG. 64 (13)), the SPSP reach effect ( FIG. 64 (14) reference), button operation effect (see FIG. 64 (15)), role product effect of medium movable accessory 115B (see FIG. 64 (16)), effect selection processing (see FIG. 29 (b)) It is an effect that includes being executed in "ED7" (see FIG. 48), which is the variation effect pattern selected in . On the other hand, a change effect of the pending image 52 (see FIG. 62 (2)), a chance effect (see FIGS. 62 (3), (5), and 63 (8)), and a zone effect (see FIG. 64 (7)) , effect production (see FIG. 63 (9)), and sound production (see FIG. 63 (9)) are effects that are not included in any of the variable production patterns selected in the production selection process. . That is, each of the effects based on the result of prior determination is shown in a pre-determined effect pattern table (not shown) used in the pre-determined effect selection process (see FIG. 29(a)). In other words, the pre-determined effect pattern selected in the pre-determined effect selection process includes execution of each of the above effects.

(Variation production example 5)
FIGS. 66 to 70 are diagrams showing one mode of effects performed by the effect control section 300 using the image display section 114. FIG.
Next, another specific example (variation effect example 5) of the variation effect of the decorative pattern 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 66 to 70. FIG. Variation production example 5 is a variation production example of the decorative pattern 41 based on the game ball winning the first start opening 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. In addition, in the variation production example 5, the variation production is performed five times.
66 to 70 are all variable effects executed when "EK1" is selected as the "variable effect pattern" in FIG. In addition, in the following description, points different from the above-described variable effect examples will be mainly described, and descriptions of points that are the same as the variable effect examples may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 66(1), with the end of the variation of the previous special symbol, the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness is confirmed and stopped in the image display unit 114 by the effect control unit 300. there is Moreover, at this time, the stage image 61, the right-handed image 75, and the time-saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, a text of “90 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .

Next, when the game ball wins the first starting hole 121, as shown in FIG. 66(2), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "90 times" to "89 times". On the other hand, the variable image 51 is not displayed. Also, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output. Also, at this time, a right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed. Also, at this time, the speaker 156 outputs a voice saying “Please hit to the right” for prompting the game ball to be shot toward the right side area of the game area 111 .

Next, when four game balls enter the first starting hole 121, a right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed as shown in FIG. 66(3). In this embodiment, the right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed each time a game ball wins the first start hole 121 . Also, every time a game ball wins in the first starting hole 121, a voice saying "Please hit right" is output from the speaker 156. - 特許庁On the other hand, the variable image 51 and the reserved image 52 are not displayed. When the player enters the first starting port 121 four times, no winning sound is output. Also, at this time, “4” is displayed in the number-of-holds display 55 of the first starting port 121 . Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 is displayed as "4" corresponding to the number of reservations for winning to the first starting port 121.例文帳に追加Also, at this time, the sub first suspension display 83 is displaying "4".

Next, as shown in FIG. 66(4), the number "4" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 66(5), the number "2" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 66(6), the number "1", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 67(7), "412", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “412” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 67(8), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "89 times" to "88 times". Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121 switches from "4" to "3". Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 becomes “3” display corresponding to the number of reservations regarding winning to the first start port 121 . Also, at this time, the first sub-reservation display 83 displays "3".

Next, as shown in FIG. 67(9), the number "1" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 67(10), the numeral "5" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 67(11), the number "2", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 67(12), "125", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “125” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 68 (13), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "88 times" to "87 times". Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121 switches from "3" to "2". In addition, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 becomes “2” display corresponding to the number of reservations regarding winning to the first start port 121 . Also, at this time, the sub-first suspension display 83 displays "2".

Next, as shown in FIG. 68(14), the number "8" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 68(15), the number "3" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 68 (16), the number "5", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 68(17), "853", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “853” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 68 (18), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "87 times" to "86 times". Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "2" to "1". Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 becomes “1” display corresponding to the number of reservations regarding winning to the first start port 121 . Also, at this time, the first sub-reservation display 83 displays "1".

Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (19), the number "7" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 69(20), the number "2" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (21), the number "1", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (22), "712", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “712” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (23), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "86 times" to "85 times". Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121 is switched from "1" to "0". Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 becomes “0” display corresponding to the number of reservations regarding winning to the first start port 121 . Also, at this time, the first sub-reservation display 83 displays "0".

Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (24), the number "1" which is the left decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 70 (25), the number "6" which is the right decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 70 (26), the number "3", which is the middle decorative pattern 41, is temporarily stopped.
Next, as shown in FIG. 70 (27), "136", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “136” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

As described above, in the variable effect example 5, when the game ball wins the first start hole 121, the right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed and the speaker 156 outputs a voice saying "please hit right". That is, in the present embodiment, it is possible to perform the first notification to prompt the shooting of the game ball to the right side in the game area 111 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Then, when the game ball wins in the first starting port 121 while the first notification is being performed, in addition to the first notification, a second notification prompting the shooting of the game ball to the right side in the game area 111 is performed. It is possible. Here, the first notification is, for example, the display of the right shot image 75 . The second notification is, for example, the display of the right-handed promotion image 90 or the output from the speaker 156 of a voice saying "Please hit right-handed".
In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the hitting right image 75 is displayed, but the player may shoot the game ball to the left side in the game area 111 without noticing the hitting right image 75 . Even in this case, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121, the display of the right-handed promotion image 90 and the output of the voice "Please hit the right" are performed, so that the high-probability time-saving gaming state , the player can be urged to enter the game ball into the second starting port 122 .

In addition, in the variable effect example 3, the ready-to-win effect is executed (see (14) in FIG. 60). Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 22) used when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the “variation pattern” in which the “determination result” is “miss” is “ Reach existence" is associated. In other words, there is a possibility that the ready-to-win performance is executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state. On the other hand, in the variation production example 5, the ready-to-win production is not executed. Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 23) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the “variation pattern” in which the “determination result” is “missing” is “ Reachable" is not associated. In other words, the ready-to-win performance is not executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state is executed, the second start port rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 The ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning to 122.例文帳に追加

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. A player can be entertained with a ready-to-win performance with a high probability even if the lottery results are lost. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the ready-to-win effect is executed in example 1 of variable effect (see (18) in FIG. 53). Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 21) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the "judgment result" is "off" in the "variation pattern""Withreach" is associated. In other words, there is a possibility that the ready-to-win effect is executed in the variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is lost. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variation effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can enjoy the ready-to-win performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the reach production is not executed (0%) Although it was explained that , but not limited to. Even in the case where the fluctuation performance that the lottery result of the special symbol based on the winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state is executed, the ready-to-win performance may be executed.

Further, in the variable effect example 3, the ready-to-win effect is executed (see (13) in FIG. 60). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 49) used when the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off" "fluctuation production pattern" is associated with 'reach instigation'. In other words, there is a possibility that the ready-to-win performance is executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost. On the other hand, in the variation production example 5, the ready-to-win production is not executed. Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 50) used when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off" "variation production pattern" is not associated with "reach-taunting". In other words, in the fluctuation performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the ready-to-win performance is not executed. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state is executed, the second start port rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 The variable effect based on the winning to 122 is easier to execute the ready-to-win effect.

In this case, the player prefers the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, it is easy to expect that the ready-to-win performance is executed by the extent that the ready-to-win performance is easily executed. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the ready-to-win effect is executed in the example 1 of variable effect (see (17) in FIG. 53). Here, in the variable performance pattern table (see FIG. 47) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the “variation performance pattern” in which the “determination result” is “miss” ” is associated with “reach instigation”. In other words, there is a possibility that the ready-to-win performance is executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state is lost. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state is easier to execute the ready-to-win performance.
In this case, the player prefers the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start-port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. , Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, it is easy to expect that the ready-to-win performance will be executed as much as the ready-to-win performance is likely to be executed. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lost, the reach fanning production is not executed (0%). However, it is not limited to this. Even in the case where the fluctuation performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is a loss is executed in the high-probability time-saving game state, the ready-to-win performance may be executed.

In addition, as shown in variation production example 3, in the variation production in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the fact that the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, three Decorative patterns 41 are displayed together (see FIG. 58(6)). On the other hand, as shown in the variation production example 5, in the variation production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the holding number of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, 3 The three decorative patterns are displayed in order (see FIGS. 67(9) to (11)). That is, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" From the variable effect based on Also, the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 being "4" is the variation in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 change from the invisible or difficult-to-visible state to the easy-to-visible state. Performance is easy to execute. Here, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is invisible means the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is hidden. Further, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is difficult to see means the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is variably displayed at high speed. Further, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is easily visually recognized is, for example, a state in which the decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped. Further, when the decorative pattern 41 is fixed and stopped without being temporarily stopped, the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is easily visually recognized is the state in which the decorative pattern 41 is fixed and stopped.

In this case, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is "4" rather than the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4" in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. A variable performance based on a certain event can entertain the player with a high probability of ``a powerful variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned''. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, as shown in variation production example 1, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is "4" in the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state is lost. In the variable effect, three decorative patterns 41 are displayed together (see FIG. 52(8)). That is, in the present embodiment, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is "4" From the variation effect based on Also, the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is more likely to execute the variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned.
In this case, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state is "4" rather than the variable production based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The variable performance based on is able to entertain the player with a high probability of ``a powerful variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned''. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the three decorative symbols 41 Although it has been described that the variable effect with the same display timing is not executed (0%), the present invention is not limited to this. The display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned even in the variable performance that the lottery result of the special pattern lottery based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being '4' in the high-probability time-saving game state is a loss. Variation production may be performed.

In addition, in this embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is “4”. From the variable effect based on Also, the variation effect based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4" is a variation in which the display timing of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the invisible or difficult to visible state to the easily visible state is different. Performance is easy to execute.
In this case, in the variable production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, compared to the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of pending is " The player can be entertained with the variation performance to the extent that the ``variation performance lacking speediness'' in which the decorative patterns 41 are sequentially displayed as the variation performance based on the fact that the game is 4" is difficult to execute. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state Variation based on The variable performance based on the holding number of the first starting port 121 being "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state is easier to execute than the performance, in which the decorative symbols 41 are sequentially displayed.
In this case, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, compared to the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of pending The player can be entertained with the variation performance by the extent that the "variation performance lacking speediness" in which the decorative patterns 41 are sequentially displayed as the variation performance based on "4" is difficult to execute. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the decorative symbol 41 is displayed in order. Although it has been described that the variable effect to be executed is always executed (100%), the present invention is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special pattern lottery based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being '4' in the high-probability time-saving game state is the variable performance that the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is lost, the decorative patterns 41 are sequentially displayed. may not be executed.

Further, in the variable effect example 3, the button operation effect is executed (see FIG. 60 (17)). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 49) used when the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""fluctuation production pattern" has a "button" associated with it. In other words, there is a possibility that the button operation effect will be executed in the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state is lost. On the other hand, in the variation production example 5, the button operation production is not executed. Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 50) used when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""variation production pattern" does not have a "button" associated with it. In other words, the button operation effect is not executed in the variation effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lost.
That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state is executed, the second start port rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 The variable performance based on the winning to 122 is more likely to perform the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. To allow a player to enjoy button operation performance with a high probability even if the lottery result is a loss. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the button operation effect is executed in the variation effect example 1 (see FIG. 54 (21)). Here, in the variable performance pattern table (see FIG. 47) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the “variation performance pattern” in which the “determination result” is “miss” ' is associated with 'button'. In other words, there is a possibility that the button operation effect will be executed in the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is lost. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The variation performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the game state is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the button operation performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the button operation is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the high probability time saving game state. but not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is a loss in the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed may be performed.

In addition, as shown in variable performance example 3, in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is lost, the display size of the decorative pattern 41 is changed. An effect is being performed (see FIGS. 60(14) and (15)). Here, the effect of changing the display size of the decorative pattern 41 may be hereinafter referred to as size change effect. On the other hand, as shown in variable performance example 5, the size change performance is not executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is a loss. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state is executed, the second start port rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 The variable effect based on the winning in 122 is more likely to perform the variable effect in which the size change effect is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with a size change performance with a high probability. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, as shown in variation production example 1, in the variation production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the size change production is being executed (see FIGS. 53(18) and 54(19)). That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the size change performance is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with a size change performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is lost in the high probability time saving game state, the size change effect is not executed (0%). However, it is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 is a loss in the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable performance that the size change performance is executed may be performed.

In addition, as shown in the variable performance example 3, in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state is lost, the image of the temporarily stopped decorative pattern 41 An effect is performed in which the display position on the display section 114 changes (see (14) and (15) in FIG. 60). Here, the effect of changing the display position of the temporarily stopped decorative pattern 41 on the image display section 114 is hereinafter sometimes referred to as position change effect. On the other hand, as shown in variable performance example 5, the position change performance is not executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state is a loss. That is, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 A variable effect based on winning a prize is more likely to perform a variable effect in which a position change effect is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the position change performance with a high probability. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, as shown in variation production example 1, in the variation production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is lost, the position change production is being executed (see FIGS. 53(18) and 54(19)). That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state is low probability time saving no game The variable effect based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variable effect in which the position change effect is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the position change performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the position change effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lost. However, it is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is the variable performance, the position change performance may be executed.

Further, in the variable effect example 3, the SP ready-to-win effect is executed (see (15) in FIG. 60). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 49) used when the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""variation production pattern" is associated with "SP Reach". In other words, there is a possibility that the SP ready-to-win effect is executed in the variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state is lost. On the other hand, in the variation production example 5, the SP ready-to-win production is not executed. Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 50) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""variation production pattern" has no "SP Reach" associated with it. In other words, in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the SP ready-to-win is not executed.
That is, in the present embodiment, when a variation effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variation effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 The SP ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on winning a prize.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. Even if the lottery results are lost, the player can be entertained with the SP ready-to-win performance with a high probability. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the SP ready-to-win effect is executed in the variable effect example 1 (see (19) in FIG. 54). Here, in the variable performance pattern table (see FIG. 47) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the “variation performance pattern” in which the “determination result” is “miss” ” is associated with “SP reach”. In other words, there is a possibility that the SP ready-to-win effect is executed in the variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state is lost. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state is low probability time saving no game The SP ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variation effect based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the SP ready-to-win performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the SP reach effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lost. However, it is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is the variable performance, the SP ready-to-win performance may be executed.

In addition, in this embodiment, the size change effect and the position change effect are effects performed along with the SP ready-to-win effect. In other words, when the "fluctuation effect pattern" (see FIGS. 46 to 50) in which the "SP reach" is executed is selected, the size change effect and the position change effect are performed.
However, the size change effect and the position change effect may be performed independently of the SP ready-to-win effect. That is, even when the SP ready-to-win effect is not performed, the size change effect and the position change effect may be performed. Further, even when the SP ready-to-win effect is performed, the size change effect and the position change effect may not be performed.

In addition, in the variable production example 3, the character production is executed (see (14) in FIG. 60). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 49) used when the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""fluctuation production pattern" is associated with a "role item". In other words, there is a possibility that the performance of the role product is executed in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost. On the other hand, in the variable production example 5, no character production is executed. Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 50) used when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the "judgment result" is "off""variation production pattern" is not associated with a "role item". In other words, in the variable production in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the role production is not executed.
That is, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 A variable performance based on winning a prize is more likely to perform a variable performance in which a character performance is executed.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the performance of the character with a high probability. Therefore, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the interest in the game can be improved in the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the character object effect is executed in the variable effect example 1 (see (15) in FIG. 53). Here, in the variable performance pattern table (see FIG. 47) used when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the “variation performance pattern” in which the “determination result” is “miss” ” is associated with the “role item”. In other words, there is a possibility that the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state is a loss is executed. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state is low probability time saving no game The variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variable production in which the role product production is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the performance of the character with a high probability. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, the role performance is not executed (0%). However, it is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is the variable performance, the variable performance in which the character performance is executed may be performed.

Further, in the present embodiment, even if the game ball wins the first start opening 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the fluctuation image 51 and the pending image 52 are not displayed. On the other hand, when the game ball wins in the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable image 51 and the pending image 52 are displayed.
In this case, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the player is The player can be entertained by the variable image 51 and the suspended image 52. - 特許庁Therefore, when the game ball wins the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In particular, in the present embodiment, when a game ball wins the first start opening 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the variable image 51 and the pending image 52 are displayed.
In this case, the player is better when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. , the variable image 51 and the suspended image 52 can entertain the player. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the game ball wins the first start opening 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the pending image 52 is not displayed, but the pending number display 55 is updated.
When the game ball wins the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, not only the pending image 52 is not displayed, but also the pending number display 55 is not updated, the player enters the first starting port 121 to play the game. It becomes impossible to recognize whether or not the ball has won a prize. Therefore, in this embodiment, by updating the pending number display 55, the player can not expect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery will be a big hit through the pending image 52, but the first start port 121 It is made possible to recognize that the game ball has won a prize.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the game ball wins the first start opening 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, the time saving remaining number image 79 is updated. As a result, even if the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 is performed in the high-probability time-saving game state, the player is made to recognize that the number of remaining times of the special symbol lottery in the time-saving state decreases. be able to.

Further, in the present embodiment, when winning the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the pending image 52, the pending number display 55, the second special symbol pending display device 219, and the second sub-holding display device 84 reports information about the hold. On the other hand, when winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the information on the suspension is notified by the first special symbol suspension display 218 and the sub-first suspension display 83, but the suspension image 52 And the information about the hold by the hold number display 55 is not notified. That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second start port 122 than when winning the first start port 121, there are many types of information that are notified as information related to suspension. .
In this case, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The information can entertain the player. Therefore, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the game is played through the information on the hold can improve the interest of

Further, in the present embodiment, when the first starting port 121 is won in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the pending image 52, the pending number display 55, the first special symbol pending display 218 and the first sub-holding display 83 to announce information about the hold. That is, in the present embodiment, when winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state than when winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, it is notified as information related to suspension There are many types of
In this case, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state The player can be entertained with such information. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

(Variation production example 6)
FIG. 71 and FIG. 72 are diagrams showing one mode of effects performed by the effect control unit 300 using the image display unit 114. FIG.
Next, another specific example (variation effect example 6) of the variation effect of the decorative pattern 41 will be described with reference to FIGS. 71 and 72. FIG. Variation production example 6 is an example of variation production of the decorative pattern 41 based on the game ball winning the first start opening 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state.
The variable effects shown in FIGS. 71 and 72 are examples of the variable effects of the decorative pattern 41 when "EH4" is selected as the "variable effect pattern" in FIG. In addition, in the following description, points different from the above-described variable effect examples will be mainly described, and descriptions of points that are the same as the variable effect examples may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 71(1), when the variation of the previous special symbol ends, the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness is fixed and stopped in the image display unit 114 by the effect control unit 300. there is Moreover, at this time, the stage image 61, the right-handed image 75, and the time-saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, the text of “80 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 . Also, at this time, the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display 221 . At this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 is stopped.

Next, when the game ball wins the first starting hole 121, as shown in FIG. 71(2), the special symbols start to change on the first special symbol display 221. FIG. Also, at this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 is started. Further, when the variable display of the special symbols is started, the variation of the decorative symbols 41 and the small symbols 56 is started. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "80 times" to "79 times". Also, at this time, a right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed. Also, at this time, the speaker 156 outputs a voice saying "please hit right". On the other hand, the variable image 51 is not displayed. Also, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output.

Next, as shown in FIG. 71(3), a jackpot suggestion image 91 is displayed. At this time, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are maintained in a fluctuating state. Also, at this time, the special symbols continue to fluctuate on the first special symbol display 221 . At this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 continues.

Next, as shown in FIG. 71(4), the big win suggestion image 91 is continuously displayed. Also, at this time, “135” is displayed as the small pattern 56 . On the other hand, at this time, the decorative symbol 41 is neither temporarily stopped nor fixedly stopped. Also, at this time, the special symbols are stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 221 in a mode of notifying that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. Also, at this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 stops.
When the big win suggestive image 91 is a moving image, the big win suggestive image 91 shown in FIG. 71(4) may be updated in display content from the big win suggestive image 91 shown in FIG. 71(3).

Next, as shown in FIG. 71(5), an opening image 74 is displayed.
Next, when the jackpot game is started, the in-round image 76 and the round number image 77 are displayed as shown in FIG. 71(6). In the illustrated example, the round number image 77 displays the text "Round 1".

Then, when the jackpot game ends, a high probability start image 78 is displayed as shown in FIG. 72(7).
Next, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as shown in FIG. 72(8), "135", which is the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness, is confirmed and stopped in the image display section 114. FIG. And the small pattern 56 is fixed and stopped by the row of the numbers "135" like the decorative pattern 41. - 特許庁It should be noted that the small symbols 56 displayed at this time correspond to the row of numbers finally stop-displayed before the big win game is executed, that is, when the big win is won. Further, at this time, a time saving remaining number image 79 is displayed. In the illustrated example, a text of “100 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state, An original image that is not displayed in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state is displayed. The original image includes, for example, a right-handed promotion image 90 and a big-hit suggestion image 91 .
In this case, by showing the original image to the player during the variable performance, the player is made to recognize that the variable performance is based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be done.

In addition, as shown in the variable production example 6, in the variable production in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, the decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped or fixedly stopped. A jackpot game is started without playing. In other words, in the variation effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big win, the decorative symbol 41 does not notify the big win. On the other hand, as shown in variation production example 4, in the variation production when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big hit, the decorative pattern 41 of double eyes (See FIG. 64 (18)), the jackpot game is started.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is Zoro eyes decoration The player can be excited by the display of the pattern 41.例文帳に追加Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In addition, as shown in variation production example 6, in the variation production when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, small symbols including different numbers After 56 is stopped and displayed, the jackpot game is started. On the other hand, as shown in variation production example 4, in the variation production when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big hit, the small pattern with all the numbers After 56 is stopped and displayed (see FIG. 64 (18)), the jackpot game is started.
In this case, the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state has the numbers. The player can be excited by the small pattern 56 being displayed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In addition, as shown in variation production example 6, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, at the start of the next variation of the big hit , displays decorative patterns 41 including different patterns (see FIG. 72 (8)). On the other hand, as shown in variation production example 4, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, the start of the next variation of the big hit variation Sometimes, a double-sided decorative pattern 41 is displayed (see FIG. 65 (22)).
In this case, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, rather than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. At the start of the next variation of , the display of double-sided decorative pattern 41 can excite the player. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the variation production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the probability time-saving game state.

Further, in the variable effect example 6, the button operation effect is not executed. Here, in the variable performance pattern table (see FIG. 50) used when the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the “judgment result” is “big hit” “fluctuation performance pattern” does not have a "button" associated with it. In other words, the button operation effect is not executed in the variation effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a jackpot. On the other hand, in the variable effect example 4, the button operation effect is executed (see FIG. 64 (15)). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 48) used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, in the "variation production pattern" A "button" is associated with it. In other words, there is a possibility that the button operation effect will be executed in the variation effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit.
That is, in the present embodiment, when a variation effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the second start port 122 rather than the variation effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 In the variable performance based on winning a prize, the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed is more likely to be performed.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. A player can be given an opportunity to operate the performance button 161 with a high probability when the lottery result is a big win. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the amusement of the game in the variation performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big win.

In particular, in this embodiment, the button operation effect is executed in the variation effect example 2 (see FIG. 56 (10)). Here, in the fluctuation production pattern table (see FIG. 46) used when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state is a big hit (see FIG. 46), "variation production pattern" has a "button" associated with it. In other words, there is a possibility that the button operation effect will be executed in the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is a big hit. That is, in the present embodiment, when the variation production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot is performed, than the variation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, low probability time saving no game The variation performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed.
The variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the lottery result of the special symbol lottery rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. A player can be given an opportunity to operate the performance button 161 with a high probability in the case of a big win. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is explained that the button operation effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is a big hit. However, it is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big hit, the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed may be performed.

FIG. 73(A) is an explanatory diagram of the execution time of each variable effect in example 1 of variable effect. FIG. 73(B) is an explanatory diagram of the execution time of each variable effect in Example 3 of variable effect. FIG. 73(C) is an explanatory diagram of the execution time of each variable effect in Example 5 of variable effect. FIG. 73(D) is an explanatory diagram of the execution time of each variable effect in Example 6 of variable effect.

As shown in FIG. 73 (A), in the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state, when the number of holdings of the first start port 121 is "1", the variation pattern "PR1" (see FIG. 21) and the variation effect pattern "ER1 ' (see FIG. 47) is selected, and the first variable effect is started. The time from the start to the end of this first variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T1. This time T1 is 8.00 seconds (see FIG. 21), which is the same as the variation time of the special symbol. Also, the first variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 51(2) to 51(6).
Thereafter, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "4", the variation pattern "PR3" and the variation performance pattern "ER3" are selected, and the second variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of the second variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T2. This time T2 is 4.60 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. The second variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 52(7) and 52(8).
After that, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "3", the variation pattern "PR2" and the variation performance pattern "ER2" are selected, and the third variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this third variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T3. This time T3 is 6.80 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. The third variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 52(9) and 52(10).
After that, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "2", the variation pattern "PR2" and the variation performance pattern "ER2" are selected, and the fourth variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this fourth variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T4. This time T4 is 6.80 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. In addition, the fourth variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, corresponding to FIGS. ing.
Thereafter, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "1", the variation pattern "PR6" and the variation performance pattern "ER6" are selected, and the fifth variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this fifth variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T5. This time T5 is 90.01 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. Also, the fifth variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is executed, FIGS. 54(24).

Further, as shown in FIG. 73 (B), in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the number of holdings of the second start port 122 is "1", the variation pattern "PG1" (see FIG. 22) and the variation effect pattern "EG1" (see FIG. 49) is selected, and the first variable effect is started. The time from the start to the end of this first variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T6. This time T6 is 2.50 seconds (see FIG. 22) which is the same as the variation time of the special symbol. The first variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 58(2) to 58(4).
After that, when the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "4", the variation pattern "PG3" and the variation performance pattern "EG3" are selected, and the second variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this second variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T7. This time T7 is 1.50 seconds, which is the same as the variation time of the special symbol. The second variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 58(5) and 58(6).
After that, when the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "3", the variation pattern "PG2" and the variation performance pattern "EG2" are selected, and the third variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this third variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T8. This time T8 is 2.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. Also, the third variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 59(7) and 59(8).
After that, when the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "2", the variation pattern "PG2" and the variation performance pattern "EG2" are selected, and the fourth variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this fourth variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T9. This time T9 is 2.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. Also, the fourth variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 59(9) and 59(10).
After that, when the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "1", the variation pattern "PG5" and the variation performance pattern "EG5" are selected, and the fifth variation performance is started. Time T10 is the time from the start to the end of the fifth variable performance, that is, the execution time of the variable performance. This time T10 is 60.02 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. In addition, the fifth variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is executed, FIG. 59 (11), FIG. 60(18), FIG. 61(19) and FIG. 61(20).

Also, as shown in FIG. 73 (C), in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1", the variation pattern "PK1" (see FIG. 23) and the variation effect pattern "EK1" (see FIG. 50) is selected, and the first variable effect is started. The time from the start to the end of this first variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T11. This time T11 is 5.00 seconds (see FIG. 23), which is the same as the variation time of the special symbol. Also, the first variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, corresponding to FIGS. ing.
After that, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "4", the variation pattern "PK1" and the variation performance pattern "EK1" are selected, and the second variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this second variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T12. This time T12 is 5.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. The second variable performance is a variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 67(8) to 67(12).
After that, when the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "3", the variation pattern "PK1" and the variation performance pattern "EK1" are selected, and the third variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of this third variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T13. This time T13 is 5.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. Also, the third variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, and corresponds to FIGS. 68(13) to 68(17).
Thereafter, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "2", the variation pattern "PK1" and the variation performance pattern "EK1" are selected, and the fourth variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of the fourth variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T14. This time T14 is 5.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. In addition, the fourth variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, corresponding to FIG. 68 (18), FIG. ing.
After that, when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is "1", the variation pattern "PK1" and the variation performance pattern "EK1" are selected, and the fifth variation performance is started. The time from the start to the end of the fifth variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T15. This time T15 is 5.00 seconds, which is the same as the special symbol variation time. In addition, the fifth variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, as shown in FIGS. (27).

Also, as shown in FIG. 73 (D), in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1", the variation pattern "PH4" (see FIG. 23) and the variation effect pattern " EH4” (see FIG. 50) is selected, and the variable effect is started. The time from the start to the end of this variable performance, ie, the execution time of the variable performance, is time T16. This time T16 is 18.01 seconds (see FIG. 23), which is the same as the special symbol variation time. Also, this variable effect is a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit, and corresponds to FIGS. 71(2) to 71(4).

In addition, in the explanation using FIG. 73, it was explained that the execution time of each variable effect is the same as the variable time of the special symbol, but it is not limited to this.
The execution time of the variable performance may be substantially the same as the variable time of the special symbol related to this variable performance, and does not have to be the same.

As described above, as shown in FIG. 73(C), in example 5 of variable effect, time T11 and time T12 have the same length of time. Here, in the case where the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state and the variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1". The selected "variation pattern" (see FIG. 23) and the "variation pattern" selected based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" are the same "time" variation pattern . In other words, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1" Variation based on. The performance execution time is not longer than the variable performance execution time based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4". On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 73(B), in the example 3 of variation production|presentation, the time T6 is longer than the time T7. Here, in the case where the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state and the variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "1". The selected "fluctuation pattern" (see FIG. 22) has a longer "time" than the "fluctuation pattern" selected based on the holding number of the second starting port 122 being "4". things are set. In other words, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "1" Variation based on. There is a possibility that the execution time of the effect will be longer than the execution time of the variable effect based on the holding number of the second starting port 122 being "4".
That is, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". The variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1” is longer than the variable performance based on the fact. The variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1" has a longer execution time than the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "4". is performed at the second rate. Then, the second ratio is larger than the first ratio.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is less than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. To make a player enjoy various performances with a high probability even when the lottery result of a special pattern lottery is a loss and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, because the execution time of the variable performance tends to be longer depending on the situation. be able to. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the interest of the game is improved. can be done.

Further, as shown in FIG. 73(A), in the variable effect example 1, the time T1 is longer than the time T2. Here, in the case where the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state and the variable performance in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1". The "variation pattern" selected based on (see FIG. 21) is set to a longer "time" than the "variation pattern" selected based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4". There is something provided. In other words, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the low-probability time-saving no-game state and the variable effect that the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is based on "1". There is a possibility that the execution time of the variable performance will be longer than the execution time of the variable performance based on the holding number of the first starting port 121 being "4".
That is, in this embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the reach effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state. The variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "1" is the first rate at which the variable performance with the longer execution time is performed than the variable performance based on something. In the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" rather than the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start mouth 121 being "4". The rate at which the variable effect with longer execution time is performed is the second rate. Then, the second ratio is larger than the first ratio.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the number of reservations. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the player can enjoy various performances with a high probability by the amount that the execution time of the variable performance tends to be longer as the number of the variable performances decreases. can let Therefore, in the variable performance based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the amusement of the game is improved. be able to.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost and the variable production that the reach production is not executed is performed, the first start The execution time of the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the mouth 121 being "1" is not longer than the execution time of the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first start opening 121 being "4" (0% ), but is not limited to this. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the prize winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is lost and variable performance is performed in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the first start port 121 is held. The execution time of the variable effect based on the number being "1" may be longer than the execution time of the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4".

Further, comparing the time T7 in the example 3 of the variable effect shown in FIG. 73(B) and the time T12 in the example 5 of the variable effect shown in FIG. 73(C), the time T12 is longer than the time T7. Here, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the number of reservations of the second start port 122 being "4" is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the reach effect is not executed. As the variation pattern (see FIG. 22), either one of the "time" of "1.50" seconds and "4.00" seconds is selected. On the other hand, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the reach effect is not executed, "variation As the "pattern" (see FIG. 23), the one in which the "time" is "5.00" seconds is selected.
That is, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "4". The variable performance based on the holding number of the first starting port 121 being "4" is more likely to perform the variable performance with a longer execution time than the variable performance based on the fact.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state has more holding numbers than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. In such a case, the execution time of the variable performance tends to be shortened, and when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the player can be entertained with a speedy performance with a high probability. can. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the interest of the game is improved. can be done.

In particular, time T12 is longer than time T2 when time T2 in example 1 of variable presentation shown in FIG. 73(A) is compared with time T12 in example 5 of variable presentation shown in FIG. 73(C). Here, as described above, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the holding number of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost and the reach production is not executed. 23), the "variation pattern" (see FIG. 23) with a "time" of "5.00" seconds is selected. Also, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" is lost and the reach production is not executed. As the variation pattern (see FIG. 21), the rate at which the "time" of "4.60" seconds shorter than "5.00" seconds is selected is "90/100=0.9".
That is, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state. The variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is more likely to perform the variable performance with the shorter execution time than the variable performance based on the fact.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The number of reservations is To entertain a player with performance with a sense of speed at a high probability when the lottery result of a special pattern lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed because the execution time of the variable performance tends to be shortened when the number is large. can be done. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "4". It was explained that the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" is always longer (100%) than the execution time of the variable performance based on the fact, but it is not limited to this . It is based on the fact that the holding number of the second start port 122 is '4' even in the case where the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state and variable performance is performed in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed. The variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4" may be performed with a shorter execution time than the variable effect.

Further, in the variation performance example 5 shown in FIG. 73(C), the same variation pattern is selected for the first variation performance and the second variation performance. Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 23) used based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, as the "variation pattern" associated with "loss" and "no reach", Only "PK1" which is the same variation pattern is provided for the "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "1" and the "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "4". On the other hand, in the variation performance example 3 shown in FIG. 73(B), different variation patterns are selected for the first variation performance and the second variation performance. Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 22) used based on the winning of the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as the "variation pattern" associated with "loss" and "no reach", The "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "1" is provided with "PG1" that is not associated with the "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "4".
That is, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected is the first rate and the second start port 122 The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected in the variable effect based on the holding number of "4" and the variable effect based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1" is the second percentage. Then, the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is according to the number of reservations Even if the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is a failure and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the player can enjoy various performances with a high probability as much as the variation performance of various variation patterns is easily performed. can. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the interest of the game is improved. can be done.

In particular, in the present embodiment, different variation patterns are selected for the first variation performance and the second variation performance in the variation performance example 1 shown in FIG. 73(A). Here, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 21) used based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, as the "variation pattern" associated with "lost" and "no reach" , "PR1" that is not associated with the "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "4" is provided for the "variation pattern" with the number of reservations of "1".
That is, in this embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the reach effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state. The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected in the variable performance based on a certain thing and the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1” is the first percentage, and there is no low-probability time-saving In the game state, the variation pattern is the same between the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" and the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1". is selected is the second percentage. Then, the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.

In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. To allow a player to enjoy various performances with a high probability even when the lottery result of a special pattern lottery is lost and the ready-to-win performance is not executed, as much as the variation performances of various variation patterns are easily performed accordingly. can be done. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in this embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". It was explained that the same variation pattern is always selected (100%) in the variation performance based on the fact and the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1”, but limited to this not. It is based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is '4' even in the case where the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state and variable performance is performed in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed. A different variation pattern may be selected between the variation effect and the variation effect based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "1".

In addition, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 23) used based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the “variation pattern” associated with the number of pending “1” and “missing”, Only "PK1", which is the variation pattern with the shortest variation time, is provided among the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. On the other hand, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 22) used based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the “variation pattern” associated with the number of pending “1” and “missing”, Among the variable patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, there is provided a variable pattern "PG1" that is different from the variable pattern with the shortest variable time.
That is, in the present embodiment, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, a high probability The ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time out of the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the time-saving gaming state is the first percentage. In addition, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the fluctuation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the second in the high probability time-saving gaming state The ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time out of the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is the second percentage. Then, the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.

In this case, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is less than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost, the player can be entertained with a variety of performances with a high probability because the variable performance with a long variation time is likely to be performed. Therefore, in the variation performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, the interest of the game can be improved even if the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is a loser.

In particular, in the variation pattern table (see FIG. 21) used based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the number of pending "1" and "loss" are associated with "variation pattern" , "PR1" which is a variation pattern different from the variation pattern with the shortest variation time among the variation patterns selectable based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is provided. . That is, in the present embodiment, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, a high probability The ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time out of the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the time-saving gaming state is the first percentage. Also, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, when the fluctuation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the low-probability time-saving no-game state The ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time among the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first start port 121 in is the second percentage. Then, the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the number of reservations. A player can be entertained with various performances with high probability even if the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is a failure, because the variation performance with a long variation time is likely to be performed when the number is small. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1" in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, a high probability It has been described that the variation pattern with the shortest variation time is always selected (100%) among the selectable variation patterns based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time saving game state, but it is not limited to this. Based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is '1' in the high probability time saving game state, even if the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the high probability time saving game state. A variation pattern different from the variation pattern with the shortest variation time of the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first start port 121 in , may be selected.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the variable pattern is selected. Regardless of the number of reservations in the first starting port 121 when the game is executed, the variable performance (special symbol variation) with the same execution time is executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, respectively, the variable time A player can be entertained with different variable presentations. Therefore, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the player can be made to recognize that the second starting port 122 should be awarded instead of the first starting port 121 .

In addition, in the present embodiment, than the number of selectable variation patterns (fluctuation effect pattern) based on the winning to the first start port in the high probability time-saving gaming state, to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The number of variation patterns (variation production patterns) that can be selected based on the winning of . Further, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, than the number of variation patterns (variation production patterns) that can be selected, When the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is a big win, the number of selectable variation patterns (variation performance patterns) is larger. In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, than the number of variation patterns (variation effect patterns) that can be selected, When the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state is a loss, the number of selectable variation patterns (variation performance patterns) is greater. In particular, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a loss, the number of selectable variation patterns (variation production patterns) is one.
In this case, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is more varied than the variable performance based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. can entertain the player. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state than the number of selectable variation patterns (variation production patterns) based on the winning to the first start port in the high-probability time-saving gaming state The number of variation patterns (variation effect patterns) that can be selected based on winning a prize is larger. Further, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, than the number of variation patterns (variation production patterns) that can be selected, When the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is a big hit, the number of selectable variation patterns (variation performance patterns) is greater. In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost, than the number of variation patterns (variation effect patterns) that can be selected, When the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is a loss, the number of selectable variation patterns (variation performance patterns) is greater.
In this case, the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more diverse than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The performance can be enjoyed by the player. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, the variation pattern (fluctuation effect pattern) that can be selected when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, includes the first in the high probability time-saving gaming state. A variation pattern (variation) that is longer than the variation time (execution time of the variation performance) in the variation pattern (variation performance pattern) that can be selected when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the starting port 121 is a loss Only production patterns) are provided. On the other hand, the variation pattern (fluctuation effect pattern) that can be selected when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is a big hit, the second in the high probability time-saving gaming state A variation pattern (variation) that is shorter than the variation time (execution time of variation performance) in the variation pattern (variation performance pattern) that can be selected when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the starting port 122 is a loss. Production pattern) is also provided.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the special symbol lottery. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained with the variable performance for a long time. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the variation pattern (variation effect pattern) that can be selected when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is a big hit has a low probability. Shorter than the variation time (execution time of variation performance) in the variation pattern (variation performance pattern) selectable when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time-saving no-game state is a loss. A variation pattern (variation effect pattern) that is time is also provided.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is a special symbol lottery than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Even if the result of the lottery is a loss, the player can be entertained by the variable presentation for a long time. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball should be awarded to the second start port 122. can be recognized.

(Modified example of variation production example 5)
74 to 77 are diagrams showing modifications of example 5 of variation effect.
In the variable production example 5, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state was described, but the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is described above. is not limited to the example of
Below, a modified example of the variation effect example 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 to 77 . This modification is a variation production example of the decorative design 41 based on the game ball winning the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. It should be noted that in the following description, points different from the examples of variable effects described above will be mainly described, and descriptions of points that are the same as the examples of variable effects described above may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 74(1), when the variation of the previous special symbol is completed, the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness is confirmed and stopped in the image display unit 114 by the effect control unit 300. there is Moreover, at this time, the stage image 61, the right-handed image 75, and the time-saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, a text of “90 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 .

Next, when the game ball wins the first starting hole 121, as shown in FIG. 74(2), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "90 times" to "89 times". Also, at this time, a variation image 51 is displayed. On the other hand, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output.
A right-handed promotion image 90 (see FIG. 71(2)) may be displayed as the game ball wins the first start hole 121 . In addition, when the game ball has won the first starting hole 121, the speaker 156 may output a voice saying "Please hit right".

Next, when four game balls enter the first starting hole 121, four pending images 52 are displayed as shown in FIG. 74(3). Also, at this time, "4" is displayed in the number-of-holds display 55 of the first starting port 121. FIG. On the other hand, even when any game ball wins the first starting hole 121, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first starting hole 121 is not output.
It should be noted that the right-handed promotion image 90 (see FIG. 71(2)) may be displayed each time the game ball wins the first start hole 121 . Moreover, every time a game ball wins the first starting hole 121, a sound saying "Please hit right" may be output from the speaker 156. FIG.

Next, as shown in FIG. 74(4), "412", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “412” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .
Next, as shown in FIG. 74(5), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, at this time, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "89 times" to "88 times". Also, at this time, the pending number display 55 of the first starting port 121 switches from "4" to "3".

Next, as shown in FIG. 74(6), "125" which is the three decorative patterns 41 is determined and stopped. At this time, the first chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, a blue chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the first chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “125” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 75(7), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "3" to "2". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "88 times" to "87 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 75(8), "853", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is determined and stopped. At this time, the second chance performance is executed, and the chance image 63 is displayed on the three decoration patterns 41.例文帳に追加In the illustrated example, green eye-of-chance images 63 are displayed on the three decoration patterns 41 by the second eye-of-chance effect. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “853” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 75(9), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. Also, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "2" to "1". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "87 times" to "86 times".
Next, as shown in FIG. 75(10), "553", which is the three decorative symbols 41, is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “553” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . In addition, in this variable effect, the third chance effect is not executed. In other words, in this variable effect, the final chance effect of the three times is not executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 75 (11), the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started along with the start of the variable display of the next special design. In addition, the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 is switched from "1" to "0". Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "86 times" to "85 times". Also, at this time, a zone effect is executed and a zone notification image 64 is displayed. In the illustrated example, the text of "Rush into the hot zone!" is displayed to make one expect a big win in the variation of the special symbols being executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 75(12), the character effect is executed. In the illustrated example, the middle movable accessory 115B moves to cover a part of the image display section 114 due to the accessory effect. Also, at this time, a role object effect image 92 is displayed. In the illustrated example, a blue role object effect image 92 is displayed around the area overlapping the middle movable role object 115B in the image display section 114 . Also, at this time, a zone identification image 65 is displayed. Also, at this time, a sound effect is executed, and the sound "Hot!?" is output from the speaker 156. The sound effect of outputting the sound of "Hot!?"

Next, as shown in FIG. 76 (13), the number "4", which is the left and right decorative symbols 41, is temporarily stopped, and the ready-to-win effect is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 76(14), a change effect is executed, and a change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51. FIG. In the illustrated example, a blue change image 62 is displayed on the change image 51 by the change effect. In addition, when this change production is being executed, the effect sound of the change production is not output.

Next, as shown in FIG. 76(15), the SP ready-to-win effect is executed. Also, at this time, the stage image 61 is hidden.
Next, as shown in FIG. 76 (16), the SPSP ready-to-win effect is executed.
Next, as shown in FIG. 76(17), a button operation effect is executed and a button operation image 69 is displayed.

When the player operates the effect button 161 while the button operation image 69 is being displayed, the number "5" which is the middle decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped as shown in FIG. 76(18).
Next, as shown in FIG. 77(19), the three decorative designs 41 are temporarily stopped. Also, the stage image 61 is displayed again.
Then, as the fluctuation of the special symbols stops, as shown in FIG. 77 (20), the three decorative symbols 41 are fixed and stopped. The combination "454" of the decorative symbols 41 is an example of a combination when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “454” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Also, at this time, the variable image 51 is hidden.

As described above, in the modified example, the change effect of the pending image 52 is not executed. On the other hand, in the variation effect example 4, the change effect of the reserved image 52 is executed (see FIG. 62 (2)). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121, the holding image 52 It is easy to execute a change production.
In this case, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it is held with a high probability. A player can be entertained by the change performance of the image 52.例文帳に追加Therefore, when the game ball wins the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the change effect of the pending image 52 is executed in the change effect example 1 (see FIG. 52(7)). That is, in the present embodiment, the case where the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state is better than the case where the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. , the change effect of the pending image 52 is likely to be executed.
In this case, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the probability is high. The player can be entertained by the change performance of the reserved image 52.例文帳に追加Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the change effect of the pending image 52 is not executed (0%), but it is limited to this not. Even when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the change effect of the pending image 52 may be executed.

In addition, in the modified example, the change effect of the variable image 51 is executed after the start of the ready-to-win effect (see FIG. 76 (14)), while the change effect of the change image 51 is executed before the start of the ready-to-win effect. do not have. On the other hand, in the variable effect example 4, the change effect of the variable image 51 is executed before the start of the ready-to-win effect (see FIG. 63 (10)). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 is the start of the reach production. The changing effect of the previous changing image 51 is likely to be executed.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, even when the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the player can enjoy the change performance with a high probability. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving game state, the interest in the game can be improved even when the ready-to-win performance is not executed.

In particular, in the present embodiment, in the variable effect example 1, the change effect of the variable image 51 is executed before the start of the ready-to-win effect (see (15) in FIG. 53). That is, in the present embodiment, the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state The change effect of the variable image 51 before the start of the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the change effect based on the standard.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state In this case, even when the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the player can enjoy the change effect with a high probability. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the change performance of the variable image 51 is not executed (0%) before the start of the reach performance. but not limited to this. Even if it is a variation performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance of the variation image 51 may be executed before the start of the reach performance.

Further, in the modified example, the first chance effect (see FIG. 74 (6)) and the second chance effect (see FIG. 75 (8)) are executed, while the third chance effect is executed. It has not been. On the other hand, in the variable effect example 4, the third chance effect is executed (see (8) in FIG. 63). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121, among a plurality of times is likely to be executed a predetermined number of times. The synchronization effect is a effect that synchronizes the display of the plurality of decorative patterns 41 under predetermined conditions. Synchronization effects include, for example, a chance effect based on the result of preliminary determination by the preliminary determination process.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, the player can be entertained with a high probability of the final chance presentation. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the third chance effect is executed in the variable effect example 1 (see FIG. 53 (13)). That is, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , the last chance presentation of a plurality of times is likely to be executed.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state In this case, the player can be entertained with the final chance effect with a high probability. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the final chance production of the plurality of times is not executed (0%) Although it was explained , but not limited to. Even if it is a variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the final chance production of the three times may be executed.

In addition, in the modified example, a zone effect is executed to expect a big hit in the variable effect being executed (see FIG. 75 (11)), while a big hit is expected in the variable effect next to the variable effect being executed. The expected zone effect is not executed. Note that the zone effect that makes players expect to win a big hit in the variable effect that is being executed may hereinafter be referred to as a first expectation effect. In addition, the zone effect that makes players expect a big win in the variable effect following the variable effect that is being executed may hereinafter be referred to as a second expected effect. On the other hand, in the variable effect example 4, the second expected effect is executed (see (7) in FIG. 63). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is the second expected performance than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 is easy to execute.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, the player can enjoy the zone performance with a high probability even if it is the variable performance before the variable performance expecting the big win. Therefore, in the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state, even if it is the variable performance before the variable performance that makes you expect a big hit, the interest in the game can be improved. can.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the second expected effect is executed in Example 1 of variable effect (see (12) in FIG. 52). That is, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , the second expectation effect is likely to be executed.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state In this case, the player can be entertained with the zone performance with a high probability even if the variable performance is before the variable performance for expecting a big win. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it is explained that the second expected effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, but it is not limited to this. The second expectation effect may be executed even if it is the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state.

In addition, in the modified example, the role effect of operating the middle movable accessory 115B is executed (see FIG. 75 (12)), while the action of operating the left movable accessory 115A is performed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. No staging has been performed. In addition, below, the role product presentation which operates the middle movable accessory 115B may be called the 1st role product presentation. In addition, the role production that causes the left movable accessory 115A to move based on the result of the prior determination may be referred to as a second role production below. On the other hand, in the variable production example 3, the second role product production is executed (see (11) in FIG. 59). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 rather than the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is the second accessory Performance is easy to execute.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, the player can be entertained with a high probability through the performance of the character based on the result of the prior determination. Therefore, in the variation production based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the interest of the game can be improved by the production based on the preliminary determination result.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the second role object production is executed in the variable production example 1 (see (12) in FIG. 52). That is, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , the second role object presentation is likely to be executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more likely than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The player can be entertained with the performance of the character based on the result of the prior determination. Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the game ball should be entered into the first start port 121, and in the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball should be entered into the second start port 122. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it is explained that the second role production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, but it is not limited to this. Even if it is a variable production based on winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the second role product production may be executed.

In addition, in the modified example, the effect rendering of displaying the role object effect image 92 is executed (see FIG. 75 (12)), while the effect rendering of displaying the effect image is executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination processing. It has not been. Here, the effect rendering for displaying the role object effect image 92 may be hereinafter referred to as a first color rendering. Further, the effect effect of displaying the effect image based on the result of the preliminary determination may hereinafter be referred to as a second color effect. Then, in the variation effect example 4, the second color effect of displaying the zone effect image 66 is executed based on the preliminary determination result (see FIG. 63 (9)). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is the second color performance rather than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 is easy to execute.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, it is possible to entertain the player with an effect performance based on the result of prior determination with a high probability. Therefore, in the variation production based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the interest of the game can be improved by the production based on the preliminary determination result.

In particular, in the present embodiment, the second color effect of displaying the zone effect image 66 based on the preliminary determination result is executed in the variable effect example 1 (see FIG. 53 (14)). That is, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , the second color rendering is likely to be executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state is more likely than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. A player can be entertained with an effect performance based on the result of prior determination. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it is explained that the second color effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, but it is not limited to this. Even if it is a variable production based on winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second color production may be executed.

In addition, in the modified example, a sound effect is executed in which a voice "Hot!?" is output from the speaker 156 (see FIG. 75 (12)). This sound effect is not based on the result of prior determination, but is based on the variation pattern corresponding to the variation pattern selected in the variation pattern selection process (see FIG. 13). This sound effect is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a first sound effect. On the other hand, in the modified example, the sound effect suggesting that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot based on the result of prior determination is not executed. In addition, below, the sound production which outputs the production sound which suggests that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot based on the result of the prior determination may be referred to as the second sound production. Then, in the variation production example 4, the second sound production is executed (see (9) in FIG. 63). That is, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 than the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is the second sound production is easy to execute.
In this case, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the second start-up port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state However, the player can be entertained with the sound effect based on the result of the prior determination with a high probability. Therefore, in the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the entertainment of the game can be improved by the production based on the preliminary determination result.

In particular, in this embodiment, the second sound effect is executed in the variation effect example 2 (see FIG. 55 (2)). That is, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , the second sound effect is likely to be executed.
In this case, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more likely than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. A player can be entertained with a sound effect based on the result of prior determination. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it was explained that the second sound production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, but it is not limited to this. The second sound production may be executed even if it is a variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state.

In addition, in the modified example, even if the game ball wins the first starting hole 121, the winning sound is not output (see FIG. 74 (3)), and even if the changing effect is executed, the effect sound of the changing effect is output. not (see FIG. 76 (14)). On the other hand, in the variation production example 1, when the game ball wins in the first starting hole 121, the winning sound is output (see FIG. 51 (3)), and when the variation production is executed, the effect sound of the variation production is output. (See FIG. 53 (15)). That is, in the present embodiment, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-gaming state, the winning effect sound is output, and the game ball in the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state wins a prize, no winning effect sound is output. Here, the “winning effect sound” is the “sound prompting the game ball to shoot to the right side in the game area 111” that is output when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. is different. Furthermore, when the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, it is possible to output the effect sound of the change effect, and the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. When it does, the production sound of the change production is not output.
In this case, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, through the effect sound Players can be entertained. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first start hole 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the interest in the game can be improved.

In particular, in the present embodiment, in the variation production example 3, even if the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the winning sound is not output (see FIG. 58 (3)). On the other hand, in the variation production example 4, the production sound of the change production is output (see FIG. 63 (10)).
In this case, when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the effect sound is played. can entertain people. Therefore, the game ball should be awarded to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, and the game ball should be awarded to the second start-port 122 in the high-probability time-saving game state. can be recognized.

(Modification 2)
FIG. 78 is a diagram showing another modification of example 5 of variable effect.
Next, another modified example (modified example 2) of the variation effect example 5 will be described with reference to FIG. This modification is an example of the effect when the game ball has won the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. In the following description, differences from each of the above-described variable performance examples and modifications will be mainly described, and descriptions of points that are the same as each of the above-described variation performance examples and modifications may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 78(1), with the completion of the variation of the previous special symbol, the effect control unit 300 stops the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness in the image display unit 114. there is Also, at this time, a pending number display 55, a small pattern 56, a stage image 61, and a right shot image 75 are displayed. Also, at this time, the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display 221 . Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 is displayed as "0" corresponding to the number of reservations of the first starting port 121. At this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 is stopped. Also, at this time, the first sub-reservation display 83 is displaying "0".

Next, when the game ball wins the first starting port 121, as shown in FIG. 78 (2), the cycle variation of the special symbols is started on the first special symbol display device 221, and then the first sub-variation display device. A variable display at 81 is initiated. On the other hand, the decorative pattern 41 maintains the fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, the variation image 51 is not displayed. Also, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained. That is, in the image display section 114, only the display content of the stage image 61 changes.

Next, when the game ball wins the first starting port 121, as shown in FIG. is displayed as "1". On the other hand, the pending image 52 is not displayed. In addition, the number of reservations for the first starting port 121 remains "0". Also, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the first special symbol display device 221, and the variation display on the sub-first variation display device 81 is continued. Also, the decorative pattern 41 is maintained in a fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained.

Next, as shown in FIG. 78(4), the special symbols are stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display 221, and then the variable display on the first sub variable display 81 is stopped. Also, the decorative pattern 41 is maintained in a fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained.

Next, the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 is subtracted, and as shown in FIG. 78(5), the cycle variation of the special symbols is started on the first special symbol display 221, and the first special symbol reservation display is performed. device 218 will display "0". After that, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 is started, and the sub-first holding display 83 becomes "0" display. On the other hand, the decorative pattern 41 maintains the fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained.

Next, as shown in FIG. 78(6), the special symbols are stop-displayed on the first special symbol display 221, and then the variable display on the first sub-variation display 81 is stopped. Also, the decorative pattern 41 is maintained in a fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained.

As described above, in the modified example 2, even if the game ball wins the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are not changed.
In this case, the player cannot enjoy the effects of the decorative symbols 41 and the small symbols 56. - 特許庁Therefore, the player should not enter the game ball into the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, but recognize that the game ball should enter into the second start port 122. .

Further, in the modification 2, even if the first starting port 121 is held in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the holding image 52 is not displayed and the holding number display 55 is not updated. That is, even if the suspension of the first start port 121 occurs in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the image display unit 114 does not notify that the suspension of the first start port 121 has occurred.
In this case, the player cannot recognize that the first start port 121 is on hold even if he/she sees the display contents of the image display section 114 . Therefore, the player should not enter the game ball into the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, but recognize that the game ball should enter into the second start port 122. .

In addition, in the modification 2, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is lost is performed, the decorative pattern 41, the small pattern 56, and the reservation While the display content of the number display 55 does not change, the display content of the stage image 61 changes.
In this case, the player can recognize that the fact that the display contents of the decorative symbols 41, the small symbols 56, and the reserved number display 55 do not change is not due to the malfunction of the image display section 114. FIG.

In addition, in the modification 2, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are not changed, and the pending number display 55 is not updated. However, it is not limited to this.
For example, when a game ball wins the first starting hole 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, while the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are not changed, the pending number display 55 may be updated. Also, in this case, a right-handed hitting promotion image 90 (see FIG. 66(2)) may be displayed.
Further, when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, while the variation of the decorative symbol 41 is not performed, the variation of the small symbol 56 may be performed. Also, in this case, the right-handed promotion image 90 may be displayed.
In addition, when the game ball wins the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 are not changed, and the reserved number display 55 is not updated, while the right-handed promotion image 90 may be displayed.

Moreover, although modified example 2 demonstrated the example which the time saving remaining frequency|count image 79 is not displayed, it is not limited to this.
In Modified Example 2, a time saving remaining number image 79 may be displayed. Then, when the game ball wins the first start opening 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the display content of the time-saving remaining number image 79 may be updated (subtraction display).

(Modification 3)
FIGS. 79 and 80 are diagrams showing other modifications of Example 5 of variation presentation.
Next, another modified example (modified example 3) of the variation effect example 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. This modification is an example of effect when a game ball wins in the second start port 122 during fluctuation of the special symbol based on the win of the game ball in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. It should be noted that in the following description, differences from the above-described production examples will be mainly described, and explanations of points that are the same as the above-described production examples may be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 79(1), with the completion of the variation of the previous special symbol, the effect control unit 300 stops the decorative symbol 41 with low decorativeness in the image display unit 114. there is Also, at this time, a pending number display 55, a small pattern 56, a stage image 61, a right hitting image 75, and a time saving remaining number image 79 are displayed. In the illustrated example, a text of “90 times” is displayed as the time saving remaining number image 79 . Also, at this time, the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display 221 . Also, at this time, the first special symbol reservation display 218 is displayed as "0" corresponding to the number of reservations of the first starting port 121. At this time, the variable display on the sub-first variable display 81 is stopped. Also, at this time, the first sub-reservation display 83 is displaying "0". Also, at this time, the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display 222 . Also, at this time, the second special symbol reservation display 219 is displayed as "0" corresponding to the number of reservations of the second starting port 122. Also, at this time, the variable display on the sub-second variable display 82 is stopped. Also, at this time, the second sub display 84 is displaying "0".

Next, when the game ball wins in the first starting port 121, as shown in FIG. 79 (2), the cycle variation of the special symbols is started in the first special symbol display device 221, and then the first sub-variation display device. A variable display at 81 is initiated. On the other hand, the decorative pattern 41 maintains the fixed and stopped state. In addition, the small pattern 56 is maintained in a stopped state. Also, the variation image 51 is not displayed. Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "90 times" to "89 times". Also, the winning sound for notifying that the game ball has won the first start port 121 is not output. Also, in the stage image 61, the display of the moving image is maintained.

Next, when the game ball wins the second starting port 122, as shown in FIG. 79 (3), after the cycle variation of the special symbol is started in the second special symbol indicator 222, the sub-second variation indicator A variable display at 82 is initiated. Furthermore, after that, the variation of the decorative design 41 and the small design 56 is started. Also, a variable image 51 is displayed. Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "89 times" to "88 times". On the other hand, the winning sound for informing that the game ball has won the second starting port 122 is not output. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the first special symbol display device 221, and the variation display on the sub-first variation display device 81 is continued.

Next, when the game ball wins the second starting port 122, as shown in FIG. is displayed as "1". Also, a pending image 52 is displayed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the number-of-holds display 55 of the second starting port 122 . On the other hand, the winning sound for informing that the game ball has won the second starting port 122 is not output. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the first special symbol display device 221, and the variation display on the sub-first variation display device 81 is continued. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the second special symbol display device 222, and the variation display on the second sub-variation display device 82 is continued.

Next, as shown in FIG. 79(5), a second starting effect image 93 is displayed. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the first special symbol display device 221, and the variation display on the sub-first variation display device 81 is continued. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the second special symbol display device 222, and the variation display on the second sub-variation display device 82 is continued.

Next, as shown in FIG. 79(6), the second special symbol display 222 stops displaying the special symbol, and then the second sub-variation display 82 stops the variation display. In addition, "412", which are the three decorative patterns 41, are displayed together and the game is fixed and stopped. In addition, the small symbols 56 are also stopped along with the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbols. At this time, the combination “412” of the small patterns 56 matches the combination of the decorative patterns 41 . Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the first special symbol display device 221, and the variation display on the sub-first variation display device 81 is continued.

Next, the number of reserves of the second starting port 122 is subtracted, and as shown in FIG. 80 (7), the cycle variation of the special design is started in the second special design indicator 222, and the second special design reservation display is performed. 219 will display "0". After that, the variable display on the sub-second variable display 82 is started, and the sub-second holding display 84 becomes "0" display. After that, the variation of the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 is started. Further, the time saving remaining number image 79 is switched from "88 times" to "87 times".
After that, the special symbols are stop-displayed on the first special symbol display device 221, and then the variable display on the first sub-variation display device 81 is stopped. At this time, the decorative pattern 41 and the small pattern 56 continue to fluctuate. Further, the cycle variation of the special symbols is continued on the second special symbol display device 222, and the variation display on the second sub-variation display device 82 is continued.

In addition, after this, the game ball may enter the first starting port 121 . That is, there is a case where the game ball wins the first starting port 121 during the variation of the special symbol based on the winning to the second starting port 122 . In this case, the variation of the special symbols based on the winning of the first starting port 121 may not be performed until the variation of the special symbols based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is completed. Then, when the variation of the special symbols based on the winning to the second start port 122 is completed, the variation of the special symbols based on the winning to the first starting port 121 may be started.

As described above, in the third modification, when the game ball wins the second start port 122 during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, to the first start port 121 The variation of the special symbols based on the winning of , and the variation of the special symbols based on the winning of the second starting port 122 are performed at the same time. Furthermore, the decorative pattern 41, the small pattern 56, the pending number display 55, and the variable image 51 are displayed corresponding to the winning of the second starting port 122. FIG. That is, a variable performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is performed.
In this case, the image display unit 114 is better when the game ball wins the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving gaming state than when the game ball wins the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. The player can be entertained by the performance in . Therefore, it is possible for the player to recognize that the game ball should be awarded to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state.

In addition, in the third modification, when the game ball wins the second start port 122 during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the winning to the first start port 121 It was explained that the variation of the special symbol based on and the variation of the special symbol based on the winning to the second starting port 122 are performed at the same time, and the variation effect based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is performed. Not limited.
For example, when the game ball wins the second start port 122 during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the special symbol based on the winning to the first starting port 121 While the variation and the variation of the special symbol based on the winning to the second starting port 122 are performed at the same time, the variation of the decorative symbol 41 and the small symbol 56 corresponding to the winning to the second starting port 122 is not performed, that is, the second The variable performance based on the winning to the 2 start port 122 may not be performed. Also, for example, when the game ball wins the second start port 122 during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, special based on the winning to the first starting port 121 The special symbol variation based on the winning to the second start port 122 is not performed until the variation of the symbol ends, and when the variation of the special symbol based on the winning to the first starting port 121 ends, the change to the second starting port 122 is performed. The variation of the special symbol based on the winning may be started, and the variation effect based on the winning to the second starting port 122 may be started.

Moreover, in the example of production|presentation mentioned above, when a game ball wins the 1st start opening 121 in a high probability time-saving game state, it demonstrated that the right-handed promotion image 90 was displayed. Here, in each of the production examples described above, when the right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed, the speaker 156 may output a voice saying “Please hit right”. Further, in each of the production examples described above, instead of displaying the hitting-to-the-right promoting image 90, a voice saying "Please hit to the right" may be output. The sound output instead of displaying the right-handed promotion image 90 may be a warning sound for winning the game ball in the first start hole 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. In other words, the sound output when the game ball wins in the first start port in the high probability time saving gaming state is output when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving no game state. Any sound other than the sound may be used.
In addition, when the game ball wins the first start hole in the high-probability time-saving game state, the right-handed promotion image 90 is not displayed, and the sound prompting the game ball to be shot to the right side in the game area 111 is not output. may

Also, when the decorative pattern 41 is temporarily stopped or fixedly stopped, the stop sound of the decorative pattern 41 may be output from the speaker 156 . In other words, a sound effect accompanying the display of the decorative pattern 41 may be output from the speaker 156 . Here, if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, and in the high probability time-saving gaming state In any case where the game ball wins the second starting hole 122, the effect sound associated with the display of the decorative pattern 41 may be output.

In addition, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, and when the game ball wins in the second start port 122 in the high probability time saving game state, the decorative pattern 41 is A sound effect accompanying the display may be output. On the other hand, when the game ball wins in the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the display of the decorative pattern 41 may be prevented from being output.

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the sound effect of the chance production may be output from the speaker 156 when the chance production is executed. Also in the variable production based on winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the chance production may be output from the speaker 156 when the chance production is executed. On the other hand, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the chance eye production may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the effect sound of the zone production may be output from the speaker 156 when the zone production is executed. Also in the variable production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the zone production may be output from the speaker 156 when the zone production is executed. On the other hand, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the zone production may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, when the role production is executed, the effect sound of the role production may be output from the speaker 156 . Also in the variable production based on winning to the second start port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the role production may be output from the speaker 156 when the role production is executed. On the other hand, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the role product performance may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the effect sound of the effect production may be output from the speaker 156 when the effect production is executed. Also in the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the effect production may be output from the speaker 156 when the effect production is executed. On the other hand, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the effect production may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, when the ready-to-win production is executed, the sound effect of the ready-to-win production may be output from the speaker 156 . Also in the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the ready-to-win production is executed, the sound effect of the ready-to-win production may be output from the speaker 156 . On the other hand, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the ready-to-win production may not be output from the speaker 156 .

In addition, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the sound effect of the reach-flavoring performance may be output from the speaker 156 when the reach-flavoring performance is executed. In addition, even in the variation production based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the ready-to-win production is executed, the sound effect of the ready-to-win production may be output from the speaker 156. On the other hand, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the reach fanning performance may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the sound effect of the button operation production may be output from the speaker 156 when the button operation production is executed. The sound effect of the button operation production includes, for example, the sound effect of displaying the button operation image 69 . Also in the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the button operation production may be output from the speaker 156 when the button operation production is executed. On the other hand, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound effect of the button operation performance may not be output from the speaker 156 .

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been described that the pending number display 55 of the first start port 121 and the pending number display 55 of the second start port 122 are displayed on the image display unit 114, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, the image display unit 114 may display only one pending number display 55 . In this case, the number of reservations corresponding to the first start port 121 is displayed in the number of reservations display 55 in the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state. Further, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations corresponding to the second start port 122 is displayed in the number of reservations display 55 . That is, even if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the pending number display 55 is not updated.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121, out of a plurality of times. Although it has been described that the final chance effect is likely to be executed, the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. The eye effect may be easily executed. That is, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. It is sufficient that the eye effect is easily executed. Also, in this case, the predetermined number of times may be any number of times.

Also, in the present embodiment, it has been described that the chance effect is executed as the synchronization effect, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, as the tuning effect, instead of the above-described chance eye effect, a size change effect of changing the display size of the decorative pattern 41 based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process may be performed multiple times. Then, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is the size of a predetermined number of times out of a plurality of times, rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121. You may make it easy to perform change production.
Further, for example, as the tuning effect, instead of the above-described chance eye effect, a position change effect in which the display position of the temporarily stopped decorative pattern 41 on the image display unit 114 changes based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process is performed multiple times. may be performed over Then, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121. You may make it easy to perform change production.

Moreover, the production performed in the variable production is not limited to the above example.
For example, the game board 110 of the pachinko game machine 100 may be provided with a starter lamp (not shown) that emits light around the first starter 121 . Then, the expectation level performance suggesting the level of expectation may be executed by the luminescent colors of the starter lamp, the movable accessory 115, the board lamp 116, and the frame lamp 157. When blue, green, red, and rainbow colors are set as the luminescent colors, the expectations may be set higher in the later order. Further, the variable effect in which the luminescent color is rainbow may be a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. That is, the degree of expectation may be 100% for the variable effect in which the emission color is rainbow. Also, the expectation effect may be executed based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process.
And, in this embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 rather than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 has an expectation performance. You may make it easy to perform. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 Expectation performance before the start of reach performance can be easily executed. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 Expectation performance after the start of reach performance can be easily executed. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the second start port 122 rather than the variation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 is the emission color used in the expectation production. There may be many types. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the expectation performance. The number of light-emitting means used among the movable accessory 115, the board lamp 116, and the frame lamp 157 may be large. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely than the variation performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. The degree of expectation that the emission color is rainbow color. You may make it easy to perform production|presentation.
In addition, the variation production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more expected than the fluctuation production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the start of the reach production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the anticipation degree presentation in front. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the start of the reach production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the expectation level production|presentation later. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more in the expectation production than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. Many types of emission colors may be used. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more in the expectation production than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. , the start lamp, the movable accessory 115, the board lamp 116, and the frame lamp 157, the number of light emitting means used may be large. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more than the fluctuation production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the expectation degree production|presentation which is a color.

In addition, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely to execute the expectation performance than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121.” That, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 Expectation degree before the start of reach production Production is easy to be executed”, “In a high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. Reach production ``In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 There are more types of luminescent colors used in the expectation effect”, and “In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second start port 122 is more likely than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121. The variable production based on the winning prize has a large number of light-emitting means used among the start lamp, the movable accessory 115, the board lamp 116, and the frame lamp 157 in the expectation production, and the high probability time-saving game In the state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more likely to execute the expectation performance in which the emission color is rainbow than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121.例文帳に追加”, “Variation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more expected than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is easy to be executed”, “Rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the first start-up port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state However, the expectation degree effect before the start of the reach effect is easily executed”, and “the first start in the low probability time saving non-game state than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The variable performance based on the winning to the mouth 121 is easier to execute the expectation performance after the start of the reach performance”, and the “variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state. , The variation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state has more types of luminescent colors used in the expectation level production”, Rather than the variable performance based on the winning to 121, the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the starting port lamp, the movable accessory 115, the board lamp in the expectation performance 116, and the number of light-emitting means used among the frame lamps 157 is large. Fluctuation production based on winning a prize to 1 start port 121 is easier to execute expectation degree production in which the emission color is rainbow color” The variable performance based on the winning also includes that the expectation level performance is not executed (0%). In addition, the expectation performance of the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state and the variable performance based on the winning of the second starting port 122 in the high probability time saving gaming state is described above. may be a relationship regarding the expectation effect based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In addition, the expectation degree production of the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state was described above. Each relationship may be a relationship regarding the expectation effect based on the pre-determination result of the pre-determination process.
Further, the expectation degree effect may be a effect performed by at least one of the starting lamp, the movable accessory 115, the board lamp 116, and the frame lamp 157, or may be performed by all of them.

Also, the display means for displaying the effect image is not limited to the image display section 114 .
For example, display means smaller than the image display section 114 may be provided on the front side (player side) of the image display section 114 . Further, a light guide plate, which is display means for displaying effect images, may be provided on the front side (player side) of the image display section 114 . Further, 3D image display means for displaying a 3D image may be provided on the front side (player side) of the image display section 114 . The display means, the light guide plate, and the 3D image display means smaller than the image display section 114 are hereinafter referred to as sub-display means. In this case, a sub effect may be executed to display an expectation degree image suggesting the degree of expectation on the sub display means.
And, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the sub-effect is executed in the variable effect based on the winning to the second starting port 122 rather than the variable effect based on the winning to the first starting port 121. You may make it easy to do so. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more sub-production before the start of the ready-to-win production than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. You may make it easy to perform. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more sub-production after the start of the ready-to-win production than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. You may make it easy to perform. Also, as the sub effects, there may be a plurality of types of sub effects with different types of expectation level images. And, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 has more types of sub performances to be executed than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121. may
In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state executes the sub-production. You may make it easy to do so. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the start of the reach production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the sub production|presentation in front. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the start of the reach production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Sub-effects may be easily executed later. In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is executed Sub There may be many types of performances.

In addition, ``in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is easier to execute than the variable performance based on the winning of the first starting port 121''. , "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more sub-production before the start of the reach production than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. "Easily executed", "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely to start the reach performance than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. It is easy to execute the sub-effect later", and "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122 is better than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121. , There are many types of sub performances to be executed”, “Rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state The variable performance based on is easier to execute the sub performance”, “The first start port in the low probability time saving non-game state than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state The variable production based on winning to 121 is easier to execute the sub-production before the start of the reach production. The variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the probability time-saving non-game state is easier to execute the sub-performance after the start of the reach performance”, “To the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state There are more types of sub-effects to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable effect based on the winning. In the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the probability time-saving gaming state, sub production is not executed (0%). In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The relationship may be a relationship regarding a sub effect based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state are described above. may be a relationship regarding a sub effect based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process.

Also, the effects that are performed multiple times are not limited to the above examples.
For example, the effect rendering may be performed multiple times. The color of the image in the effect image may be different in each of the multiple effect renderings. In addition, zone effects of different types may be performed a plurality of times. Further, the change effect of the pending image 52 and the variable image 51 may be performed multiple times. Also, the pseudo-continuous effect may be performed a plurality of times. Also, the expectation level performance may be performed over a plurality of times. Also, the sub-effect may be performed multiple times. Also, the role object presentation may be performed multiple times. In each of the multiple performances of the role product, the target of the three movable role products 115 to be moved may be different. The above effect that is performed multiple times is referred to as multiple times effect. A plurality of performances may be performed in one variable performance, or may be performed over a plurality of variable performances.
Then, in the present embodiment, in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121. You may make it easy to perform. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121, among the multiple times in the multiple times production You may make it easy to perform predetermined times of production|presentation. Also, in this case, the predetermined number of times may be any number of times.
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is better , the effect may be easily executed a plurality of times. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the production|presentation of predetermined times of multiple times. Also, in this case, the predetermined number of times may be any number of times.

In addition, "in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely to be performed multiple times than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121.” That, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. “The performance of a predetermined number of times is easy to execute”, “Rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state The variable effect based on is more likely to execute the effect multiple times, ``The first start port in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The variable performance based on the winning to 121 is easier to execute the specified times of the multiple times in the multiple times performance”, both are winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state In the variable production based on, it is also included that the production is not executed multiple times (0%). Also, regarding the execution ratio of multiple productions, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state Each of the relationships described above may be a relationship regarding the execution ratio of the multiple-time presentation based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process. In addition, the execution ratio of multiple performances between the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state and the variable performance based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state Each of the above-described relationships may be a relationship regarding the execution ratio of the multiple-time production based on the preliminary determination result of the preliminary determination process.

In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more than the variation production based on the winning to the first start port 121. The color used as the effect image in the effect production. There may be many types of In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more effective than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. A large number of colors may be used for the image.
In addition, "In the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is used as an effect image in the effect production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. There are many types of colors”, and “variation performance based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable performance based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. There are more types of colors used as effect images in the effect production”, which means that the effect production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. is also included.

In addition, in the present embodiment, even if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it has been described that the sound associated with winning is not output, but the present invention is not limited to this.
When the game ball wins in the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound associated with the winning may be output. And even if the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is easier to output than the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state good. In addition, "the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is easier to output than the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state" , even if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the sound associated with the winning is not output.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state does not output the sound effects of the various productions described above, but it is not limited to this. Even if it is a variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the various productions described above may be output. Then, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more likely to output the effect sound of various performances than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. You may do so. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the effect of various productions rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to output a sound.
In addition, "In the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is output rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. Sound effects of various effects are output. “Easy”, “Various productions based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The fact that the effect sound of the effect is likely to be output is that in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, the effect sound of various effects is not output (0%). included. In addition, "In the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is output rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. Sound effects of various effects are output. “Easy”, “Various productions based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The fact that the effect sound of the production is likely to be output is that in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, various productions are not performed (0%). It also includes the fact that the sound effect of is not output.

Further, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121, the pending image 52 of more color types is displayed. can be In addition, when winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-game state, more color types of pending images 52 than when winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state may be displayed.
In addition, "in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121, more types of pending images 52 are displayed. ”, “If you win the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state than if you win the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, more color types are reserved "The image 52 is displayed" includes that the pending image 52 is not displayed when the first start opening 121 is won in the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

Further, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121, the variation image 51 of more color types is displayed. can be In addition, when winning the first starting port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the variation image 51 of more color types than when winning the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. may be displayed.
In addition, "in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121, the variation image 51 of more color types is displayed. '', ``If you win the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state than if you win the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, more color variations "The image 51 is displayed" includes that the variable image 51 is not displayed when the first start opening 121 is won in the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

In addition, in the high-probability time-saving game state, when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121, multiple role productions in which different movable accessories 115 operate are performed. It may be made easy to execute. In addition, when winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than when winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, a plurality of different movable accessories 115 operate , may be made to be easily executed.

Also, in the performance of the role product, a plurality of motion patterns of the movable accessory 115 may be provided. Then, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if there are more movement patterns of the movable accessory 115 in the accessory production when winning the second starting port 122 than when winning the first starting port 121 good. In addition, when winning the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state than when winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the operation of the movable role 115 in the role production There may be many patterns.

Also, in the variable effect, a special symbol may be displayed. The special symbols include, for example, the pseudo-continuous image 70 and SP symbols. The SP pattern is a pattern that suggests that the SP ready-to-win effect will be performed by being displayed. Then, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more variable performance in which special symbols are displayed than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121. It may be made easy to execute. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, there are more types of special symbols displayed in the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. may In addition, a special pattern is displayed in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. You may make it easy to perform the variation production|presentation which is carried out. In addition, when winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state, the type of special symbol to be displayed may be many.
Also, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more variable than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. A variable performance in which special symbols are displayed. is likely to be executed”, and “in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is displayed rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. There are many types of special symbols”, and “variation performance based on winning the first start port 121 in a low probability time saving non-playing state rather than a variable performance based on winning the first start port 121 in a high probability time saving gaming state It is easier to execute the variable effect in which the special symbol is displayed,” and “the first in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable effect based on winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. There are more types of special symbols to be displayed in the variable performance based on the winning of the start port 121. It also includes the fact that the variable effect in which the special symbol is displayed is not executed (0%).

Further, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if it is easier to perform the effect of moving the reserved image 52 when winning the second start port 122 than when winning the first start port 121 good. The effect of moving the reserved image 52 is, for example, the effect of moving the second reserved image 52 to the display position of the first reserved image 52 . Further, the effect of moving the pending image 52 is, for example, the effect of moving the first pending image 52 to the display position of the variable image 51 . In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is the pending image 52. You may make it easy to perform the production|presentation which moves.
In addition, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when winning the second start opening 122 is easier than when winning the first start opening 121, the effect of moving the reserved image 52 is more likely to be performed.""The holding image 52 moves in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. In any case, the effect that the holding image 52 moves is not performed when the first start port 121 is won in the high-probability time-saving game state. In addition, when winning the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect of moving the pending image 52 is not performed. includes the fact that the reserved image 52 is not displayed and therefore the effect of moving the reserved image 52 is not performed.

In addition, when a highly decorative decorative pattern 41 (see FIG. 51(1)) is displayed, an action effect may be performed in which the decorative pattern 41 moves. The effect in which the decorative pattern 41 moves is an effect in which the display area of the decorative pattern 41 changes, such as the character in the decorative pattern 41 moving. Further, the action effect may be performed before the variable effect is started and the high-speed variable display by the decorative pattern 41 is started. An action effect may be performed immediately before the decorative pattern 41 is stopped and displayed. In other words, an action effect may be performed when the decorative pattern 41 is stopped and displayed. Further, the action presentation may include a plurality of types of action presentations each having different actions.
Then, in the present embodiment, in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121. It is also possible to make it easier to perform the variable effect of performing an action before the start of the high-speed variable display. Further, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more than the variation production based on the winning to the first start port 121. When the decorative pattern 41 is stopped and displayed You may make it easy to perform the variable production|presentation which carries out an action|action production|presentation. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. good too.
In addition, the variable performance based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is based on the decorative pattern 41 rather than the variable performance based on winning the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. It is also possible to make it easier to perform the variable effect of performing an action before the start of the high-speed variable display. In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state is the decorative pattern 41. It is also possible to make it easy to carry out a variable effect that is a motion effect at the time of stop display. In addition, the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. There may be many types of

Also, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is faster than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. “It is easy to perform a variable effect that produces an action before the start”, “In a high probability time-saving game state, winning to the second start port 122 is more likely than the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 The variable production based on is easier to perform the variable production that produces the operation when the decorative pattern 41 is stopped and displayed. Also, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 has more types of action effects to be performed”, “In the high probability time-saving game state, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 , In the low-probability time-saving non-playing state, the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 is easier to perform the variable performance that performs the operation before the high-speed variable display by the decorative pattern 41 starts. The decorative pattern 41 is stopped and displayed in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. ``It is easy to perform a variable effect that produces an action when playing,'' and ``In a low-probability time-saving non-game state, to the first start port 121 rather than a variable effect based on winning the first start port 121 in a high-probability time-saving game state. There are more types of action effects to be performed in the variable effect based on the winning of the above. Not (0%) is also included.

Further, when the variable performance is started, a variable performance may be performed in which the three decorative symbols 41 are started at the same timing at which the high-speed variable display of the three decorative symbols 41 is started. In other words, a fluctuating effect may be performed in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the easily recognizable state to the invisible or difficult to recognize state are aligned.
Then, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". Also, the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the second start port 122 being "4" is the variation in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult state. You may make it easy to perform production. In addition, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second start is performed rather than the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1”. A variable performance based on the number of reserved mouths 122 being "1" is more likely to perform a variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 change from an easily recognizable state to an invisible or difficult to recognizable state. You may do so. In addition, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" and the second start port. In the variable effect based on the pending number of 122 being "1", the execution ratio of the variable effect in which the display timing of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be recognized state is the same is the same. There may be.
In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving. In the non-playing state, the variable effect based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" has a display timing in which the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult state. You may make it easy to perform the variation production|presentation which matches. In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "1" in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving. In the non-playing state, the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" has a display timing in which the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult state. You may make it easy to perform the variation production|presentation which matches. In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1” in the high probability time saving game state, and the low probability time saving no In the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" in the game state, the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be visible state. The performance execution ratio may be the same.

In addition, ``If a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second In the variable performance based on the number of pending starting ports 122 being "4", a variable performance is performed in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be recognized state are aligned. ``When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in a high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being ``1'', The variable effect based on the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 being "1" is the variable effect in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be recognized state are aligned. ``When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in a high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations at the first start port 121 being ``1''. , The variable effect based on the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 being "1" is a variable effect in which the display timing of the three decorative patterns 41 from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to see state is aligned. Based on the fact that the execution ratio is the same, and that the holding number of the first start port 121 is ``4'' in the high-probability time-saving gaming state when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. Rather than the variable performance, the variable performance based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state is invisible or visible from the state where the three decorative patterns 41 are easily visible. It is easy to perform a variable performance in which the display timing to be in a difficult state is aligned”, and “When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 in a high probability time-saving game state. is "1", the variable production based on the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, three decorative patterns 41 It is easy to perform a variable effect that matches the display timing from a state that is easy to see to a state that is invisible or difficult to see. In the variable production based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being “1” and the fluctuation production based on the holding number of the first starting port 121 being “1” in the low probability time saving non-playing state , The execution ratio of the variable effect that the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to see state are the same. When a variable effect is performed, in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, the three decorative patterns 41 are displayed from an easy-to-see state to an invisible or difficult-to-see state. It also includes the fact that the variation effect with the same timing is not executed (0%).

In addition, when the variable performance is started, the variable performance may be performed with the three decorative patterns 41 having different display timings when the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to visually recognize state. .
Then, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is performed, the first start is performed rather than the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "4". A variable performance based on the number of reserved mouths 121 being "4" is more likely to perform a variable performance with different display timings when the three decorative patterns 41 change from an easy-to-visible state to an invisible or difficult-to-visible state. You may do so. In addition, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the first start is performed rather than the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1". A variable performance based on the number of reserved mouths 121 being "1" is more likely to perform a variable performance with different display timings when the three decorative patterns 41 change from an easily visible state to an invisible or difficult-to-visible state. You may do so. When the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state is performed, the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1" and the first start port 121. With the variable effect based on the number of reservations being "1", the execution ratio of the variable effect with different display timings in which the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to see state is the same. good too.
In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is “4” in the low-probability time-saving no-game state. In the probability time-saving game state, the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" is the display timing when the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult state. It is also possible to make it easy to perform a variation performance with different values. In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is “1” in the low probability time-saving no-game state. In the probability time-saving game state, the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" is the display timing when the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be visible state. It is also possible to make it easy to perform a variation performance with different values. In addition, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "1" in the low probability time saving non-game state and the high probability. In the time-saving game state, the display timing when the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to be visible state is different from the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1". The execution ratio of the variable production may be the same.

In addition, "when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the first In the variable performance based on the number of pending starting ports 121 being "4", the variable performance is performed with different display timings in which the three decorative patterns 41 change from an easily visible state to an invisible or difficult-to-visible state. ``When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in a high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable performance based on the number of reservations at the second start port 122 being ``1'', The variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "1" is a variable effect with different display timings when the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easily recognizable state to the invisible or difficult to view state. ``When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in a high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations at the second start port 122 being ``1''. , In the variable effect based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1", the display timing of the three decorative patterns 41 changing from the easily visible state to the invisible or difficult to see state is different. Based on the fact that the execution ratio is the same, and that the holding number of the first start port 121 is ``4'' in the low-probability time-saving no-game state when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed. Rather than the variable performance, the variable performance based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is invisible or difficult to see from the state where the three decorative patterns 41 are easily visible. ``When a variable effect with a different display timing in which a special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the first start port 121 is held in a low probability time-saving no-game state. Rather than the variable performance based on the number being "1", the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "1" in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is three decorative patterns 41. It is easy to perform variable effects with different display timings that change from an easy-to-see state to an invisible or difficult-to-see state." A variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" in the game state, and a variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" in the high-probability time-saving game state. Then, the three decorative patterns 41 change from the easy-to-visible state to the invisible or difficult-to-visible state, and the execution ratio of the variable effect with different display timings is the same. When the variable performance that the lottery result is a loss is performed, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121, the three decorative patterns 41 are displayed from an easily visible state to an invisible or difficult state. It also includes that the variable performance with different timing is always performed (100%).

Also, a vibration effect in which the effect button 161 vibrates may be performed. The vibration effect may be performed when the effect button 161 is operated, or may be performed when the effect button 161 is not operated. Further, the vibration effect may include a plurality of types of vibration effects, each of which has a different mode of vibration.
And, in this embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the fluctuation production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 rather than the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 vibrates. You may make it easy to break. In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more than the variation performance based on the winning of the first start port 121, and there are more types of vibration performance. good too.
In addition, the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state than the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state Vibration production is performed. You may make it easy to break. In addition, the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-game state is performed vibration production rather than the fluctuation production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. There may be many types of

In addition, ``in the high-probability time-saving game state, the vibration performance is more likely to be performed in the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121''. , "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, there are more types of vibration performances that are performed in the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121.” That, "Variation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the fluctuation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state Vibration production “It is easy to perform”, “Variation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is better than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state , There are many kinds of vibration performances to be performed” includes that no vibration performance is performed (0%) in the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state.

In addition, a big win suggestion effect may be performed to suggest that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big win. As the jackpot suggestion effect, for example, after the start of the ready-to-win effect, when the character object effect is being performed by operating the effect button 161 (see FIG. 56 (11)), the vibration effect is performed, and the board lamp 116 and the frame are displayed. A first effect in which the lamp 157 emits rainbow-colored light and a rainbow-colored image is displayed on the image display unit 114 is exemplified. In addition, as the jackpot suggestion effect, for example, a second effect performed at a timing different from the first effect can be mentioned. As the second effect, for example, a sound effect (see FIG. 55 (2)) in which a voice saying "Big win!" An effect suggesting that the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 shifts to a high-probability time-saving game state is exemplified.

And, in the present embodiment, the variation effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state and the variation effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state The execution ratio of one production is different. In addition, in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the execution ratio of the second production is different.
In addition, in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, both the first effect and the second effect can be executed, while the first start port in the high probability time saving game state In the variable production based on the winning in 121, execution of at least one of the first production and the second production may be regulated. The regulated effect may be the first effect, the second effect, or both.
In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the first production The execution ratio may be small. Furthermore, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state is the second production rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state. The execution ratio may be small.

In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the execution ratio of the first effect may be different between the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 and the variable effect based on the winning to the second starting port 122. . In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the execution ratio of the second effect may be different between the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 and the variable effect based on the winning to the second starting port 122. .
In addition, in the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, both the first performance and the second performance can be executed, while the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state Execution of at least one of the first effect and the second effect may be regulated in the variable effect based on winning a prize. The regulated effect may be the first effect, the second effect, or both.
In addition, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 is smaller than the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122. good too. Furthermore, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 is smaller than the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122. good too.

In addition, in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the first production is executed. The ratio is different”, and the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is better than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state. , The execution ratio of the first effect is small”, “In the high probability time saving game state, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 and the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122, The execution ratio of the first effect is different”, and “In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 is better than the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122. , The execution ratio of the first effect is small” includes that the first effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state. .
In addition, with the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state and the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state, the execution of the second production The ratio is different”, and the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is better than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state. , The execution ratio of the second effect is small”, “In the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 and the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122, The execution ratio of the second effect is different”, “In the high-probability time-saving game state, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 is better than the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122 , The execution ratio of the second effect is small”, includes that the second effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. .

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port It has been explained that the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on winning 122. Here, "When a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 The variable performance based on the winning is easier to execute the ready-to-win performance. is not executed (0%).
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is low probability. It has been explained that the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variation effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game state The variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is easier to execute the ready-to-win production. It also includes that the ready-to-win effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port It has been explained that the variable effect based on the winning to 122 is easier to execute the ready-to-win effect. Here, "When a variable effect in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state is executed, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 The variation performance based on the winning is easier to execute the reach fanning performance. It also includes the fact that the reach fanning effect is not executed (0%).
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is low probability. It has been explained that the ready-to-win swing effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game state The variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 is easier to execute the reach-flavoring production. It also includes that the ready-to-win fan effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that is out.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" From the variable effect based on Also, it was explained that the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 being "4" is easier to execute the variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned. Here, "When a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the The variable performance based on the number of reservations of the 2 start port 122 being "4" is easier to execute the variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned. In the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the fact that the reserved number of the 1 start port 121 is "4" is a loss, the variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned may not be executed (0%). included.
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving gaming state From the variable performance based on Also, in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “4” is easier to execute the variable performance in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned. explained. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high probability time-saving game state. The variable production based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is "4" in the probability time-saving no-game state is easier to execute the variable production in which the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned. In the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state is lost, the variable performance that the display timings of the three decorative patterns 41 are aligned is executed. It also includes not (0%).

In addition, in this embodiment, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is “4”. Also, the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 being "4" is easier to execute the variation performance in which the decorative symbols 41 are displayed in order. Here, "If a variable effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state, the second The variable performance based on the number of reservations of the 1 start port 121 being "4" is easier to execute the variable performance in which the decorative patterns 41 are displayed in order. In the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the pending number of mouths 121 being "4" is lost, the variable performance in which the decorative symbols 41 are displayed in order is always executed (100%). .
In addition, in the present embodiment, when the variable performance that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-game state is higher probability time saving It has been explained that the variation performance in which the decorative symbols 41 are sequentially displayed is more likely to be executed in the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state. Here, "when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-game state, in the high probability time saving game state The variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 is easier to execute the variable effect in which the decorative pattern 41 is displayed in order. In the variation performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on "4" is a loss, the variation performance in which the decorative symbols 41 are displayed in order is always executed (100%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port It has been explained that the variable performance based on the winning to 122 is more likely to perform the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed. Here, "When a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 The variable performance based on the winning is easier to perform the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed. It also includes that the button operation is not executed (0%) in the variation performance that is a loss.
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is low probability. It has been explained that the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the gaming state is easier to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game state The variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed. It also includes that the button operation is not executed (0%) in the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port It has been explained that the variable effect based on winning 122 is more likely to perform the variable effect in which the size change effect is executed. Here, "When a variable effect is executed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 The variation performance based on the winning is easier to perform the variation performance in which the size change performance is executed. It also includes that the size change effect is not executed (0%) in the variation effect that is a failure.
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is low probability. It has been explained that the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the game state is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the size change performance is executed. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is executed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game state The variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the size change performance is executed. In the variation performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a loss, the size change performance is not executed (0%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 It has been explained that the variable effect based on winning a prize is more likely to perform the variable effect in which the position change effect is executed. Here, "When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state, the winning to the second start port 122 is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. The variation performance based on is easier to perform the variation performance in which the position change performance is executed. Also included is that the position change effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect.
Further, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game. It has been explained that the variable effect based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variable effect in which the position change effect is executed. Here, "when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state The variable performance based on the winning to the 1 start port 121 is more likely to perform the variable performance in which the position change performance is executed. In the variation performance in which the lottery result of the symbol lottery is lost, the position change performance is not executed (0%).

Also, the position change effect is not limited to the example described above.
For example, the display position of the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness may change from the position shown in FIG. 54(19) to a different display position. In this case, the display position shown in FIG. 54(19) is called the first position. A display position further changed from the first position is referred to as a second position. The second position is, for example, one side of the image display section 114 and is a region different from the upper side. Then, when the variable performance in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the first start in the low probability time-saving non-game state is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The variable performance based on the winning to the mouth 121 may be made easier to perform the variable performance in which the position change performance of changing the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness from the first position to the second position is executed. Here, "when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the second The variation performance based on the winning to the 1 starting port 121 is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the position change performance of changing the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness from the first position to the second position is performed. , In the variable performance that the lottery result of the special pattern lottery based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state is lost, the position where the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness is changed from the first position to the second position. It also includes that the change effect is not executed (0%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 It has been explained that the SP ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on winning a prize. Here, "When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state, the winning to the second start port 122 is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. SP reach production is easier to execute in the variable production based on SP It also includes that the reach effect is not executed (0%).
Further, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game. It has been explained that the SP ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state. Here, "when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the second SP reach production is more likely to be executed in the variable production based on the winning to the 1 starting port 121”, the lottery result of the special symbol lottery based on the winning to the 1st starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state It also includes that the SP ready-to-win effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect that is a loss.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121, the second start port 122 It has been explained that the variable production based on winning a prize is more likely to perform the variable production in which the character production is executed. Here, "When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving game state, the winning to the second start port 122 is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. The variable production based on is easier to perform the variable production in which the role production is executed. Also included is that the character performance is not executed (0%) in the variable performance.
Further, in the present embodiment, when the variable effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is lower than the low probability time saving no game. It has been explained that the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variable production in which the role product production is executed. Here, "when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the second The variable performance based on the winning of the 1 start port 121 is more likely to perform the variable performance in which the performance of the role product is executed. In the variable performance in which the lottery result of the symbol lottery is a loss, the performance of the character is not executed (0%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variation effect is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the second start port 122 It has been explained that the variation performance based on winning a prize is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed. Here, "When a variable performance is performed in which the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit in the high probability time-saving game state, the winning to the second starting port 122 is performed rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121. The variation performance based on is easier to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed. It also includes that the button operation effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect.
In addition, in this embodiment, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit is performed, the variation effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state is low probability time saving no game It has been explained that the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the state is more likely to perform the variation performance in which the button operation performance is executed. Here, "when the variable production that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a big hit is performed, the second The variable performance based on the winning to the 1 start port 121 is more likely to perform the variable performance in which the button operation performance is executed. In the fluctuation performance in which the lottery result of the pattern lottery is a jackpot, the button operation performance is not executed (0%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". The variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1” is longer than the variable performance based on the fact. The variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1" has a longer execution time than the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "4". is performed at the second rate. And, in this case, it has been explained that the second ratio is larger than the first ratio. Here, "the second rate is greater than the first rate" includes that the first rate is zero.

In addition, in this embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state. The variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "1" is the first rate at which the variable performance with the longer execution time is performed than the variable performance based on something. In the low-probability time-saving no-game state, the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1" rather than the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start mouth 121 being "4". It has been explained that the rate at which the variable effect with the longer execution time is performed is the second rate. And, in this case, it has been explained that the second ratio is larger than the first ratio. Here, "the second rate is greater than the first rate" includes that the first rate is zero.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is "4". It has been explained that the variable performance based on the holding number of the first starting port 121 being "4" is more likely to be executed with a longer execution time than the variable performance based on the fact. Here, ``If the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving game state and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the second start port 122 is ``4''. The variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “4” is more likely to be performed than the variable performance. When the lottery result of the pattern lottery is a loss and the variable performance in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed is performed, the execution time of the variable performance based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "4" is shorter than the first start. It also includes that the execution time of the variable effect based on the holding number of the mouth 121 being "4" is always longer (100%).
In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state. The variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being "4" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is easier to perform the variable performance with the shorter execution time than the variable performance based on the fact. explained. Here, ``If the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is '4' in the high probability time-saving game state. Rather than the variable performance, the variable performance based on the holding number of the first start port 121 being “4” in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is easier to perform the variable performance with the shorter execution time.” When the lottery result of the special pattern lottery is lost and the variable performance is performed in which the ready-to-win performance is not executed, the variable performance is executed based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state. It is also included that the execution time of the variable effect based on the number of holdings of the first start port 121 being "4" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state is always shorter than the time (100%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving gaming state and a variable effect is performed in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4". The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected is the first rate and the second start port 122 The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected in the variable effect based on the holding number of "4" and the variable effect based on the holding number of the second start port 122 being "1" is the second explained that it is a percentage. And, in this case, it has been explained that the first ratio is larger than the second ratio. Here, "the first rate is greater than the second rate" also includes that the second rate is 0 (0%) and the first rate is 1 (100%).
In addition, in this embodiment, when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost and the variable effect in which the ready-to-win effect is not executed is performed, the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "4" in the high-probability time-saving game state. The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected in the variable performance based on a certain thing and the variable performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being “1” is the first percentage, and there is no low-probability time-saving In the game state, the variation pattern is the same between the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "4" and the variation performance based on the number of reservations of the first start port 121 being "1". is selected is the second percentage. And, in this case, it has been explained that the first ratio is larger than the second ratio. Here, "the first rate is greater than the second rate" also includes that the second rate is 0 (0%) and the first rate is 1 (100%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, a high probability It has been explained that the ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time from among the selectable variation patterns based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time-saving gaming state is the first percentage. In addition, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the second starting port 122 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the fluctuation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the second in the high probability time-saving gaming state It has been explained that the ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time out of the variation patterns that can be selected based on the winning of the second start port 122 is the second percentage. Then, it was explained that the first percentage is larger than the second percentage. Here, "the first rate is greater than the second rate" includes that the first rate is 1 (100%).
In addition, in the present embodiment, based on the fact that the holding number of the first start port 121 is "1" in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the variation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, a high probability It has been explained that the ratio of selecting the variation pattern with the shortest variation time from among the selectable variation patterns based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time-saving gaming state is the first percentage. Also, based on the fact that the number of reservations of the first start port 121 is "1" in the low-probability time-saving no-game state, when the fluctuation effect that the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost is performed, the low-probability time-saving no-game state It has been explained that the ratio of selecting the fluctuation pattern with the shortest fluctuation time among the fluctuation patterns that can be selected based on the winning to the first start port 121 in is the second ratio. Then, it was explained that the first percentage is larger than the second percentage. Here, "the first rate is greater than the second rate" includes that the first rate is 1 (100%).

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is executed rather than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121. explained that it is easy to Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is more likely to be executed than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121.” In particular, when a game ball wins in the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the change effect of the pending image 52 is not executed (0%). In addition, ``in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is easier to execute than the variable performance based on the winning of the first starting port 121''. , as in variable production example 5, even if the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the holding image 52 is not displayed, so the holding image 52 change production is not executed (0% ) is also included.
Also, in this embodiment, the case where the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state is better than the case where the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. , that the change effect of the pending image 52 is likely to be executed. Here, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state than when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the holding image 52 change effect is likely to be executed” includes that the change effect of the pending image 52 is not executed (0%) when the game ball wins the first start hole 121 in the high probability time saving game state. be In addition, when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, the holding image 52 The fact that the change effect of is easy to execute” is that even if the game ball wins the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state as in the variable effect example 5, the hold image 52 is not displayed. It also includes that the change effect of is not executed (0%).

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 is the start of the ready-to-win production. It has been explained that the change effect before is likely to be executed. Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. The change before the start of the ready-to-win production. The effect is easy to execute, and in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, the change effect of the variable image 51 is not executed (0%) before the start of the ready-to-win effect. included. In addition, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more effective than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. The change production before the start of the reach production. "is likely to be executed" includes that the variable image 51 is not executed (0%) in the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Furthermore, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable performance based on the winning of the second start port 122 is more likely to be the change performance before the start of the reach performance than the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121. is likely to be executed", as shown in the variable production example 5, the variable image 51 is not displayed in the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. It also includes that 51 change effects are not executed (0%).
In addition, in the present embodiment, rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, to the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state It has been explained that the change effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variation effect based on. Here, "variation performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving no-game state rather than the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state The change effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed. It also includes that the change effect is not executed (0%). In addition, "variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The change effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed. In the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state, the change effect of the variable image 51 is not executed (0 %) is also included. Furthermore, "variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state rather than the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The change effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed. Also includes the fact that the variation image 51 is not executed (0%) because the variation image 51 is not displayed.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121, out of a plurality of times. It was explained that the chance effect in the last round of the game is likely to be executed. Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is the final round of the multiple times rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. In the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, the final chance production is not executed (0%). is also included. Also, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely to be the final one of the multiple times than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. In the fact that the chance performance is easy to execute, as shown in the variable performance example 5, no chance performance is executed in the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state (0 %) is also included.
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , explained that the last chance effect of the plurality of times is likely to be executed. Here, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. The final chance performance is likely to be executed out of the multiple times in the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. It also includes not (0%). In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is more than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state. In the fact that the final chance performance is likely to be executed, as shown in variation performance example 5, any chance performance in the variable performance based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is not executed (0%).

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is the second expected performance rather than the variable performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 explained that it is easy to implement Here, there is a high probability that ``the second expected effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the second starting port 122 than the variable effect based on the winning of the first starting port 121''. In the variation performance based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the time saving game state, the second expected performance is not executed (0%). In addition, ``the second expected effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the second starting port 122 than the variable effect based on the winning of the first starting port 121''. As shown in 5, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state also includes that none of the zone production is executed (0%).
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , explained that the second expected effect is likely to be executed. Here, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state is the second Expected production is likely to be executed" includes that the second expected production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second expectation The effect is easy to execute, as shown in variable effect example 5, in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, none of the zone effects are executed (0%) is also included.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 is the second accessory rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. I explained that the production is easy to execute. Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 is more likely than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. The second role production is executed. It is also included that the second accessory production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Also, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second role production is executed in the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. As shown in variable performance example 5, in the variable performance based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, no role performance is executed (0%). is also included.
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , explained that the second role object presentation is likely to be executed. Here, the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second The fact that the role production is likely to be executed also includes that the second role production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state. In addition, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second role than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time saving gaming state The thing production is easy to be executed, as shown in the variable production example 5, in the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state, no role product production is executed. (0%) is also included.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 is the second color performance rather than the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 explained that it is easy to implement Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second color effect is executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122 rather than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121. "Easy" includes that the second color effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. In addition, "in the high-probability time-saving game state, the second color effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the second start port 122 than the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121. This includes that, as shown in variable production example 5, no effect production is executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. be
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , explained that the second color rendering is likely to be executed. Here, the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second The fact that the color effect is likely to be executed also includes that the second color effect is not executed (0%) in the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. In addition, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second color Effect is easy to be executed”, as shown in variable effect example 5, no effect effect is executed in the variable effect based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state (0 %) is also included.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is the second sound production rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 explained that it is easy to implement Here, "In the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second sound production is executed in the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122 rather than the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121. "Easy" also includes that the second sound production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. In addition, "in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the second sound production is more likely to be executed in the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122 than the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121. In particular, as shown in the variable production example 5, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, none of the sound production based on the preliminary determination result is executed (0%) is also included.
In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state , explained that the second sound effect is likely to be executed. Here, the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time saving non-playing state is the second Sound production is likely to be executed" includes that the second sound production is not executed (0%) in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. In addition, "variation production based on winning the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state than the variable production based on winning the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state is the second sound The effect is easy to execute, as shown in variable effect example 5, in the variable effect based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state, any sound effect based on the preliminary determination result is executed It also includes not (0%).

In addition, in this embodiment, when the game ball has won the first start opening 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it has been explained that the effect sound of the change effect is not output. Here, "do not output the effect sound of the change effect when the game ball wins in the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state" means that the game is played in the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. It also includes not outputting the effect sound of the change effect because the change effect is not performed when the ball wins. In addition, "do not output the effect sound of the change effect when the game ball wins in the first start hole 121 in the high probability time saving game state", as shown in the example 5 of the variable effect, the high probability time saving game state When a game ball wins in the first start port 121, the change performance is not performed because the change image 51 and the reservation image 52 are not displayed, and the effect sound of the change performance is not output.

In addition, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the effect sound of the chance production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the chance eye production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5 In the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, it is also included that the chance performance is not output because the chance performance is not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the first starting port 121 is more than the variable production based on the winning of the second starting port 122, each of the above-described effects explained that the execution rate of As each production, for example, change production, chance eye production, zone production, character production, effect production, sound production, button operation production, expectation level production, sub production, multiple times production, special pattern display production, suspension Effects such as moving image 52, motion effects, vibration effects, and the like can be mentioned. Here, even if it is a variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, each production described above may be executed, but when the right-handed promotion image 90 is displayed or , and when the voice "Please hit right" is output, each of the above effects may not be executed.

In addition, in this embodiment, the case where the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is performed, and the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 in the high probability time-saving gaming state The execution ratio of a particular effect has been described with respect to when it is performed. Specific production includes, for example, change production, chance eye production, zone production, character production, effect production, sound production, button operation production, expectation level production, sub production, multiple times production, special pattern display production, Effects such as movement effects of the reserved image 52, motion effects, vibration effects, and the like can be mentioned. Here, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect after the start of the ready-to-win effect. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when a variable production is performed based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, and the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state The execution ratio of a specific effect has been explained. Specific production includes, for example, change production, chance eye production, zone production, character production, effect production, sound production, button operation production, expectation level production, sub production, multiple times production, special pattern display production, Effects such as movement effects of the reserved image 52, motion effects, vibration effects, and the like can be mentioned. Here, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect before the start of the ready-to-win effect. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect after the start of the ready-to-win effect. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is lost. Further, the execution ratio of the specific effect described above may be the execution ratio of the specific effect when the lottery result of the special symbol lottery is a jackpot.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 rather than the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 is one specific I explained that the execution ratio of the production was small. Specific production includes, for example, change production, chance eye production, zone production, character production, effect production, sound production, button operation production, expectation level production, sub production, multiple times production, special pattern display production, Effects such as movement effects of the reserved image 52, motion effects, vibration effects, and the like can be mentioned. Here, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the variable production based on the winning of the first start port 121 is the type of specific production that is performed rather than the variable production based on the winning of the second start port 122. may be reduced.

In addition, in this embodiment, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-gaming state, the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state , explained that the execution rate of one particular effect is small. Specific production includes, for example, change production, chance eye production, zone production, character production, effect production, sound production, button operation production, expectation level production, sub production, multiple times production, special pattern display production, Effects such as movement effects of the reserved image 52, motion effects, vibration effects, and the like can be mentioned. Here, rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the low probability time-saving non-playing state, the variation production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state is one that is performed The number of types of specific effects may be reduced.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the effect sound of the zone production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the zone production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5, In the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it is also included that the effect sound of the zone performance is not output because the zone performance is not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the effect sound of the character product production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the role product production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5 , In the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving game state, it is also included that the effect sound of the role production is not output because the role production is not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been described that the effect sound of the effect production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the effect production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variation production example 5, In the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, since the effect performance is not executed, the effect sound of the effect performance is not output.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the effect sound of the ready-to-win production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the reach production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5, In the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it is also included that the ready-to-win performance is not output because the ready-to-win performance is not executed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, it has been explained that the effect sound of the reach fanning production may not be output from the speaker 156. Here, "In the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the reach fanning production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5 In the variation performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, it is included that the ready-to-win excitement performance is not output because the ready-to-win excitement performance is not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been explained that the effect sound of the button operation production may not be output from the speaker 156 in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time saving game state. Here, "in the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the effect sound of the button operation production is not output from the speaker 156", as shown in the variable production example 5 , In the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the high-probability time-saving game state, since the button operation performance is not executed, the effect sound of the button operation performance is not output.

Further, in the present embodiment, it has been described that the effect image is displayed in the effect presentation. Here, the effect image includes the change image 62, the chance image 63, and the like.

In addition, in the present embodiment, each of the above effects performed when the number of reservations of the first start port 121 or the second start port 122 is "1" The effect may be performed when the number of reservations is "2", "3", or "4". In addition, each of the above effects performed when the number of reservations for the first start port 121 or the second start port 122 is "4" is the same as when the number of reservations for the first start port 121 or the second start port 122 is "1 , '2', or '3'. That is, it is sufficient if the effect is performed when the number of reservations of the first starting port 121 or the second starting port 122 is a specific number. In this case, the specified number may be any pending number.

In addition, in the variable production example 5, the variable production example 6, the variations of the variable production example 5, and the above-mentioned supplementary matters, the production when the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is a high-probability time-saving game state has been described. , but not limited to. Variation production example 5, variation production example 6, variations of fluctuation production example 5, and each production described in the above supplementary matter are, for example, when the game state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is a low probability time-saving game state may be the event of That is, in the variable production example 5, the variable production example 6, the variations of the variable production example 5, and the respective productions described in the above supplementary matters, the gaming state of the pachinko gaming machine 100 is lower than the low-probability short-time non-playing state. It is sufficient if the performance is in a state advantageous to the player. In addition, the variation example 5, the variation example 6, the variations of the variation example 5, and the effects described in the supplementary items above can also be regarded as effects when the right-handed image 75 is displayed. . In addition, in each of the variation example 5, variation example 6, variations of variation example 5, and each of the effects described in the supplementary items above, when the decorative pattern 41 with low decorativeness is displayed at the start of the variation It can also be regarded as a performance of

In addition, in the present embodiment, when it is determined to be a jackpot in the jackpot determination, the game machine performs the jackpot game and changes the game state via the jackpot game. In another embodiment, even if it is not determined to be a big hit, it may be shifted from the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state to the time-saving gaming state. For example, the number of fluctuations of special symbols in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state (continuous number of times determined to be lost in the jackpot determination) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (eg, 900 times), It is determined that the variation is a jackpot. Even if not, it may be shifted to the time-saving game state for a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times. It may be 100 times or more). In this case, if the special symbol does not come to a big hit before it fluctuates a predetermined number of times, the time-saving game state ends and returns to the low-probability time-saving no-game state. Alternatively, even if the result of the jackpot determination is a loss (that is, even if the random number value for the special symbol lottery acquired at the time of winning the starting gate is a value indicating a loss), the special symbol acquired at the time of winning When the random number for the lottery (random number for the jackpot pattern) is a predetermined value, it may be shifted to a time-saving gaming state for a predetermined number of times. In this case, after displaying three predetermined decorative symbols 41, the game may be shifted to a time-saving game state for a predetermined number of times. The three predetermined decorative patterns 41 may be decorative patterns 41 which are not displayed when it is determined to be a big win or when it is not determined to be a big win and the low-probability time-saving no-game state is not shifted to the time-saving game state. . In other words, the three predetermined decorative patterns 41 may be the decorative patterns 41 displayed only when the low-probability time-saving no-game state is shifted to the time-saving game state when a big win is not determined. Further, in the case of shifting to the time-saving game state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols, the predetermined upper limit number may be variable or fixed. For example, when the predetermined upper limit number of times is variable, when the time-saving gaming state is given when the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols becomes the first number, and when the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols becomes the second number In some cases, there may be times when the time-saving gaming state is provided. In this case, the number of times of time saving given may be varied according to the number of times of variation of the special symbol, and the number of times of time saving may be set more as the number of times of variation increases. In addition, in the case of shifting to the time-saving gaming state based on the jackpot design random number value, the number of times of time saving provided by the acquired jackpot design random number value may differ. For example, when the acquired jackpot pattern random number value is the first value, the first number of time reductions is given, and when the acquired jackpot pattern random number value is the second value, the second time reduction number is given. may be In addition, there may be a case of shifting to the time-saving game state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols, or a case of shifting to the time-saving game state based on the jackpot symbol random number value. In this case, the number of times of reduced working hours to be provided may be different between the case of shifting to the reduced working hours game state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols and the case of shifting to the reduced working hours game state based on the random number of the jackpot symbols. For example, in the case of shifting to the time-saving gaming state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols, it is shifted to the time-saving gaming state of 50 times, and in the case of shifting to the time-saving gaming state based on the jackpot symbol random number, it is more than that. It may be shifted to a time-saving game state of less 30 times. Conversely, the number of times of time saving may be increased in the case of shifting to the time saving game state based on the jackpot symbol random number value than in the case of shifting to the time saving game state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols. In addition, in the case of shifting to the time-saving gaming state without going through the big hit in this way, if the time-saving gaming state is given without going through the big hit during the time-saving gaming state that has been transferred, a new The time saving game state may continue for the number of time saving times given to. For example, when the time-saving game state is given 50 times without going through the big hit, and when the special symbol fluctuates 30 times in the time-saving game state, the time-saving game state is given 50 times without going through the big hit, You may be made to shift to the time-saving game state of 50 times. Alternatively, in this case, the number of working hours may be added. For example, when the time-saving game state is given 50 times without going through the big hit, and when the special symbol fluctuates 30 times in the time-saving game state, the time-saving game state is given 50 times without going through the big hit, 50 times newly given are added to the remaining 20 times, and the time saving game state of 70 times may be given. In addition, during the time-saving game state that does not go through such a big win, the time-saving game state that does not go through the big win may not be given. In addition, in the constitution of shifting to the time-saving game state based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols or the big-hit pattern random number without going through the big win, the time-saving suggesting performance suggesting the shift to the time-saving game state may be performed. For example, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is close to the predetermined upper limit number of times, it may be configured that the time-saving suggesting effect is easily executed. Conversely, when the number of times of variation of the special symbol is close to the predetermined upper limit number of times, it may be configured such that the time-saving suggestion effect is difficult to be performed. Further, the time-saving gaming state to be shifted from the low-probability time-saving no-game state when it is not determined to be a big hit may be a low-probability time-saving gaming state.
In this way, the time-saving gaming state shifted from the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state when it is not determined to be a big hit is regarded as a state more advantageous to the player than the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state.

And, in another embodiment, in the variation production example 3 and the variation production example 4, the game ball enters the second start port 122 in the time-saving gaming state shifted from the low-probability time-saving no-game state when it is not determined to be a big hit. It may be an example of an effect when winning a prize. That is, in another embodiment, if it is not determined to be a big hit than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time-saving gaming state shifted from the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state when it is determined to be a big hit The variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the time saving game state shifted from the low probability time saving non-game state to 2 may improve the interest of the game.

In another embodiment, each variation of variation production example 5, variation production example 6, and variation production example 5 is a time-saving gaming state that transitions from a low-probability time-saving no-game state when it is not determined to be a big hit. It may be an example of an effect when a game ball wins in the first starting port 121 . That is, in other embodiments, when it is determined to be a big hit than the variable production based on the winning to the first start port 121 in the time-saving gaming state shifted from the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state when it is not determined to be a big hit The variation performance based on the winning to the second start port 122 in the time saving game state shifted from the low probability time saving non-game state to 2 may improve the interest of the game.

Various effects of the pachinko gaming machine 100 have been described above, but it is possible to apply or combine all or part of the described contents to other effects even if there is no particular mention. In addition, although various variable production examples and modifications have been mentioned, it is possible to apply or combine the contents of such variable production examples and modifications to other productions, etc. even if there is no mention in this document. is. In addition, it is possible to combine various variation rendering examples and modifications with each other, and to replace some of them, even if there is no mention in this document.

[Technical features of the present invention]
◆ A first configuration for achieving the above object of the present invention is implemented as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. The game control means is more advantageous for the player than the first mode (for example, low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, low-probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable with the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving game state), and the game ball to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start port 122) It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the above, and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information related to the determination as a pending memory, and the production control means (for example, production control unit 300 ) can display a reserved image (for example, a reserved image 52) corresponding to the reserved memory stored in the game control means on a display means (for example, an image display unit 114), and the reserved image (for example, A change effect that changes the display mode of the pending image 52) (for example, a change effect of the pending image 52 in FIG. 62 (2)) can be executed, and in the second mode (for example, a high probability time-saving gaming state), When the game ball wins in the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) than (eg, in the case of FIG. 74 (3)), the second start port (eg, the second start port 122) A game characterized in that when the game ball wins (for example, the case of FIG. 62 (1)), the change effect (for example, the change effect of the pending image 52 of FIG. 62 (2)) is more likely to be executed. machine.

◆ The second configuration for achieving the above object is implemented as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) is the result of the determination Depending on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114) a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) can be executed to display after changing, the plurality of patterns (for example, three It is possible to execute a ready-to-win effect in which some of the decorative patterns 41) are displayed (for example, the left and right decorative patterns 41) and the remaining patterns continue to change (for example, the middle decorative patterns 41), and the determination During the variation of the pattern according to the result of , an execution image (for example, the variation image 51) suggesting the content of the information regarding the determination related to the variation during execution can be displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114). is capable of executing a change effect (for example, a change effect of the variable image 51 in FIG. 63(10)) for changing the display mode of the execution image (for example, the variable image 51), and the second mode (for example, In the high-probability time-saving gaming state), the variable production (e.g., FIG. 75 (11), FIG. 75 (12), FIG. 76 ( 13) to FIG. 76 (18), FIG. 77 (19) and FIG. 77 (20) Variation performance based on the winning to the second start port (for example, second start port 122) (For example, FIG. 63 (9) to FIG. 63 (12) and FIG. 64 (13) to FIG. 64 (18) variation production) is better than the reach production (for example, FIG. 63 (12) reach production) The game machine is characterized in that the change effect before the start (for example, the change effect of the variable image 51 in FIG. 63(10)) is easily executed.

◆ A third configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) is the result of the determination Depending on the display means (for example, image display unit 114) a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) can be executed to display after changing, and the plurality of patterns according to predetermined conditions It is possible to execute the synchronization production (for example, the chance eye production of FIG. 63 (8)) for synchronizing the display of the pattern (for example, three decorative patterns 41) over multiple times, and the second mode (for example, high probability time saving game state), rather than the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port (eg, the first starting port 121) The variable production based on the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) (for example, the variable performance of Figure 62 (6), Figure 63 (7) and Figure 63 (8)) The gaming machine is characterized in that the synchronization effect (for example, the last chance effect of the three times in FIG. 63(8)) is likely to be executed a predetermined number of times out of the plurality of times.

◆ A fourth configuration for achieving the above object is implemented as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) is the result of the determination Depending on the display means (e.g., image display unit 114) a plurality of patterns (e.g., three decorative patterns 41) can be executed to display after varying, the special game (e.g., jackpot game) Expected effects (for example, the zone effect of FIG. 63 (7)) can be executed, and the expected effects include the result of the determination related to the variable effect being executed, the special game ( For example, the result of the determination related to the first expected effect (for example, the zone effect of FIG. 75 (11)) that expects execution of a jackpot game) and the variable effect next to the variable effect being executed There is a second expectation production (for example, zone production of FIG. 63 (7)) that expects execution of the special game (for example, jackpot game), and the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving game state) In, the variable production (for example, FIG. 75 (11), FIG. 75 (12), FIG. 76 (13) to FIG. 76 ( 18), FIG. 77 (19) and FIG. 77 (20)), rather than the variable performance (for example, FIG. 62 ( 6), FIG. 63 (7) and FIG. 63 (8) variable production) is easier to execute the second expected production (for example, zone production of FIG. 63 (7)). is.

◆ A fifth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to determine in advance whether to perform the special game (for example, a jackpot game). It is possible, and the effect control means (for example, effect control unit 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination. 59 (11)) can be executed to move the movable accessory (for example, the movable accessory 115). , the first role production (for example, the role production of FIG. 75 (12)) to operate the first movable role (for example, the middle movable role 115B), and the prior determination There is a second role production (for example, the role production of FIG. 59 (11)) that operates the second movable role (for example, the left movable role 115A) based on the result, and the second mode (for example, high In the probability time-saving gaming state), the variable production (for example, FIG. 75 (11), FIG. 75 (12), FIG. 76 (13 ) to FIG. 76 (18), FIG. 77 (19) and FIG. 77 (20)), the variation performance based on the winning to the second start port (for example, the second start port 122) ( For example, FIG. 59 (11), FIG. 59 (12), FIG. 60 (13) to FIG. 60 (18), FIG. 61 (19) and FIG. This game machine is characterized in that an effect (for example, a character effect in FIG. 59 (11)) can be easily executed.

◆ A sixth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to determine in advance whether to perform the special game (for example, a jackpot game). It is possible, and the effect control means (for example, effect control unit 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination. 75 (12) of a predetermined color (for example, the character object effect image 92 in FIG. 75(12)) is displayed by the display means (for example, the image display unit 114). ) can be executed (for example, the effect effect shown in FIG. 75(12)), and for the color effect, an image of a predetermined color (for example, the character effect image 92 shown in FIG. 75(12)) can be executed. A first color effect to be displayed (for example, the effect effect shown in FIG. 75 (12)) and an image of a predetermined color (for example, a blue zone effect image 66 shown in FIG. 63 (9)) based on the result of the preliminary determination are displayed. There is a second color production (for example, the effect production of FIG. 63 (9)), and in the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving gaming state), the first start port (for example, the first start port 121 ) based on the winning a prize (for example, the variations in FIGS. 75 (11), 75 (12), 76 (13) to 76 (18), 77 (19) and 77 (20) 63 (9) to 63 (12) and FIGS. 64 (13) to 64 (13) to FIG. 64 (18) variation effect) is characterized in that the second color effect (for example, the effect effect of FIG. 63 (9)) is more likely to be executed.

◆ A seventh configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to determine in advance whether to perform the special game (for example, a jackpot game). It is possible, and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination. can be executed, and a sound effect of outputting a sound effect can be executed, and the sound effect includes a first sound effect of outputting a predetermined first sound effect (Fig. 75 (12) sound effect) and a second sound effect that outputs a second effect sound suggesting that the special game (for example, a jackpot game) is performed based on the result of the preliminary determination (for example, FIG. 63 ( 9) sound production), and in the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving gaming state), the variable production based on the winning to the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) For example, the second starting port ( For example, the variable production based on the winning to the second starting port 122 (for example, the variable production of FIGS. 63 (9) to 63 (12) and FIGS. 64 (13) to 64 (18)) is better , the second sound effect (for example, the sound effect of FIG. 63 (9)) is easily executed.

◆ The eighth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information regarding the determination as a pending memory, and the pending memory. includes a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121) and a second related to the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) 2 pending storage, and the production control means (for example, production control section 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41 ) is changed and then displayed, and some of the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed (for example, left and right decorative patterns 41), and the rest It is possible to execute a reach effect that continues the variation of the pattern (for example, the middle decorative pattern 41), and the special game (for example, the jackpot game ) is not executed and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the variable effect (for example, FIG. 73 The number of the first reserved memories is a second specific number (e.g., 1) less than the first specific number (e.g., 4) than (C) with a variable performance whose execution time is T12) Based on the variable performance (for example, the variable performance with the execution time T11 in FIG. 73 (C)), the rate at which the variable performance with the longer execution time is performed is the first rate, and the second reservation storage number is the first specific number (for example, 4) than the variable effect (for example, the variable effect whose execution time is T7 in FIG. 73(B)), the number of the second pending memories is The variable production based on the second specific number (for example, 1) (for example, the variable production whose execution time is T6 in FIG. 73(B)) has a longer execution time. , and a second ratio, wherein the second ratio is larger than the first ratio.

◆ A ninth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information regarding the determination as a pending memory, and the pending memory. includes a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121) and a second related to the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) 2 pending storage, and the production control means (for example, production control section 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41 ) is changed and then displayed, and some of the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed (for example, left and right decorative patterns 41), and the rest symbol (for example, middle decorative pattern 41) can be executed to continue the fluctuation of the ready-to-win effect, and as a result of the determination, the special game (for example, the big win game) is not executed and the ready-to-win effect is not executed. When the production is performed, in the second mode (for example, high-probability time-saving gaming state), the number of the first reserved memories is the first specific number (for example, 4) The variable production (for example, figure The number of the first reserved memories is a second specific number (for example, 1) that is less than the first specific number (for example, 4) than the variable effect whose execution time of 73 (C) is T12) Based on the variable effect (for example, the variable effect with the execution time T11 in FIG. 73 (C)), the rate at which the variable effect with the longer execution time is performed is the first ratio, and the first mode ( For example, in the low-probability time-saving non-playing state), the variable effect based on the number of the first reserved memory being the first specific number (for example, 4) (for example, the execution time of FIG. 73 (A) is T2 The variable effect (for example, the variable effect whose execution time is T1) based on the fact that the number of the first reserved memories is the second specific number (for example, 1) is better than the variable effect that is The gaming machine is characterized in that the rate at which the variable effect having a long execution time is performed is a second rate, and the second rate is higher than the first rate.

◆ A tenth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information regarding the determination as a pending memory, and the pending memory. includes a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121) and a second related to the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) 2 pending storage, and the production control means (for example, production control section 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41 ) is changed and then displayed, and some of the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed (for example, left and right decorative patterns 41), and the rest It is possible to execute a reach effect that continues the variation of the pattern (for example, the middle decorative pattern 41), and the special game (for example, the jackpot game ) is not executed and the ready-to-win effect is not executed, the variable effect (for example, FIG. 73 (B ) than the variable effect whose execution time is T7), the variable effect based on the number of the first reserved memories being the specific number (for example, 4) (for example, the execution time of FIG. 73 (C) The variable performance of T12) is characterized in that the variable performance having a long execution time is more likely to be performed.

◆ The eleventh configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to execute the variation of the symbol according to the result of the determination, and the symbol It is possible to select a variation pattern that determines the variation time of, and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information related to the determination as pending storage,
The reserved memory includes a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121) and the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122). and the production control means (for example, production control section 300) displays a plurality of display means (for example, image display section 114) according to the variation pattern selected by the game control means (for example, three decorative patterns 41) can be changed and then displayed, and some of the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) (for example, left and right The decorative pattern 41) is displayed, and it is possible to execute a reach effect that continues the variation of the remaining patterns (for example, the middle decorative pattern 41), and the determination in the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving gaming state) As a result, the number of the first reserved memories is a first specific number (for example, 4) when the variable performance is performed in which the special game (for example, the jackpot game) is not performed and the ready-to-win performance is not performed. (For example, the variable effect in which the execution time of FIG. 73 (C) is T12) and the number of the first reserved memories is a second specific number less than the first specific number (for example, 4) (For example, 1) with the variable effect (for example, the variable effect whose execution time is T11 in FIG. 73(C)), the rate at which the same variation pattern is selected is the first rate. , the variable effect based on the fact that the number of the second reserved memories is the first specific number (for example, 4) (for example, the variable effect whose execution time is T7 in FIG. 73(B)), and the second The rate at which the same variation pattern is selected in the variable effect based on the number of reserved memories being the second specific number (for example, the variable effect in which the execution time of FIG. 73(B) is T6) is The game machine is characterized in that it is a second ratio, and the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.

◆ A twelfth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to execute the variation of the symbol according to the result of the determination, and the symbol It is possible to select a variation pattern that determines the variation time of the determination, and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information related to the determination as a reserved memory, and the reserved memory includes the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) There is a first reservation memory related to the winning and a second reservation memory related to the winning to the second start port (for example, the second start port 122), and the effect control means (for example, effect control unit 300) Executes a variation effect to display after varying a plurality of symbols (eg, three decorative symbols 41) on the display means (eg, image display unit 114) according to the variation pattern selected by the game control means. It is possible, and based on the fact that the number of the first reserved memories is a specific number (eg, 1) in the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state), as a result of the determination, the special game (eg, When the variable effect is performed in which the jackpot game) is not executed, the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) in the second mode (for example, high-probability time-saving game state) Selectable based on the winning The rate at which the variation pattern with the shortest variation time of the variation patterns (for example, PK1 of the variation pattern in FIG. 23) is selected is the first rate, and the second mode (for example, high probability short time Based on the fact that the number of the second reserved memories is the specific number (for example, 1) in the game state), if the variable effect in which the special game is not executed is performed as a result of the determination, the second mode ( For example, the variation pattern (Fig. 22 A ratio of selecting PG3) of the fluctuation pattern of is a second ratio, and the first ratio is larger than the second ratio.

◆ A thirteenth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine provided, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low-probability time-saving no-game state ), which is more advantageous for the player than the second mode (eg, high probability time-saving gaming state), and can be controlled to the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port 122), and it is possible to store a predetermined number of information related to the determination as a hold memory, and the hold memory includes the first There is a first reserve memory related to the winning to the starting port (for example, the first starting port 121) and a second pending memory related to the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122). , the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) can display an information display (for example, the variation image 51) suggesting the content of the information based on the determination, and the information display (for example, the variation image 51) (For example, the change production of the variation image 51 in FIG. 53 (15)) can be executed to change the display mode, and the first start opening in the first mode (for example, the low-probability time-saving no-game state) (For example, first start port 121) When the game ball wins (for example, in the case of FIG. 51 (2)), the winning effect sound (for example, the sound of FIG. 51 (2)) is output, In the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving gaming state) when the game ball wins the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) (for example, in the case of FIG. 74 (2)) of the winning When the game ball wins the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) in the first mode (for example, low probability time saving non-game state) without outputting the effect sound, the change effect (for example , FIG. 53 (15) change production of the variable image 51) can be output (for example, the sound of FIG. 53 (15)), and in the second mode (for example, high probability time-saving gaming state) When a game ball wins in the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121), the effect sound of the changing effect (for example, the changing effect of the variable image 51 in FIG. 76 (14)) is not output. It is a game machine that

◆ A fourteenth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, production control means for controlling production (for example, production control section 300), and 1 game area (for example, the left area of the game area 111 in FIG. 1) and the second game area (for example, the left area of the game area 111 in FIG. 1) different from the first game area (for example, A game machine having a game area (for example, the game area 111 in FIG. 1) having a right area of the game area 111 in FIG. , 1st mode (e.g., low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the second mode (e.g., high-probability time-saving no-game state) more advantageous to the player than the first mode (e.g., low-probability time-saving no-game state) and , special game (eg, jackpot game) based on the winning of game balls to the first start port (eg, first start port 121) or second start port (eg, second start port 122) It is possible to determine whether to perform the production control means (for example, the production control unit 300) is the second game area (for example, in FIG. 1 It is possible to perform the first notification (for example, the display of the right-handed image 75 in FIG. 66 (1)) prompting the shooting of the game ball to the right area of the game area 111, and the first notification ( For example, when the game ball wins in the first starting hole (for example, the first starting hole 121) while the right-handed image 75 in FIG. 66 (1) is being displayed, the first notification ( For example, in addition to the display of the right-handed image 75 in FIG. 66(1)), the second game area prompting the launch of the game ball to the second game area (for example, the area on the right side of the game area 111 in FIG. 1) This gaming machine is characterized in that it is possible to perform notification (for example, display of a right-handed promotion image 90 in FIG. 66(2)).

◆ A fifteenth configuration for achieving the above object is realized as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the mouth 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) Accordingly, it is possible to execute a variation effect in which a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are changed and displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114), and the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed. It is possible to execute a ready-to-win effect in which some of the patterns (for example, the left and right decorative patterns 41) are displayed and the remaining patterns (for example, the middle decorative pattern 41) continue to change, and the ready-to-win effect is performed. It is possible to execute a fanning effect (reach fanning effect of FIG. 60 (13)) that agitates that is performed, and the special game (e.g., When the variable performance in which the jackpot game) is not executed is performed, the variable performance based on the winning to the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) (variation performance in which the determination result in FIG. 50 is a failure) The variable effect based on the winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) (the variable effect in which the determination result in FIG. The gaming machine is characterized in that 13) ready-to-win effect) can be easily executed.
From another point of view, the gaming machine (for example, the pachinko gaming machine 100) includes game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means for controlling the production (for example, , production control unit 300), and the game machine includes the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200), the first mode (for example, low-probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode ( For example, it is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the low-probability time-saving non-gaming state), and the first start port (eg, first start port 121) or the second mode It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the 2 start port (for example, the second start port 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) is capable of executing a variable effect in which a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are changed and then displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination; A ready-to-win performance in which some patterns (for example, left and right decorative patterns 41) of a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed and the remaining patterns (for example, middle decorative patterns 41) continue to fluctuate. can be executed, and as a result of the determination in the second mode (for example, high-probability time-saving gaming state), the special game (for example, jackpot game) is not executed When the variable effect is performed, the first start port (For example, the first start port 121) to the second start port (for example, the second start port 122) than the variation effect (variation effect in which the determination result of FIG. 50 is a failure) based on the winning The game machine is characterized in that the ready-to-win effect is more likely to be executed in the variable effect based on the winning (the variable effect in which the determination result in FIG. 49 is a failure).

◆ The 16th configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the opening 122), and a predetermined number of information regarding the determination can be stored as a reserved memory, and the reserved memory. is a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121), and a second There is a pending memory, and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination. It is possible to execute a variable effect that is displayed after varying the second mode (for example, a high probability time-saving game state), and as a result of the determination, the special game (for example, a jackpot game) is not executed. When performed, the number of the first reserved memories is a specific number (for example, 4) than the variable production (for example, the variable production of FIGS. 67(8) to 67(12)). 2 The number of reserved memories is the specific number (for example, 4) The variable production (for example, the fluctuation production of FIG. 58 (5) and FIG. 58 (6)) is better than the plurality of symbols (for example , three decorative patterns 41) change from an invisible or difficult-to-visible state (for example, the state of FIG. 58(5)) to an easily-visible state (for example, the state of FIG. 58(6)). This game machine is characterized in that a performance is easily executed.

◆ The 17th configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the opening 122), and a predetermined number of information regarding the determination can be stored as a reserved memory, and the reserved memory. is a first reserved memory related to the winning to the first starting port (for example, the first starting port 121), and a second There is a pending memory, and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) displays a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114) according to the result of the determination. It is possible to execute a variable effect that is displayed after varying the second mode (for example, a high probability time-saving game state), and as a result of the determination, the special game (for example, a jackpot game) is not executed. When performed, rather than the variable performance (eg, the variable performances of FIGS. 58(5) and 58(6)) based on the fact that the number of the second reserved memories is a specific number (eg, 4), the second The variable production based on the fact that the number of 1 reserved memories is the specific number (for example, 4) (for example, the variable production in FIGS. 67(8) to 67(12)) is better than the multiple symbols , the three decorative patterns 41) change from an invisible or difficult-to-visible state (for example, the state of FIG. 67(8)) to an easily-visible state (for example, the state of FIG. 67(11)). This game machine is characterized in that a performance is easily executed.

◆ The 18th configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the mouth 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) Accordingly, it is possible to execute a variable effect to display after changing a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114), and the operation means by the player (for example, the production button 161) to prompt the operation (for example, the button operation production of FIG. 60 (17)) can be executed, and the special game ( For example, when the variable effect is performed without executing a jackpot game), the variable effect based on the winning to the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) (for example, the determination result in FIG. A certain variation effect) than the second start port (for example, the second start port 122) based on the winning prize (for example, the variation effect in which the determination result of FIG. 49 is a failure) is The game machine is characterized in that the variable effect in which the operation effect (for example, the button operation effect of FIG. 60 (17)) is executed is easily performed.

◆ The 19th configuration for achieving the above object is realized as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the mouth 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) Accordingly, it is possible to execute a variation effect in which a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are changed and displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114), and the display means (for example, the image 60 (14) to the display size of the decorative pattern 41 of FIG. 60 (15)) can be executed, In the second mode (e.g., high-probability time-saving gaming state), as a result of the determination, the special game (e.g., jackpot game) is not executed. The winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) rather than the variable performance (variation performance of FIGS. 67(8) to 67(12)) based on the winning to the port 121) Based on the variation production (for example, FIG. 59 (11), FIG. 59 (12), FIG. 60 (13) to FIG. 60 (18), FIG. 61 (19) and FIG. 61 (20)), The game machine is characterized in that the variable performance in which the change performance is executed is likely to be performed.

◆ A twentieth configuration for achieving the above object is implemented as a game machine as follows. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the mouth 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) Accordingly, it is possible to execute a variation effect in which a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are changed and displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114), and the displayed patterns are displayed on the display means ( For example, it is possible to change the display position in the image display unit 114 (change from the display position of the decorative pattern 41 in FIG. 60 (14) to the display position of the decorative pattern 41 in FIG. 60 (15)). , When the variation effect is performed in which the special game (eg, jackpot game) is not executed as a result of the determination in the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state), the first start port (eg, the first The winning to the second starting port (for example, the second starting port 122) rather than the variable performance (variation performance of FIGS. 67 (8) to 67 (12)) based on the winning to the starting port 121) (For example, FIG. 59 (11), FIG. 59 (12), FIG. 60 (13) to FIG. 60 (18), FIG. 61 (19) and FIG. 61 (20)) is better , The game machine is characterized in that the variable performance in which the variable performance is executed is easily performed.

◆ The 21st configuration for achieving the above object is implemented as the following game machine. This gaming machine (for example, pachinko gaming machine 100) comprises game control means (for example, game control section 200) for controlling the progress of the game, and production control means (for example, production control section 300) for controlling production. In the gaming machine, the game control means (for example, the game control unit 200) has a first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) and the first mode (for example, a low probability time-saving no-game state) It is controllable to the second mode (eg, high-probability time-saving gaming state) that is more advantageous to the player than the first start port (eg, the first start port 121) or the second start port (eg, the second start It is possible to determine whether or not to perform a special game (for example, a jackpot game) based on the winning of the game ball to the mouth 122), and the effect control means (for example, the effect control unit 300) Accordingly, it is possible to execute a variation effect in which a plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are changed and displayed on the display means (for example, the image display unit 114), and the plurality of patterns (for example, three decorative patterns 41) are displayed. It is possible to execute a ready-to-win effect in which some of the patterns (for example, the left and right decorative patterns 41) are displayed and the remaining patterns (for example, the middle decorative pattern 41) continue to change, and the ready-to-win effect is performed. In, it is possible to execute an expectation production (for example, SP reach production of FIG. 60 (15)) to expect that the special game (for example, jackpot game) is performed, and the second mode (for example, high probability time saving game state), as a result of the determination, when the variation effect is performed in which the special game (for example, the jackpot game) is not executed, the variation based on the winning to the first start port (for example, the first start port 121) Rather than the performance (variation performance in which the determination result in FIG. 50 is a failure), the variable performance based on the winning to the second start port (for example, the second start port 122) (for example, the determination result in FIG. is a gaming machine characterized in that the expectation effect (for example, the SP reach effect of FIG. 60 (15)) is more likely to be executed.

41 Decorative pattern 51 Variable image 52 Suspended image 63 Chance image 66 Zone effect image 75 Right-handed image 90 Right-handed promotion image 92 Accessory effect image 100 Pachinko Gaming machine 114 Image display unit 115 Movable accessory 121 First start port 122 Second start port 161 Production button 200 Game control unit 231 Random number acquisition unit 234 Special symbol Judgment unit 300... Effect control unit

Claims (1)

a game control means for controlling the progress of a game;
A gaming machine comprising an effect control means for controlling an effect,
The game control means is
Controllable between a first mode and a second mode that is more advantageous for the player than the first mode,
Based on the determination information acquired by winning the game ball to the first start opening or the second start opening, it is possible to determine whether to perform a special game,
a predetermined number of pieces of judgment information for which the judgment has not been executed can be stored as pending storage;
The production control means is
A holding image corresponding to the holding storage stored in the game control means can be displayed on the display means,
It is possible to execute a change effect that changes the display mode of the pending image,
In the second mode, the change effect is more likely to be executed when the game ball wins the second start hole than when the game ball wins the first start hole,
It is possible to execute a variation effect to display after varying a plurality of symbols according to the result of the determination,
It is possible to execute a movable production that moves the production means,
In the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the second mode, the movable production can be executed,
The variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the first mode is executed more than the case where the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the second mode is executed. In the case, there are more types of movable effects that can be executed,
The effect means includes operation means that can be operated by the player,
It is possible to execute a vibration effect that vibrates the operation means during execution of the variable effect,
In the vibration production,
a first vibration effect for vibrating the operating means according to the operation of the operating means during execution of the variable effect;
a second vibration effect that vibrates the operating means without operating the operating means during execution of the variable effect,
The variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the first mode is executed more than the case where the variable production based on the winning to the first starting port in the second mode is executed. A game machine characterized in that there are more types of vibrating of the vibrating performance that can be executed in a case .

Images